SELF STUDY REPORT

For



Institutional Accreditation for Universities





School of Planning and Architecture: Delhi
(Deemed to be a University)

April 2014 New Delhi

For



Institutional Accreditation for Universities






School of Planning and Architecture: Delhi
(Deemed to be a University)

4-Block-B, Indraprastha Estate,
New Delhi 110 002 India


CONTENTS

List of Annexures i
Covering Letter signed by Director SPA Delhi ii
Executive Summary including the SWOC Analysis of SPA-Delhi 1
Profile of SPA Delhi 10
Criteria-wise Inputs 22
Evaluative Reports of the Departments of Studies 106

Undergraduate Departments

Department of Architecture 106
Department of Physical Planning 126

Postgraduate Planning Departments

Department of Environmental Planning 146
Department of Housing 160
Department of Regional Planning 175
Department of Transport Planning 188
Department of Urban Planning 207

Postgraduate Design Departments

Department of Architectural Conservation 221
Department of Industrial Design 236
Department of Landscape Architecture 248
Department of Urban Design 261

Postgraduate Engineering and Management Department

Department of Building Engineering and Management 273
Centre For Analysis and System Studies 284

Declaration by the Head of the Institution 294

Annexures
i

LIST OF ANNEXURES


Profile of the University

A-1: Notification of the Ministry of Education
A-2: Approval letter of COA and AICTE
A-3: UGC and COA Report

Criterion I

1.1: Examples of Workshops organized in the School in 2013
1.2: Feedback Forms

Criterion II

2.1: Current Academic Calendar
2.2: Sample Copy of the Teaching Plan for Theory and Studio
2.3: Ph.D. Examination Rules

Criterion III

3.1: List of Faculty Granted Sabbatical Leave
3.2: Publications by the Faculty
3.3: Consultancy Policy and List of Important Consultancies Undertaken
3.4: List of MOUs with National and International Institutions

Criterion V

5.1: Anti-Sexual Harassment Unit
5.2: Composition of the Anti-Ragging Committee

Criterion VI

6.1: List of Court Cases in the Last Four Years
6.2: Order of Vigilance Cell and Grievances Redressal Committee

ii
16 May 2014
Prof. A.N. Rai
Director
National Assessment and Accreditation Council
P.O. Box No. 1075, Nagarbhavi,
Bangalore 560072
Karnataka
Subject: Self Study Report for Institutional Accreditation of SPA Delhi
This has a reference to your letter of 29 April 2014 regarding submission of Self Study Report of SPA
Delhi for institutional accreditation. As desired we are enclosing herewith the following:
Eleven hard copies duly signed by the Director along with duly signed Declaration of the Head
of the Institution with seal of the School
One softcopy in CD of the SSR of the School
One additional signed Declaration of the Head of the Institution with seal of the School
12 copies of the proforma on Core and Desirable Indicators (50 questions)
As far as assessment and accreditation fee of Rs.6 lakh is concerned, I have to submit that the School
of Planning and Architecture is a deemed to be a university under Section 3 of UGC fully funded by
the Ministry of Human Resource Development, Government of India. Therefore I have written to the
Ministry of Human Resource Development, Government of India in this regard. As soon as I receive a
response from the Ministry, we will act accordingly.
We would also like to reiterate that in order to make an application for Institutional Accreditation of
SPA Delhi, we submitted the LOI bearing number NAAC/NC-KR/A&A-DLUNGN11196/2014 dated
15January 2014.
As per requirements of the NAAC, each copy of the Self Study Report for Institutional Accreditation of
SPA Delhi contains the following:
(a) Covering letter from Director SPA Delhi
(b) Executive Summary including the SWOC Analysis of SPA-Delhi
(c) Profile of SPA Delhi
(d) Criteria-wise Inputs
(e) Evaluative Reports of different Departments of Studies
(f) Declaration by the head of the Institution (signed with a seal of the School)
(g) Annexures
In order to make the report manageable within 200 pages, we have tried to avoid excessive
annexures. However, some annexures are enclosed for the purposes of brevity and evidence. We
have collected and compiled requisite information on all aspects of the Self Study Report for
Institutional Accreditation, and if you require any further information about the School pertaining to
institutional accreditation process, I would be happy to provide the same at the earliest.
Hoping the accreditation team will visit SPA-D as soon as possible to complete the accreditation
process.
With regards,
Yours Sincerely,
(Chetan Vaidya)
Phone: 9811311436
Email: c.vaidya@spa.ac.in
Execut|ve Summory |nc|ud|ng the
SWOC Ano|ys|s o| SFA-De|h|
1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY INCLUDING THE SWOC ANALYSIS OF

SPA-DELHI


1. INTRODUCTION

Like any global institution that thrives on competitiveness and aspires to
delivering the highest standard of service to its stakeholders for national
and international development, the School of Planning and
Architecture Delhi leaves no stone unturned in providing world class
education and research services. In order to remain at this enviable
nether, SPA Delhi continually must transcend the mundane and aim to
achieve change and meet the expectations of its students, faculty
and society at large. Its growth and development in reach and depth,
must respond to the demands of the times. SPA Delhi is striving to
respond to todays critical needs of a multidimensional agenda to
embrace, confront, discuss and direct an ever changing global
context. We are acutely aware that the global is situated locally and
both are embroiled and continuously co-producing each other.

The School affiliated to Delhi University since 1955, was conferred the
status of the deemed to be a university in 1979. It was one of the
pioneering institutes in the field of architecture and has many firsts to its
credit in developing specializations that it offers like architecture
conservation, landscape architecture. No other institute in India offers
such a comprehensive basket of options for specializations as the
School of Planning and Architecture Delhi does. It has been also a
pioneer in starting the undergraduate programme in planning, which
continues, as expected, to meet the needs of the growing urban and
rural development. Planners produced through this generalist
programme have been making significant contributions to national
development since 1989 when the first batch of young planners passed
out from SPA D.

The School currently has twelve departments in the field of
architecture, planning, design and building engineering and
management offering two undergraduate, ten postgraduate and
Ph.D. programmes. There is no other place in India where, like in SPA-
Delhi, at one place so much professional diversity could be found.

Students in this institute undergo rigorous training in different aspects
related with built environment. The students are trained to understand
the challenges of cities and rural areas like poverty, slums, climate
change, conservation and heritage, green buildings, smart cities,
equitable cities and regions, etc. as well as the functionality and
aesthetics of place and buildings, which is an important component of
built environment. The institute thus plays a significant role in educating
2

individuals to play an important part as professionals in the functioning

and management of cities and regions.

It is a matter of pride for the School that many famous architects and
planners are alumni of the School and most of the development
authorities, town planning departments in the country employ one or
more alumni of the School.

2. A BRIEF ABOUT THE CENTRAL FEATURES OF SPA-D

2.1 Curricular Aspects

The School of Planning and Architecture Delhi has an established
system of review of curricula through the Board of Studies and
Academic Council before these are ratified by the Executive Council.
Additionally, departments seek feedback from the industry and alumni
through organization of workshops and meetings to incorporate their
views on emerging areas in practice. This also helps us in building
networks with the industry for future employment. In the past four years,
the syllabi of most of the postgraduate programmes have undergone
a review and the same have been approved by the Academic
Council. Review process for the undergraduate programmes in
architecture and planning is going on. Graduates from this School are
recognized nationally as well as internationally and students face very
little difficulty in being employed in public, private or the third sector
organizations. The School currently is focusing on increasing flexibility
through introduction of credit system as well as more interdisciplinary
projects through conduct of joint studios. There is also an increased
focus on international collaborations to initiate joint research, faculty
and student exchange programmes to increase global
competitiveness and collaborating with national and international
universities. The authorities are encouraging our teachers to publish
globally in the refereed journals and many of them have shown
positive results already.

2.2 Teaching-Learning Evaluation

At both the undergraduate and postgraduate levels, the students
come from all over the country. The campus provides opportunities for
experiencing social, cultural and economic diversity. Every year the
students from Andhra Pradesh, Sikkim, Assam, Tamil Nadu,
Maharashtra, Bihar and Gujarat, etc. are admitted to the institute. This
diversity is routinely celebrated through different festivals in our campus
and hostels. For the last few year, the School has also admitted foreign
students under DASA in the field of architecture and planning. The
students conduct vibrant social and cultural activities through their
3

various societies. These societies host an annual festival called UTOPIA

and participate in annual student conventions: NASA and NOSPLAN.

All the Departments of Studies prepare semester-wise schedules
following the academic calendar of the School. Since the School lay
great emphasis on experience based learning through studios, design
and planning problems are designed with great care keeping in mind
the diverse contexts and current issues. Studio based methodology is
one of the unique strengths of this institute. The students progress is
regularly monitored through periodic reviews and faculty team pay
attention to individual students through this process. This provides a
very student centric approach to learning where students have the
opportunity to explore, create and innovate at their own pace within
an overall framework of learning. It appears that knowledge is
collaboratively produced by faculty and students, which is very
different from a teaching learning process whereby teachers act as
experts and students merely receive words of wisdom from them.

The School has well qualified faculty with almost ninety percent of the
faculty with postgraduate or Ph.D. degree qualifications. The School
has recently recruited about seventeen new faculty, which will now
add fresh vigor to the institute. The faculty routinely participates in
national and international conferences, workshops and seminars, and
many of the faculty is part of most of the committees constituted by
the government related to matters of planning and architecture. In
addition to well qualified faculty, the school attracts well known
practicing professionals as visiting faculty and as examiners in external
juries.

2.3 Research, Consultancy and Extension

The School has been identified as the National Resource Centre by the
Ministry of Housing and Urban Poverty Alleviation, Government of India.
HUDCO has recently instituted a Chair in the School and Ministry of
Environment and Forests funds the ENVIS Centre of Human Settlements
in the School. Additionally, the School has interdisciplinary centers on
Climate Change and Disaster Studies. Recently, the Ministry of Human
Resource Development has approved the National Design and
Innovation Hub to undertake critical research managing the future of
our cities and regions. The School allows for institutional consultancy
and it has undertaken many of projects related to master plan, zonal
plan preparation, building designs, etc. Many of the faculty in their
individual capacities engages with community groups in the city.
Students hold blood donation camps and literacy drives.

Faculty is encouraged to participate in conferences and seminars, etc.
and present their latest research outputs in the form of papers, posters
4

and designs. In the last four years the faculty has published over 60
papers in national and international journals. The School also publishes
its bi-annual journal SPACE and SPA Newsletter both edited by a senior
faculty.

The School has signed twenty four MOUs with national and
international organizations for teaching and research at various levels.
International universities include top universities of U.S., U.K.,
Netherlands, Germany, Norway, Northern Ireland, France, and
Sweden.

2.4 Infrastructure and Learning Resources

The School has currently three building complexes, two of these
located at ITO and one near Maharani Bagh, which is a residential
complex with hostels for students and faculty housing. Two blocks at
ITO are mainly divided into planning and architecture building
complexes. The School has well equipped library with number of books
running into nearly 70,000. Apart from book the SPA-D library stock a
large number of technical journals. The library has a computerized
catalogue system as well as digitized entry and return system. With two
main computer centers in Architecture and Planning Building
Complexes, almost all the departments have smaller computer rooms.
Loaded with relevant software, the Centre for Computer Analysis and
System Studies (CASS) routinely conducts training programmes for
faculty, staff and students. All the faculty and students are well versed
with use of computers which is an essential part of education in the
School. The students learn not only the basic skills but are trained for
use of advanced software in the field of planning and architecture.
While the demand for hostel accommodation has increase significantly
in the last few years, the two hostels of the School provide residence to
about over 500 hundred students.

2.5 Student Mentoring and Support

Both in planning and architecture department the students are
mentored by the faculty on a regular basis. Each student gets a
personalized attention particularly during her thesis in the final year of
studies both at undergraduate and postgraduate levels. On other
occasions the students are encouraged to approach undergraduate
and postgraduate Students Advisors. During studios from the first year
itself, the Studio Directors or Coordinators and the entire faculty teams
are required to look after students individually and in groups.

Students are encouraged to discuss with the faculty even outside
classrooms for clarifications about any doubts or to collect additional
materials and references. This is done during the contact hours of the
5

faculty on a regular basis. Contact hours are formally shown in the

timetables of all the departments. In any case, the students are
encouraged to meet the faculty at any time during the working hours in
the School. As and when required, the faculty meets the students and
their parents.

The School annually publishes its prospectus, which includes details of
history and vision, decision making bodies of the School, undergraduate
degree programs, postgraduate degree programs, doctoral programs,
admissions procedures, resources and support systems, rules of
examination, and the UGC regulations for curbing the menace of
ragging in higher education institutions. We provide scholarships to the
GATE, SEED, and NET qualified students at postgraduate level. At
undergraduate level Merit cum Means Scholarships are provided from
the second year onwards as Government of India guidelines. Post
Matric Scholarships are also provided to the SC and ST students.
Approximately 75 percent in postgraduate programs and 10 percent in
undergraduate programs receive scholarships from the School under
various government schemes.

The Academic Council at its meeting held on 20 November 2012
considered setting up of the Placement Cell for students in SPA Delhi by
involving faculty and students representatives. The Schools Executive
Council has now approved the setting up of the Students Placement
Cell at the level of the institution. However, informally our faculty does
help students prepare job for opportunities including interviews and
development of entrepreneurship skills. The School has set up Anti-
Sexual Harassment Unit as per the Vishakha Guidelines of the Supreme
Court of India. This Unit is headed by a senior professor of the School.

2.6 Governance, Leadership and Management

The School has well defined systems of decision making from the
General Council, chaired by the Honorable Minister, MHRD,
Government of India, Executive Council, chaired by a person of
eminence appointed by the General Council, and Academic Council
chaired by the Director of the School. Even in many day to day
decisions Director involves Dean of Studies, Heads of the Departments
and senior faculty, wherever required. Faculty is also part of various
committees for facilitating administrative decisions. The School also has
the Students Council with UG and PG Association coordinated by the
Student Advisors. The students are represented in the General Council
of the School. The School has an informal environment and
management is accessible for discussion on any of the issues faced by
the students, faculty and staff. The School also has an established
mechanism for grievance redressal.

6

2.7 Innovation and Best Practices

As the School is amongst the pioneers in the field of environment
planning, it has initiated efforts towards green audit and the design of
the new campus will be based on the principles of green building
construction. In the last two years the School has increased its focus on
building global networks, interdisciplinary research and use of
technology for the purposes of increased accountability and
transparency.

National Design and Innovations Hub or NDIH proposal was submitted
by the School to the Ministry of Human Resources Development on 30
October 2013, which was duly approved by the Ministry vide letter F.
No. 3-18/2013-TS-IV dated 21 November 2013. Now the School hosts the
NIDH with the following Coordinators looking after specialized areas of
applied research:

Prof. Nalini Thakur: Coordinator Science and Heritage Initiatives
Prof. Manoj Mathur: Coordinator Inclusive Design
Prof. Dr. P.S.N. Rao: Coordinator Future Cities

Director School of Planning and Architecture, Delhi will be the Chief
Coordinator of the NDIH. Under the NDIH the School will also get
opportunities to interact with prominent other academic institutions like
IIT Bombay.

3. SWOC ANALYSIS: SCHOOL OF PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURE, DELHI

The School is uniquely positioned for fulfilling its constitutional
obligations towards nation building due to its world class faculty, top
class students, world recognized research skills, global networks and
unique geographical location. Being in Delhi gives it an advantage of
attracting the best of human resources, organizations, availability of
information, complexity of issues and proximity to influence policies
and decisions. Being one of the old institutions gives it an advantage of
vast resource base in terms of alumni networks as well as knowledge
generation over a period of time. This can help fulfill the knowledge
gaps in the field of architecture and planning. It has established
methodologies for teaching which have over a period of time proved
their strength. The School due to its national and global reputation
attracts the best students who wish to pursue careers in architecture
and planning. At present, it does not face issues of resource crunch,
faculty shortages or issues pertaining to quality of students.

If one is not careful our strengths can easily turn into weakness and one
can easily loose the competitive advantage. At present some of the
weakness that the School faces is quality of human resources in the
7

administration. To keep faculty and staff motivated and their willingness

to accept and adapt to changing contexts is another area to work
upon. Limited physical space constraining plans for expansion and lack
of single campus to create more intellectually stimulating and vibrant
environment has added to weaknesses. Maintaining and enhancing
quality particularly with developments in the field of education and
keeping pace with advent of new technologies is an area that the
institute needs to strengthen.

Current context in the urban and regional sectors provides huge
opportunities for the School to continue to remain the knowledge
leader in India and in South-Asia. The challenges faced by urban areas
require more and more professionals trained in the field of built
environment to make cities work for all citizens. The past two decades
of economic liberalization in our country has propelled unprecedented
developments across urban and rural areas which have increasingly
been subject to sudden and complex demands of growth and
change within a relatively short time period. Nearly 50 percent of the
1.4 billion Indian people will live in urban areas by 2050. The housing
shortage envisaged is of the order of 21.4 million residential units, and
most of it pertains to the lowest economic segment of the population.
Requirements of additional infrastructure investments in cities alone will
touch a few trillion rupees. The Science Advisory Council to the Prime
Minister has noted that for India to become a Knowledge based
society and to be a world leader in science there is a need to redouble
the national efforts to promote scientific temper, strengthen science
and technology infrastructure, expand educational base, establish
centers of excellence, foster a culture of innovation and channelize
greater investment in research and development. Similar sentiments
are reflected in the objective of the National Knowledge Commission
set up to prepare a blueprint for reform of our knowledge related
institutions and infrastructure which would enable India to meet the
challenges of the future. One of the key terms of reference of this
Commission is to emphasize on building excellence in the educational
system to meet the knowledge challenges of the 21 century and
increase Indias competitive advantage in fields of knowledge. Todays
India thus seeks a vastly advance spectrum of expertise and services,
hitherto unforeseen, in areas of application at phenomenally higher
scales and rates of availability and efficiency.

One of the main challenges that the SPA-D faces is formidable
competition from private and foreign universities. Other challenges are
keeping pace with online resources and adding value to teaching;
keeping and strengthening our unique advantage and influence due
to increased preferences for involvement of the private sector in
research and consultancy arenas; increased requirements of clearer
policy frameworks, for example, in the areas of involvement of private
8

sector, research practices, etc.; meeting requirements of increasing

regulatory frameworks with diminishing human resources; pressure to
expand for filling shortages of architects and planners; and increasing
legitimacy of the professions in view of increasing complexity and
uncertainty in the world.

4. RECAPITULATION AND SUMMARY

Whatever our weaknesses, and whatever challenges we may face, the
faculty, students and leadership of SPA-D are steadfastly committed to
converting them into strengths. We intend to overcome difficulties
strategically with critical vigor no matter how formidable challenges
we face.



9

SUMMARYPROFILEOFALLTHEDEPARTMENTSOFSPADELHI
Particulars Details
Number of UG and
PG Students (2012-
2014)
1,056 undergraduate and postgraduate students
Number of ongoing
Ph.D. Research
Students
38
Number of Ph.D.
Completed in the last
four years
17
Board of Studies
members
Total Academicians
outside SPA-D
Corporate or Industry
Experts
103 33 22
Number of Faculty
(Regular)
Total With Ph.D. With PG With UG
65 29 32 4
Number Faculty
(Visiting)
Total With Ph.D. With PG
365 88 277
Number of Students
Passed (2012-2013)
Total
Students
Students
Passed
Percentage
399 387 98.8
Faculty Publications
in the last four years
Total Articles in Peer
Reviewed
J ournals
Other
J ournals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA
Report
s
Books
191 59 104 16 12
Number of Workshop
or Conference
organized in the last
four years
93
Number of Regular
Faculty Participation
in Workshops,
Conference, Events
in the last four years
Total International National Others
642 88 554 0
Number of ST, SC,
OBC students in 2012
- 2013
186
Consultancy in the
last four years
No. of Projects Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
56 Rs.655.40
Research Activities in
the last four years
Number of Studies Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
10 Rs.67.15
Number of Students
who Received
Awards in the last
four years
89
Regular Faculty in
Committees or
Expert Groups
At
International
Level
At National
or State
Level
Editorial
Boards
Others
10 132 14 45
Number of Special
Lectures organized in
the last three years
154

Fro|||e o| SFA De|h|

10
1. PROFILE OF SPA DELHI
1. Name and Address of the University:
Name: School of Planning and Architecture
4 Block B, I.P. Estate, New Delhi-110002
Address:
City: New Delhi Pin: 110002 State: National Capital Territory of Delhi
Website: www.spa.ac.in
2. For communication:
Designation Name Telephone with
STD code
Mobile Fax Email
Vice Chancellor or
Director
Prof. Chetan
Vaidya
O: 011-23702395
R: 011- 26914437
9811311436 011- 23702383 cvaidya@
gmail.com
Pro Vice Chancellor
or Dean of Studies
Prof. Nalini
Thakur
O: 011-23350879
R: 011-26829714
9891271705 011-23702383 nalinithakur2003@ya
hoo.co.in
Registrar Mr. C.P.
Raghave
O: 011-23702382
R: 011-27662973
9810293891 011-23702396 registrarspad
@gmail.com
Steering
Committee/IQAC
Coordinator
Prof. Ashok
Kumar
O: 011-23724430
R: 011-25613739
9968076056 011-23702383 dak_13april
1962@yahoo.co.uk
3. Status of the University: State University
State Private University
Central University
Universityunder Section 3 of UGC (Deemed University)

Institution of National Importance
Any other (please specify)
4. Type of University:
Unitary

Affiliating
5. Source of Funding:
Central Government

State Government
Self-financing
Any other (please specify)
11

6. a. Date of establishment of the university:

3 December 1979
b. Prior to the establishment of the university, was it a or an
i. PG Centre Yes No
ii. Affiliated College Yes No
iii. Constituent College Yes No
iv. Aut onomous College Yes No
v. Any other (please specify)
If yes, give the date of establishment:
23 June1955; Prior to this SPA-D was affiliated college of Delhi University.
7. Date of recognition as a university by UGC or any other national
agency:
Under Section DD MM YYYY Remarks
i. 2f of UGC* - - - -
ii. 12B of UGC * - - - -
iii. 3 of UGC # 3 12 1979 -
iv. Any other ^(specify) - - - -
* E ncl ose certificate of recognition.
# E nclose notification of MHRD and UGCfor all courses or programmes or campus or
Campuses.
Please see Annexure A.1: Notification of Ministry of E ducation, Government
of India.
^ E nclose certificate of recognition by any other national agency or
agencies, if any.
Please see Annexure A.2: Approval Letters of COA and AICTE
8. Has the university been recognized?
a. By UGC as a University with Potential for E xcellence?
Yes No
If yes, date of recognition:
Not Applicable
12
b. For its performance by any other governmental agency?
Yes No
If yes, Name of the agency and date of recognition:
25 August 2003 from the All India Council for Technical E ducation, New
Delhi
From 2013, the Council of Architecture, New Delhi
9. Does the university have off-campus centres?
Yes No
If yes, date of establishment: (dd/mm/yyyy)
Date of recognition : (dd/mm/yyyy)
10. Does the university have off-shore campuses?
Yes No
If yes, date of establishment: .. (dd/mm/yyyy)
Date of recognition : (dd/mm/yyyy)
11. Location of the campus and area:
Location * Campus area in
acres
Built up area insq
m
Main campus
area
Urban Block 4B, IP
E state, New Delhi
2.1 8,992
Block 6B, IP E state,
New Delhi
1.67
-
Taimoor Nagar,
Opposite B Block,
New Friends Colony,
New Delhi
5.1
-
Other
campuses in
the country
Proposed Campus at
Vasant Kunj, New
Delhi
19.7684 Not constructed as yet
Campuses
abroad
Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
* Urban, Semi-Urban, Rural, Tribal, Hilly Area, Any other, please specify.
If the university has more than one campus, it may submit a
consolidated self- study report reflecting the activities of all the
campuses.
The School has academic campus at ITO where all the 12 department of
studies and other centers of research are located. We have hostel building
complexes located at ITO and Maharani Bagh.
13
12. Provide information on the following: In case of multi-campus
University, please provide campus-wise information.
Auditoriumor seminar complex with infrastructural facilities:
One Large and one small auditorium, and two seminar rooms

Sports facilities:

Playground: Two

Swimming pool: One

Gymnasium: None

Any other (please specify):

Badminton Court, Table Tennis, Volley Ball

Hostel
Boys Hostel
i. Number of Hostels One
ii. Number of Students 242
iii. Facilities
Common Room (TV, Carom, Chess),
photocopier, printer, internet,
stationery shop), Medical Facility,
Generator
Girls Ho s t e l
i. Number of Hostels Two
ii. Number of Students 208
iii. Facilities
Common Room (TV, Carom, Chess),
photocopier, printer, internet,
stationery shop), Medical Facility,
Generator
Working Womens Hostel -
i. Number of Hostels -
ii. Number of Students -
iii. Facilities -
Residential facilities for facultyand non-teaching
Yes. There are seventy residential flats from Type I to Type VII
and one Director Bungalow.

Cafeteria
Yes, in the SPA-D campus we have three cafeteria
14

Health centre Nature of facilities available inpatient,

outpatient,
ambulance, emergency care facility, etc.
Both the hostels (boys and girls) have arrangement for separate
doctors on call and regular visits every alternate day. The School also
has an arrangement with Lions Hospital for hostel students in
Maharani Bagh Building Complex.
Facilities like banking, post office, book shops, etc.
UCO Bank and SBI Bank E xtension Counter are located in the
adjoining plots. Students can pay fees through HDFC online banking
also. Stationery shops are located on all campuses.
Transport facilities to cater to the needs of the students and
staff:
No
Facilities for persons with disability:
E ntry ramps and toilets in SPA-D are disabled friendly.

Animal house:
No and not required

Incinerator for laboratories:

No and not required

Power house
Generator and transformer are available with the SPA-D
Waste management facility
Garbage bins and small compost area is also earmarked.
15
13. Number of institutions affiliatedto the university
Type of colleges Total Permanent Temporary
Arts, Science and
Commerce
Not Applicable
Law
Medicine
E ngineering
E ducation
Management
Others (specify and provide
details)
14. Does the University Act provide for conferment of autonomy (as
recognized by the UGC) to its affiliated institutions? If yes, give the
number of autonomous colleges under the jurisdiction of the
University
Yes No Number
Not Applicable
15. Furnish the following information:
Particulars Number Number of
Students(Tot
al annual
intake)
a. University Departments:
Undergraduate
Post graduate
Research centres on the campus
02
10
17
141
219
b. Constituent colleges - -
c. Affiliated colleges - -
d. Colleges under 2(f) - -
e. Colleges under 2(f) and 12B - -
f. NAAC accredited colleges - -
g. Colleges with Potential for
E xcellence
(UGC)
- -
h. Autonomous colleges - -
i. Colleges with Postgraduate
Departments
- -
j. Colleges with Research
Departments
- -
k. University recognized Research
Institutes or Centers
- -
16
16. Does the university conform to the specification of Degrees as
enlisted by the UGC?
Yes No
If the university uses any other nomenclatures, please specify.
Yes, SPA-D does conform to the degrees enlisted by the UGC.
17. Academic programmes offered by the university departments at
present, under the following categories:
Undergraduate Degree Programmes
Bachelor of Architecture
Bachelor of Planning
Postgraduate Degree Programmes
Master of Architecture Architectural Conservation
Master of Architecture Urban Design
Master of Design Industrial Design
Master of Building E ngineering and Management
Master of Landscape Architecture
Master of Planning E nvironmental Planning
Master of Planning Housing
Master of Planning Regional Planning
Master of Planning Urban Planning
Master of Planning Transport Planning
Programmes Number
UG 2
PG 10
Integrated Masters -
M.Phil. -
Ph.D. 12 specializations and several sub-
specializations
Integrated Ph.D. -
Certificate -
Diploma -
PG Diploma -
Any other (please
specify)
-
Total 24
18. Number of working days during the last academic year:
160
17

150 150 150 150

19. Number of teaching days during the past four academic years:
Teaching days means days on which classes were engaged E xamination days
are not to be included.
20. Does the university have a department of Teacher Education?
Yes No
If yes,
a. Year of establishment (dd/mm/yyyy)
Not Applicable
b. NCT E recognition details (if applicable) Notification No.:
Not Applicable
c. Is the department opting for assessment and accreditation
separately?
Yes No
21. Does the university have a teaching department of Physical
Education?
Yes No
If yes,
a. Year of establishment
Not applicable
b. NCTE recognition details (if applicable) Notification No.:
Date: ...(dd/mm/yyyy)
Not Applicable
c. Is the department opting for assessment and accreditation
separately?
Not Applicable
18
22. In the case of Private and Deemed Universities, please indicate
whether professional programmes are being offered?
Yes, but we are a Centrally Funded University of the Ministry of Human
Resource Development, Government of India.
If yes, please enclose approval or recognition details issued by the
statutory body governing the programme.
Not Applicable as it is Centrally Funded University.
23. Has the university been reviewed by any regulatory authority? If so,
furnish a copy of the report and action taken there upon.
Please See Annexure A.5: Council of Architecture and UGC Report and
Action Taken report
24. Number of positions in the university
Positions Teaching faculty Total Non -
teaching
staff
Technical
staff Professor Associate
Professor
Assistant
Professor
Sanctioned 15 30 60 105 197 22
Recruited 5+22*=27 5+5* =10 27+27* = 54 65 99 15
Yet to
recruited
10 25 6 41 98 07
Visiting
Faculty
- - - 321 - -
On
Contract
- - -
-
41 0
Note: * Double counting due to promotion through CAS. List of faculty can be provided during inspection.
25. Qualifications of the teaching staff
Highest
qualification
Professor Associate
Professor
Assistant
Professor
Total
Male Female Male Female Male Female
Permanent teachers
D.Sc. or D.Litt.
- - - - - - -
Ph.D.
12 7 3 3 1 2 28
M.Phil.
0 0 0 0 0 0 00
PG
4 2 2 1 8 16 33
UG
2 0 0 0 1 1 04
Temporary teachers*
Ph.D. - - - - - - -
M.Phil. - - - - - - -
PG - - - - - - -
Part-time teachers*
Ph.D. - - - - - - -
M.Phil. - - - - - - -
PG - - - - - - -
Note: * SPA Delhi employs visiting faculty apart from regular faculty on a semester basis and details of their
qualifications are provided in the summary profile of SPA Delhi in the E xecutive Summary.
19
26. Emeritus, Adjunct and Visiting Professors.
Type of Faculty E meritus Adjunct Visiting
Number - - -
27. Chairs instituted by the university:
Particular Chairs
School or
Department
HUDCO Chair institute as part of the MoU
between SPA and Housing and Urban
Development Corporation
28. Students enrolled in the university departments during the current
academic year, with the following details:
Students UG PG Ph.D.
M F M F M F
From the state where the
university is located
08 10 47 52 Under Process
From other states of India 59 64 66 48 Under Process
NRI students 02 03 - - Under Process
Foreign students 05 02 - 01 Under Process
Total 74 79 113 101 Under Process
* M-Male * F-Female
29. Unit cost of education
Unit cost = total annual recurring expenditure (actual) dividedbytotal number of students
enrolled
(a) Including the salary component = Rs. 2,68,439
(b) Excluding the salary component = Rs. 75,321
30. Academic Staff College
Year of establishment

Number of programmes conducted (with duration)

UGC Orientation

UGC Refresher

Universitys own programmes

Not Applicable
31. Does the university offer Distance Education Programmes (DEP)?
No
If yes, indicate the number of programmes offered.
Not Applicable
20
Are they recognized by the Distance Education Council?
Not Applicable
32. Does the university have a provision for external registration of
students?
No
If yes, how many students avail of this provision annually?
Not Applicable
33. Is the university applying for Accreditation or Re-Assessment? If
Accreditation, name the cycle.
Accreditation: Cycle 1 Cycle 2 Cycle 3 Cycle 4
Re-Assessment:
We are applying for the first time.
34. Date of accreditation*
Applicable for Cycle 2, Cycle 3, Cycle 4 and re-assessment only
Cycle 1: (dd/mm/yyyy), Accreditation outcome or Result
Cycle 2: (dd/mm/yyyy), Accreditation outcome or Result
Cycle 3: (dd/mm/yyyy), Accreditation outcome or Result
Cycle 4: (dd/mm/yyyy), Accreditation outcome or Result
Kindly enclose copy of accreditation certificate (s) and peer team report (s)
Not Applicable
35. Does the university provide the list of accredited institutions under
its jurisdiction on its website? Provide details of the number of
accredited affiliated or constituent or autonomous colleges under
the university.
Not Applicable
36. Date of establishment of Internal Quality Assurance Cell (IQAC)
and dat es of submission of Annual Quality Assurance Reports
(AQAR).
IQAC was approved by E xecutive Council on 19 December 2012. It was
made functional on 7 March 2013. Annual Report will be submitted for the
current financial year in March 2014.
21
37. Any other relevant data, t he university would like to include (not
exceeding one page).
None
Cr|ter|o-w|se Inputs
22

1. CRITERIA-WISE INPUTS


CRITERION I: CURRICULAR ASPECTS

1.1 Curriculum Design and Development

1.1.1 How is the institutional vision and mission reflected in the academic
programmes of the university?

Based on the vision document the departments of studies respond by
adopting the following strategies:

Continually upgrading the academic programs, particularly syllabi
and delivery systems, by inclusion of emerging areas of research.
Collaborating with national and international institutes of repute to
enrich our knowledge bases.
Striving towards sustainable programmes for faculty recruitment,
training and development.
Continually participating and contributing in policy formulation and
programme implementation at all levels of government. Please refer
to the section on Faculty Profile.
Encouraging further linkages with industry by promoting faculty and
students interactions with the corporate world at large.

Vision and Mission of SPA Delhi has been uploaded on the website of
(www.spa.ac.in) and is shared with faculty, students, staff and other
stakeholders at large.

1.1.2 Does the university follow a systematic process in the design and
development of the curriculum? If yes, details of the process (needs
assessment, feedback, etc.)

Usually, departments of studies design and develop curriculum through
holding a number of faculty meetings, workshops, and by obtaining
feedback from industry, other academic institutes, alumni and students
and their parents. Based on this collective feedback, the curriculum is
regularly assessed and extensive as well as subject specific modifications
are carried out. As an official process the Departments of Studies are
required to present it to the Board of Studies, which has outside experts
and School faculty, and after incorporating their comments, the syllabus
goes to the Academic Council for approval. Academic Council is a much
wider forum, which includes faculty from all other departments and outside
23

experts. Final approval is granted by the Executive Council, the top most
executive decision making body of the School.

1.1.3 How are the following aspects ensured through curriculum design and
development?

Employability:

Continuous interface with practice, market and industry is ensured
through guest lectures by eminent practicing experts in different
disciplines. Further attempts are made by examining case studies on
latest policies, technologies, and projects are discussed; and majority
of the visiting faculty are from the practice in different disciplines.
Board of Studies also consists of professionals, both academic and
practicing. This ensures continuous process of updating of knowledge
and skills, which are required in the professional sphere.
Alumni of departments give feedback based on their
experience in the market and certain subjects are then given
due importance in the curriculum assessment.
Curriculum usually has one or two stints of practical training
for duration of six weeks to six months that allows students to
interact with professionals and industry.
Understanding of policy formulation and programme implementation
at all levels of government and also learning about the thrust areas of
different funding organizations.

Innovation

Innovation is intrinsic element of teaching in design and planning. For
example, studio projects are carefully and meticulously designed to
respond to the current issues faced both by the profession and the
society at large. For example, developing an understanding of less
explored areas such as North-East Region and Union Territory and
devising strategies by adoption of both quantitative and qualitative
techniques to plan keeping peoples vision in mind. Transit Oriented
Development, and issues related to slums and poverty are regularly
taken up for studies.

In addition, most of the academic exercises are ongoing live projects.
In many of the departments, the students undertake field trips as part
of their studio projects, which are based on learning by doing
methodology. As a part of the design and planning projects, the
students are required to understand complex issues and develop
creative ideas related to design or planning of buildings or settlements.
24

The makes all attempts to blend sectoral and spatial aspects of
academic exercises.

Research

Research is a major component of studio work in all semesters. Lectures
on research methods and research writing are vital part of regular
program of instruction in some of the semesters. Senior years have a
major research component amounting to almost 70 percent of their
time and grades. Seminars on emerging themes and in the final
semester thesis at the undergraduate and postgraduate departments,
the students focus on theoretical bases of the topics under study.
Seminars and dissertations in some of the departments of studies
encourage reflection and development of understanding of current
challenges in the field of built environment.

Recognizing the expertise of the faculty at the School, it has been
asked to host the following prestigious projects:

National Resource Center of MoHUPA (NRC)

The Ministry of Housing and Urban Poverty Alleviation had established
National Resource Center at SPA Delhi in J uly 2008. Works carried out
by NRC, SPA, New Delhi from 2009 to 2013. Research on Town
Planning parameters for Low Income Housing and Slums, Slum
Typologies and grading for improvement inputs, Rental Housing
Options and Real Estate Market for EWS/ LIG, Delhi, Alternative
Approaches (like PPP) for Slum Up-gradation and Re-development and
organized two national workshops.

Collaboration with German Technical Assistance (GIZ)

SPA, New Delhi and GIZ, New Delhi forged a formal cooperation in
J anuary 2013. The objective of this cooperation is to encourage both
students and faculties of all the planning disciplines to think beyond
their academic engagements and contribute proactively in making
Indias urbanization an inclusive process.

Support to the preparation of Slum Free City Plan of Action including its
linkages to City Sanitation Plan (CSP) and State Sanitation Strategy;
Publication of Research papers from Faculty of SPA; and Urban
Samvaad - An Interactive Students Exhibition.

25

1.1.4 To what extent does the university use the guidelines of the regulatory
bodies for developing or restructuring the curricula? Has the university
been instrumental in leading curricular reform, which has created a
national impact?

The curricula of the departments meet with objectives of relevant
professional bodies like the Institute of Town Planners, India, Indian Design
Council, Council of Architecture, AICTE, etc. The curriculum of many of
the Departments like Bachelor in Planning, post-graduation in Architecture
Conservation, Environmental Planning, etc. is referred to as a model by
various other universities and schools, including regulatory bodies and is
being currently used by various institutions across the country. In case of
Industrial Design, there are as yet no regulatory bodies or guidelines for
Industrial Design education in India. The curriculum in the School has
created a national impact, and certain key features of the pedagogic
methodologies are now being incorporated in other prominent design
schools in India. Model curriculum for undergraduate programmes in
planning became the basis for formulating model undergraduate
planning curriculum by the AICTE. Many faculty for the SPA-D made
contributions to framing of this model curriculum by acting as content
developers, coordinators or in advisory capacities.

1.1.5 Does the university interact with industry, research bodies and the civil
society in the curriculum revision? If so, how has the university benefitted
through interactions with the stakeholders?

Yes, by obtaining inputs from visiting faculty who are practicing
professionals and are continually interacting with market and the society.
Permanent faculty attending seminars and conferences on issues relating
to profession, current research agendas and social issues also provide
inputs and facilitate the curriculum being kept updated.

For example, in 2013-2014, the School organized the Design Degree Show
of students projects which provided good public exposure and
feedback. A symposium on Future Directions for Industrial Design
Education at SPA-D was conducted and it generated a rich spectrum of
ideas from designers, educators, employers, clients and alumni. There was
participation in apex committees and sub-committees of research
initiatives of the Department of Science and Technology, Government of
India, Bureau of Indian Standards, etc. In Department of Physical Planning,
alumni meeting to undertake structured feedback on the curriculum were
organized, and comments were compiled and considered for further
changes in the curriculum. A workshop on Skills for Undergraduate
26

Planners was organized in March 2013 and documented for wider

circulation and impact throughout the planning academy.

Exhibition of works of students is organized on the Foundation Day and
Convocation of the School every year. Additionally different departments
organize exhibitions at regular intervals to showcase their students work.
Annexure 1.1 is an example of workshops organized by the School in 2013.

1.1.6 Give details of how the university facilitates the introduction of new
programmes of studies in its affiliated colleges.

Not Applicable.

However, SPA Delhi being a mentor for SPA Vijayawada has greatly
contributed to its setting up for two years. For example, Department of
Physical Planning contributed in running the programme in the first two
years and continued to take specific courses as and when required.
Similarly, the Department of Architecture of SPA-D mentored the
architecture students of the SPA-V for the first two years. Informal advice
on introduction of new programmes from various departments is
continuously sought by various institutions including SPA-V and SPA-B.
Many faculty members are also on the Board of Studies of various
academic institutions.

1.1.7 Does the university encourage its colleges to provided additional skill-
oriented programmes relevant to regional needs? Cite instances (not
applicable for unitary universities)?

Not Applicable

However, the faculty is actively engaged with the Indian Institute of Public
Administration through their training programmes organized for civil
servants and officials of different state and local governments in states
such as Arunachal Pradesh, Mizoram, Karnataka, and Kerala. Several
similar courses are conducted by the National Resource Center of
MoHUPA (NRC).

1.2 Academic Flexibility

1.2.1 Furnish the inventory for the following:

a) Programmes taught on campus

Please see below the list of programmes taught on campus.
27

Undergraduate Degree Programmes

Bachelor of Architecture
Bachelor of Planning

Postgraduate Degree Programmes

Master of Architecture Architectural Conservation
Master of Architecture Urban Design
Master of Design Industrial Design
Master of Building Engineering and Management
Master of Landscape Architecture
Master of Planning Environmental Planning
Master of Planning Housing
Master of Planning Regional Planning
Master of Planning Urban Planning
Master of Planning Transport Planning

Doctoral Programmes

b) Overseas programmes offered on campus

None

c) Programmes available for colleges to choose from

Not Applicable

1.2.2 Give details on the following provisions to choose from

a. Core and Elective Option:
Each department has some provision for electives courses. In
Industrial Design department, apart from design studio as core, the
students in their final year have a limited number of electives to
choose from. In postgraduate planning programmes, apart from
planning and design studio, theory core courses are offered to the
students who can choose elective subjects from other planning
departments. For example, in the Department of Building
Engineering and Management, electives are offered in the third
and fourth semester, in Department of Urban Planning in the
second and third semester, and in Department of Urban Design
electives are offered in all the four semesters.

28

b. Enrichment courses:

Not applicable

c. Courses offered in modular form:

Not available presently

d. Credit accommodation and facility:

Not available presently
e. Lateral and vertical mobility within and across programmes,
courses and disciplines:

Not available presently

1.2.3 Does the university have an explicit policy and strategy for attracting
international students?

The School admits students through tests such as Direct Admission of
Students Abroad, and also takes students sent through the Indian Council
for Social Science Research, Government of India. Fifteen percent of the
total seats are reserved for international students in the SPA-D.

1.2.4 Have any courses been developed targeting international students? If so,
how successful have they been? If no explain the impediments.

No

1.2.5 Does the university facilities dual degree and twinning programmes? If
yes, give details.

No

1.2.6 Does the university offer self-financing programmes? If yes, list them and
indicate if policies regarding admission, fee structure, teacher
qualifications and salaries are at par with the aided programmes?

No such arrangements exist at the present moment.

1.2.7 Does the university provide the flexibility of bringing together the
conventional face-to-face mode and the distance mode of education
and allow students to choose and combine the courses they are
interested in? If yes, give operational details.
29

Planning and Design education requires learning through individual and
group discussion mode focused on drawings and models. Therefore,
distance education mode so far is not considered.

1.2.8 Has the university adopted the choice Based Credit System (CBCS)? If yes,
for how many programmes? What efforts have been made by the
university to encourage the introduction of CBSC in its affiliated colleges?

No, the School has not adopted the choice based credit system.
However, during the development of our curriculum many departments
have equated the teaching hours, specified marks for theory, studio and
tutorials. The School is expected to convert the same into a credit system
as a next step. In this direction, a committee was formed. The committee
has submitted its report, which is under consideration by the School
authorities.

1.2.9 What percentage of programmes offered by the university follow:

Annual system
Semester system
Trimester system

All programmes offered by the School are offered on semester basis.

1.2.10 How does the university promote inter-disciplinary programmes? Name a
few programmes and comment on their outcome.

The School has established centers for conducting inter-disciplinary
research and centers are required to involve at least three different
departments of the School. First semester Masters in Planning program is an
integrated course with students from different planning backgrounds
working together and having joint studio exercises. Occasionally J oint
Studio programmes are also conducted by other departments of studies,
for example, recently Department of Landscape and Architectural
Conservation has done a similar exercise.

1.3 Curriculum Enrichment

1.3.1 How often is the curriculum of the university reviewed and upgraded for
making it socially relevant and /or job oriented /knowledge intensive and
meeting the emerging needs of students and other stakeholders?

30

For most of the departments the curriculum review has taken place in the
last five years approximately. Postgraduate programmes in planning have
revised their curriculum in last two years. Undergraduate architecture and
planning programmes are in the process of revising their curriculum. These
syllabi were considered between 45 - 56 meetings of the Academic
Council.

1.3.2 During the last four years, how many new programmes at UG and PG
levels were introduced? Give details.
d) Inter-disciplinary
e) Programmers in emerging areas

No new degree programmes are introduced in the last four years.
However, the Schools Executive Council has approved three new degree
programmes: Real Estate, Urban Management, and Infrastructure
Planning and Management. Syllabus for the programme on Public
Planning Policy is being designed at this moment.

1.3.3 What are the strategies adopted for the revision of the existing
programmes? What percentage of course underwent a syllabus revision?

The following strategies are adopted for the revision of the existing
programmes at the department level:

Close interaction with regular faculty on the courses
Feedback from visiting faculty on the curriculum and relevant changes
in the profession
Feedback from the students and alumni
Interactions with guest lecturers
Review of international programmes in the relevant disciplines in terms
of course structure, contents and weightage.

In many departments 50 to 80 percent of the course was revised in the last
two years.

J ob market has been kept in mind for revision of the existing programmes.
Global declaration by various international agencies such as the World
Bank and the United Nations has been taken into consideration before
going for syllabus revision and then either new subjects or new module are
introduced. Then the entire course undergoes revision either by way of
addition of a new module or by way of introduction of a new subject.

1.3.4 What are the valueadded courses offered by the university and how does
the university ensure that all students have access to them?
31

Various value added courses are offered both through the lecture mode
and studio based teaching. Theory courses include electives, professional
practice, sociology, etc. Also in the studio based learning format the thrust
is on socially responsive planning and the current socio-economic issues
form a major aspect of analysis for planning projects.

1.3.5 Has the university introduced any higher order skill development
programmes in consonance with the national requirements as outlined by
the National Skill Development Corporation and other agencies?

School of Planning and Architecture, Delhi offers professional degrees in
architecture, planning and other specializations and therefore already
has an inbuilt component of skills associated with the professions such
as verbal and written communication skills, analytical skills, drawing
skills, and substantive skills of profession.

Yes, CASS organizes skills development training programmes regularly
for developing better analytical tools (see below).

2011 - 2012

Organized a half day software demonstration talk related to Data
Storage of official documents in digital form using Kleeto Software on
15th March, 2012 at New Committee Room, SPA.
Organized CUBE Software training program from 11th 15th October,
2011 in GIS Lab for Transport Planning Department.
As a part of National Mission on Education via ICT program initiated by
MHRD, CASS facilitated live telecast event in the school over A-View
Software on 16th August, 2011.

2012 - 2013

Organized Faculty Training Programme on ERDAS IMAGINE & LPS 2011
software version, organized by Centre for Analysis & System Studies
(CASS) and M/s. Leica Geosystems Geospatial Imaging India Pvt. Ltd,
25th 27th J uly 2012.
Organized Faculty Training Programme on Introduction to ArcGIS
Desktop 10.0 software version organized by Centre for Analysis &
System Studies (CASS) and ESRI India, 31st J uly 2012 1st August 2012.
Organized Faculty Training Programme on Statistical Package for
Social Science (SPSS) 20.0 software version organized by Centre for
Analysis & System Studies (CASS) & IBM, 16th 17
th
August 2012.
32

Organizing three days students training program on ArcGIS for

planning stream at GIS Centre of School of Planning and Architecture
from 17th 19th October, 2012
Organized technical discussion on Tremble Google Sketchup
Software by D-CAD was held at the School of Planning and
Architecture, New Delhi, 7th November 2012.
Conducted Staff Training Programme on MS Excel & MS Word from
6th - 7th December, 2012
Organized technical presentation and hands-on-training on MX Road
Software, conducted by M/s Bentley to Transport Planning Students on
27th February, 2013
Organized 4 days basic and advanced training programme on VISSIM
and VISUM Software (Planning & Simulation Software) conducted by
M/s Sunovatech, India and PTV from 4th - 7th March, 2013

1.4 Feedback System

1.4.1 Does the university have a formal mechanism to obtain feedback from
students regarding the curriculum and how is it made use of?

Yes, the School has recently initiated a formal mechanism for obtaining
feedback from the students. A feedback form has been approved by
the Executive Council and is required to be filled by each student for
every course at the end of the semester term (see Annexure 1.2:
Feedback Forms).

1.4.2 Does the university elicit feedback on the curriculum from national and
international faculty? If yes, specify a few methods such as conducting
webinars, workshops, online discussions, etc. and impact.

Workshops, symposia and online discussions are a regular feature of the
feedback system to improve curriculum in which the national and
international faculty participates along with other important opinion
makers.

J oint workshops and discussions are conducted for receiving feedback
from national as well as international faculty. Recently, a workshop of the
CEPT, SPA Bhopal and SPA Vijaywada along with SPA Delhi was organized
to discuss the present curriculum and changes to be introduced. Through
this, a common strategy for future planning education was worked out to
facilitate and contribute planning that is relevant to the society and
industry.

33

1.4.3 Specify the mechanism through which affiliated institutions give feedback
on curriculum enrichment and the extent to which it is made use of.

We do not have any affiliated colleges at all. However, curriculum
specific workshops are organized at regional and national level by
different departments and recommendations of the same are
incorporated in the revision syllabi.

1.4.4 What are the quality substances and quality enhancement measures
undertaken by the university in ensuring the effective development of the
curricula?

Last year the School has formed an Internal Quality Assurance Cell, which
is developing quality parameters for teaching and learning in the 90
meeting of the Executive Council held on 19 December 2012.

Any other information regarding Curricular Aspects, which the university
would like to include.

None
34

CRITERION II: TEACHING-LEARNINGANDEVALUATION

2.1 Student Enrolment and Profile

2.1.1 How does the university ensure publicity and transparency in the
admission process?

At the undergraduate level the students are admitted through the
J oint Engineering Entrance Examination, which is widely publicized and
most of the information is available online including the examination
results, ranks and names of the colleges.

Admission is made transparent by putting up the Schools Prospectus
online, which includes criteria for selection in every department of
studies as well as marking procedures. Similar information is also put up
on the notice boards of the various departments.

Occasionally, faculty travels to different institutions to promote SPA
Delhis academic programmes. The faculty takes part in seminars,
book launches and discussions where both, promotion of School is
aimed at along with inviting faculty from diverse planning related
backgrounds such as Delhi University, J amia Milia, J NU, and the CEPT
University Ahmedabad.

2.1.2 Explain in detail the process of admission put in place by the
university. List the criteria for admission: (e.g.: (i)merit, (ii)merit with
entrance test,(iii)merit, entrance test and interview,(iv) common
entrance test conducted by state agencies and national agencies
(v) other criteria followed by the university (please specify).

Admission to Bachelor of Planning and Bachelor of Architecture is made
through centrally held J oint Engineering Entrance Examination, which is
a common entrance test conducted by the CBSE, and is held at
different centres all over the country, and results are placed online.
Admission is done as per the status provided by the CCB.

At the postgraduate level admissions are made through Merit with
Interview and Entrance Tests. Admission criteria also provide weightage
for Portfolio Review, Practical Experience and Group Discussion.
Admission to Ph.D. programmes is through interviews and presentation
before the Departmental Research Committee for every department of
studies. For details see School Prospectus at www.spa.ac.in.


35

2.1.3 Provide details of admission process in the affiliated colleges and

the universitys role in monitoring the same.

Not applicable as the School does not have affiliated colleges.

2.1.4 Does the university have a mechanism to review its admission process
and student profile annually? If yes, what is the outcome of such an
analysis and how has it contributed to the improvement of the
process?

Usually a meeting of the Heads of the Departments is held chaired by the
Dean of Studies particularly for the postgraduate departments to assess
admissions process and students profile. Recently it led the School to
change its admissions process at postgraduate level.

2.1.5 What are the strategies adopted to increase or improve access for
students belonging to the following categories:

SC and ST:
As per Reservation Policy of Government of India


OBC:
As per Reservation Policy of Government of India

Women: Nil


Persons with Varied Disabilities:
Reservation of 2.5 percent seats

Economically Weaker Sections: Scholarships

Outstanding achievers in sports
And other extracurricular activities: Special weightage

In addition special drives are organized from time to time for SC and ST for
filling up the vacant seats in various programmes.

2.1.6 Number of students admitted in university departments in the last four
academic years:


Categories
Year 2013 Year 2012 Year 2011 Year 2010
M F M F M F M F
SC
28 23 28 20 32 9 24 12
ST
16 06 14 5 15 3 10 6
OBC
52 37 64 22 53 22 49 23
General
84 107 93 99 102 95 92 87
Others
07 07 14 12 12 12 14 12
Total
367 371 355 329
36

2.1.7 Has the university conducted any analysis of demand ratio for the
various programmes of the university departments and affiliated
colleges? If so, highlight the significant trends explaining the reasons
for increase or decrease.

Programmes Number of
Applications
Number of Students
Admitted
Demand
Ratio
UG Through CCB 153 -
PG 1,295 214 -
Integrated Masters NA NA -
M.Phil. NA NA -
Ph.D. 21 Under process -
Integrated Ph.D. NA NA -
Certificate NA NA -
Diploma NA NA -
PG Diploma NA NA -
NA: Not Applicable

Trends for Postgraduate Courses
Year Number of
Applications
Number of Students
Admitted
Demand
Ratio
2010-11 963 187 5.1
2011-12 1,159 200 5.8
2012-13 1,331 213 6.2
2013-14 1,295 214 6.1

Trends for Ph.D. Programme
Year Number of
Applications
Number of Students
Admitted
Demand
Ratio
2010-11 22 7 3.1
2011-12 10 5 2.0
2012-13 19 10 1.9
2013-14 21 Under process 0.0

2.1.8 Were any programmes discontinued or staggered by the
university in the last four years? If yes, please specify the reasons.

No

2.2 Catering to Diverse Needs of Students

2.2.1 Does the university organize orientation or induction programme for
freshers? If yes, give details such as the duration, issues covered,
experts involved and mechanism for using the feedback in
subsequent years.
37

Yes, a systematic orientation and induction programme for freshers is
organized on their first day in SPA-D. The duration of this programme is one
to two days. The programme is conducted by regular faculty and staff and
it includes the following:

Introduction to the School by the Director
Introduction to the departments of studies by respective Heads of
Departments
Rules and regulations of the School regarding attendance and
examination system are explained by the Registrar
Course structure and evaluation system is explained to the students.
Description of available infrastructure
Assistance for completing the admission process, settling down in the
School and hostels, etc.
Additionally, some departments organize department specific interactions
with students in the first week.
2.2.2 Does the university have a mechanism through which the
differential requirements of the student population are
analyzed after admission and before the commencement of
classes? If so, how are the key issues identified and addressed?

No formal mechanism exists in the School. At the postgraduate level, the
formulation of classroom exercises prior to commencement of classes
takes this differential into account so as to capitalize on the diversity to
create richer and more fulfilling peer learning experiences. Even the
curriculum allows for these adjustments. Wherever deficiencies are
identified as unlikely for classroom remediation, they are addressed
through personal interventions of faculty in a mentorship role.

2.2.3 Does the university offer bridge, remedial, add-on courses? If yes,
how are they structured into the timetable? Give details of the courses
offered, department-wise or faculty-wise?

No

2.2.4 Has the university conducted any study on the academic growth of
students from disadvantaged sections of society economically
disadvantaged, physically handicapped, slow learners, etc.? If
yes, what are the main findings?

No

2.2.5 How does the university identify and respond to the learning needs
38

of advanced learners?

No such process of identification exists in the School.





2.3 Teaching-Learning Process

2.3.1 How does the university plan and organize the teaching, learning
and evaluation schedules (academic calendar, teaching plan,
evaluation blueprint, etc.)?

Academic calendar is prepared by the Admission and Examinations
Section keeping in mind the number of teaching days according to
Government of India guidelines. For the semester the midterm break
and summer vacations days are pre-decided. However, the dates may
vary taking into consideration Saturdays and Sundays or Public
Holidays. After the draft is ready, it is sent to the Dean of Studies and
Director for approval (See Annexure 2.1: Current Academic Calendar).

Teaching Plan is prepared by each of the department of studies taking
into consideration the academic calendar. It is usually prepared a
month before the beginning of next semester by the head of the
department along with the faculty, and then sent to the Dean of
Studies and Director for approval (See Annexure 2.2: Sample Copy of
Teaching Plan for Theory and Studio).

Evaluation Schedule for Studios is given in the beginning of the semester
to the students. Sixteen weeks lesson plan is prepared by the Studio
Director along with faculty team for their own theory subject.
2.3.2 Does the university provide course outlines and course schedules
prior to the commencement of the academic session? If yes, how is
the effectiveness of the process ensured?

Yes, usually on the first day of the commencement of the session, the
students are informed about course outline and given basic references.
Major articles related to theory subjects are given throughout the
semester.

The course outline is prepared by internal faculty in consultation with
visiting faculty. The course content, coverage of modules and the
availability of the faculty on the allocated days as given in the time
39

table is worked out in consultation with the in-house and visiting faculty.
Once approved, this has to be circulated to all the students through
google group created for dissemination purposes. The same has to be
placed in the department for consultation purposes.

2.3.3 Does the university face any challenges in completing the
curriculum within the stipulated time frame and calendar? If yes,
elaborate on the challenges encountered and the institutional
measures to overcome these.

In general, the entire course content gets covered in the given time
frame. As planning and architecture is dynamic and vast subject and
new topics keep on emerging, coverage of all the areas in one
calendar is difficult at times. However, special lectures are organized to
give the students exposure to new or emerging areas of research and
analysis. In the event of non-completion of the curriculum, extra classes
are conducted to complete the curriculum.

In architecture, design projects require extended working time for
students to finish their projects after review and guidance is completed.
This effectively requires students to work beyond the stipulated sixteen
weeks semester contact time. Consequently, final evaluation i.e. External
J ury of the design project is held after the semester is completed but
prior to commencement of the next semester.

2.3.4 How learning is made student-centric? Give a list of participatory
learning activities adopted by the faculty that contributes to holistic
development and improved student learning, besides facilitating
life-long learning and knowledge management.

Programmes are predominantly based on studio methodology, which
requires students to learn by doing, and additionally field trips and small
group work are made integral part of all programmes. The studio-based
format is a student-centric mode of learning. With 1:5 teacher student
ratio the studio allows close and continuous interactions with each
student catering to their needs individually. Field studies form the basis
of studio programmes. Evaluations in studio are based on weekly
student presentation called reviews, which help them in improving their
presentations and communication skills.

Various ways are employed to make learning more student-centric.
Students are enquired about the difficulty faced in the planning
projects and discussion forums, debates and presentations are used as
tools.

40

In the final semester each student has to do a thesis in their areas of

interest. During lectures mode of learning tools such as group
discussions, seminar based learning, presentations by students, etc.
allows for improved and holistic learning.

2.3.5 What is the universitys policy on inviting experts and people of
eminence to deliver lectures and organize seminars for students?

Each departments faculty can suggest names of the experts for lectures
and special lectures, and faculty visiting from other universities which is
approved by the Dean and Director could undertake these lectures.

Experts are invited on a regular basis to give lectures on various planning
related subjects. People from diverse backgrounds such as state
government agencies, central government ministries, central universities
(J NU, J amia Milia), research organizations, etc. are approached for
delivery of such lectures.

Usually 25 percent visiting faculty from industry and practicing
professionals are invited to take classes. A special budget is allocated
for guest lectures and seminars including allocation of number of guest
lectures per course. Guest lecturers are continuously invited to support
learning in the classrooms and studios. Lectures by people of eminence,
international faculty visiting the city, professionals, and other experts
from the construction fields are continuously organized. In addition, an
annual series of lectures based on a theme is currently being
formulated.

2.3.6 Does the university formally encourage blended learning by using
e-learning resources?

The School has a computing center known as the CASS whose main
purpose is to disseminate information through e-learning mechanisms. At
the department level, we encourage the students to undertake online
courses offered by institutes such as the NIDM, World Bank, etc. Other
modes like Facebook groups, google group, reference for online
resources, e -books and e- journals subscription to online journals are
also offered to the students and faculty.

2.3.7 What are the technologies and facilities such as virtual laboratories,
e-learning, open educational resources and mobile education
used by the faculty for effective teaching?

Individual faculty uses these technologies according to the subject
requirements. For example, most of the faculty uses course videos after
41

downloading them from the internet.

2.3.8 Is there any designated group among the faculty to monitor the
trends and issues regarding developments in Open Source
Community and integrate its benefits in the universitys
educational processes?

No

2.3.9 What steps has the university taken to convert traditional classrooms
into 24x7 learning places?

Online google groups have been created for the students to provide jobs
information, and dissemination of information about special lectures,
sharing studio exercise works, and so on. In Architecture four studios have
been fully computerized with internet facilities.

2.3.10 Is there a provision for the services of counsellors or mentors or
advisors for each class or group of students for academic, personal
and psycho-social guidance? If yes, give details of the process and
the number of students who have benefitted.

The School level counselor is appointed on contractual basis. At the
department level, class coordinators are decided in a faculty meeting
and informed to the students who can then meet and discuss with them
any issues faced by them.

Yes, the department has provisions for counseling whereby an appointed
a counselor comes to the School twice or thrice a week and on call. In
addition, the department has also adopted a mentoring system to help
students, especially the freshers. This system consists of various mentor
groups. Each mentor group supervised by a regular faculty consists of
primarily first year students and students from senior years. Mentor group
meetings are then conducted on a regular basis.

The departments are usually a small close-knit group where all
interactions are conducted in an open and informal environment. As all
guidance and instruction is on a one-to-one basis between the students
and teachers.

2.3.11 Were any innovative teaching approaches or methods or
practices adopted or put to use by the faculty during the last four
years? If yes, did they improve learning? What were the methods
used to evaluate the impact of suc h practices? What are the efforts
made by the institution in giving the faculty due recognition for
42

innovation in teaching?

J oint workshops are often conducted with international faculty and
students. Role Plays are used as methods of learning. Students are
encouraged to engage with real time cases. Usage of ICT such as
showing relevant films on development fields, and such other means
are made use of for improving learning experience for the students. But,
such practices have not been systematically evaluated by the school.

2.3.12 How does the university create a culture of instilling and nurturing
creativity and scientific temper among the learners?

Profession of planning requires rational planning methodology,
understanding of larger political, economic and social contexts and
conflict resolution skills. The subject contents are designed to strengthen
rational thinking, enquiry and innovation. Planning and Architecture by
profession are inherently creative as well as analytical.

Scientific temper is instilled among the students by way of:

Encouraging working with latest technologies such as GIS and
remote sensing and other such tools.
Encourages the participation of the faculty and staff in seminars,
conferences, workshops and conclaves.
Promoting the culture of bringing out publications by the faculty and
the students.
Outstanding work by the students and even faculty has been given
due recognition through conferring awards.

Cultural societies of various nature photography, theatre, fashion, art,
dance, music, etc. run by students are supervised by a faculty member;
regular workshops; and visits to museums and galleries help instill and
nurture creativity. While hands on workshops with materials, and
designing in the workshop help students develop scientific temper.

2.3.13 Does the university consider students projects mandatory in
the learning programme? If yes, for how many programmes have
they been (percentage of total) made mandatory?

Yes

Number of projects executed within the university:

At the Department level every semester at least two to three
projects at class level and in the final year individual student
43

projects are prepared.

Students projects are considered as
mandatory creativity in the learning programme in all subjects,
irrespective of whether they are in studio or lecture mode. The
percentage is 100 percent.

Names of external institutions associated with the University for
Student Project Work
:

Visiting faculty is invited to supervise the projects from various
organizations. List of some of the prominent organizations from
where the faculty is invited is given below:

Town and Country Planning Organization
Delhi Development Authority
Municipal Corporation of Delhi
National Institute of Urban Affairs
Indian Institute of Public Administration
Professional Architecture and Planning Offices
Housing and Urban Development Corporation

Role of faculty in facilitating such projects:

Faculty coordinators and supervises of these projects monitor and
facilitate students to develop their independent thinking.

Faculty guidance and monitoring is done regularly through e-mail
followed by review presentations made personally by students every four
weeks.
2.3.14 Does the university have a well- qualified pool of human resources
to meet the requirements of the curriculum? If there is a shortfall,
how is it supplemented?

Shortfall is supplemented through visiting faculty. There is a shortage of
human resources in the School for which some new appointments have
recently been made. The rest of the shortage is being fulfilled with the
help of visiting faculty.

2.3.15 How are the faculty enabled to prepare computer-aided
teaching or learning materials? What are the facilities available in
the university for such efforts?

Faculty has the provision of using projectors for making presentations.
44

Other than this the CASS is well equipped with software, which is used for
developing better tools for creating better teaching materials.

All faculty members by nature of their professional and academic
training have a general level of computer literacy necessary for
computer-aided teaching learning materials. All the departments also
have a computer laboratory to support such efforts.
2.3.16 Does the university have a mechanism for the evaluation of
teachers by the students and alumni? If yes, how is the evaluation
feedback used to improve the quality of the teaching-learning
process?

Pilot phase of feedback was conducted in the last semester. University
has a feedback mechanism. In 2010- 2011 a feedback form has been
devised to seek students feedback related to quality of teaching,
accessibility of teachers, overall rating of teachers, and so on. Similar
form was made for studio classes as well to get inputs on involvement,
quality and satisfaction of the studio programs and the teachers
involved. Anonymity of the students was maintained in this feedback
form. In 2011- 2012, an online system for uploading the feedback and
receiving the reply has been worked out. Students names were asked.
However, the CASS has coordinated the collection, entry and analysis
of the data collected from the students. However, the CASS not
involved in this process (See Annexure1.2: Copy of the Feedback Form).

2.4 Teacher Quality

2.4.1 How does the university plan and manage its human resources to
meet the changing requirements of the curriculum?

Faculty recruitment is undertaken as per the stipulated student teacher
ratio. In the last one year more than fifteen faculty have been recruited
mostly at the level of Assistant Professors who would bring with them
fresh perspective and energy for initiating change. In the current
semester, the School has appointed 321 visiting faculty out of which 72
hold doctoral degree and 232 hold postgraduate degree.


45

2.4.2 Furnish details of the faculty

Highest
Qualification
Professors Associate
Professors
Assistant
Professors
Total
M F M F M F
Permanent teachers
D.Sc. or D.Litt. 0 0 0 0 0 0 00
Ph.D. 12 7 3 3 1 2 28
M.Phil. 0 0 0 0 0 0 00
PG 4 2 2 1 8 16 33
UG 2 0 0 0 1 1 04
Temporary teachers
Ph.D. - - - - - - -
M.Phil. - - - - - - -
PG - - - - - - --
Part-time teachers
Ph.D. - - - - - - -
M.Phil. - - - - - - -
PG - - - - - - -
Note: - The School only appoints visiting faculty on a semester basis, the details of
which are provided in the respective departmental profiles.

2.4.3 Does the university encourage diversity in its faculty recruitment?
Provide the following details (department or school-wise).

Department
and School
Percent of
faculty
from the
same
university
Percent of
faculty from
other
universities
within the
State
Percent of
faculty
from
universities
outside
the State
Percent
of
faculty
from
other
countries
Yes, the School encourages diversity in its faculty recruitment by
appointing teachers from SC, ST, OBC, women and minority
community categories.

2.4.4 How does the university ensure that qualified faculty are appointed
for new programmes or emerging areas of study (Bio-technology,
Bio-informatics, Material Science, Nanotechnology, Comparative
Media Studies, Diaspora Studies, Forensic Computing, Educational
Leadership, etc.)? How many faculty members were appointed to
teach new programmes during the last four years?

None


46

2.4.5 How many Emeritus or Adjunct Faculty or Visiting Professors are on

the rolls of the university?

None

2.4.6 What policies or systems are in place to academically recharge
and rejuvenate teachers (e.g. providing research grants, study
leave, nomination to national or international conferences or
seminars, in-service training, organizing national or international
conferences, etc.)?

Faculty can take study leave and apply for research grants under
different central, international programmes. Faculty routinely attends
national and international conferences and presents papers. There are
various collaborations with international universities and faculty has
availed of these opportunities for post-doctoral or short term teaching
assignments.

2.4.7 How many faculty received awards or recognitions for excellence in
teaching at the state, national and international level during the
last four years?

Not applicable

2.4.5 How many faculty underwent staff development programmes
during the last four years (add any other programme, if necessary)?

Academic Staff Development Programmes Number of
faculty
Refresher courses -
HRD programmes -
Orientation programmes 7
Staff training conducted by the university 2
Staff training conducted by other institutions 4
Summer or Winter schools, workshops, etc. 16

2.4.9 What percentage of the faculty has been invited as resource
persons in Workshops or Seminars or Conferences organized by
external professional agencies?

100 Percent/ 32

47

Participated in external workshops or Seminars or Conferences

recognized by national or international professional bodies?

100 percent/40

Presented papers in Workshops or Seminars or Conferences
conducted or recognized by professional agencies?

100 percent/ 40

Teaching experience in other universities or national
institutions and other institutions?

100 percent/16

Industrial engagement?


80 percent


International experience in teaching?


20
percent/4


2.4.10 How often does the university organize academic development
programmes (e.g.: curriculum development, teaching-learning
methods, examination reforms, content or knowledge
management, etc.) for its faculty aimed at enriching the teaching-
learning process?

The School was recognized as a centre for Quality Improvement
Programme under the AICTE for architecture and planning till some
years ago. Currently Internal Quality Assurance Cell has initiated efforts
towards this. A two day faculty orientation programme for the new
faculty was organized.

2.4.11 Does the university have a mechanism to encourage

Mobility of faculty between universities for teaching?

Faculty exchange programmes with national and international
bodies?


If yes, how have these schemes helped in enriching the quality of
the faculty?
48

There are various collaborations with international universities and
faculty has availed of these opportunities for post-doctoral or short term
teaching assignments. Faculty can go on deputation and can go on
lien as per the government rules.

2.5 Evaluation Process and Reforms

2.5.1 How does the university ensure that all the stakeholders are aware
of the evaluation processes that are operative?

Examination rules are informed to the students and faculty by the
administration.

2.5.2 What are the important examination reforms initiated by the
university and to what extent have they been implemented in the
university departments and affiliated colleges? Cite a few
examples which have positively impacted the examination
management system

The School regularly reviews examination rules based on the issues arising
from implementation. Current rules are in the process of revision. The
School is also in the process of shifting to credit system for which a
committee has been set up who has submitted its draft report before
the authorities for their consideration.

2.5.3 What is the average time taken by the University for Declaration of
examination results? In case of delay, what measures have been
taken to address them? Indicate the mode or media adopted by
the University for the Publication of examination results (e.g.
website, SMS, email, etc.).

Usually two to three weeks. Results are placed on the main notice
board of the School, departments notice boards and on the Schools
website.

2.5.4 How does the university ensure transparency in the evaluation
process? What are the rigorous features introduced by the
university to ensure confidentiality?

The evaluation is made transparent by putting up the marks for the
theory subjects and studio reviews on the notice boards on a regular
basis.

49

2.5.5 Does the university have an integrated examination platform for

the following processes?


Pre-examination processesTime table generation, OMR,
student list

Generation, invi gilators, squads, attendance sheet,
online payment gateway, etc.
Examination processExamination material management,
logistics, etc.
Post-examination proc ess Attendanc e c apture, OMR-
based exam result, auto processing, generic result processing,
certification, etc.

No

2.5.6 Has the university introduced any reforms in its Ph.D. evaluation
process?

Rules are continuously reviewed and improved (See Annexure 2.3:
Ph.D. Examination Rules).

2.5.7 Has the university created any provision for including the name of
the college in the degree certificate?

Yes, name and seal is embossed in the degree certificate.

2.5.8 What is the mechanism for redressal of grievances with reference
to examinations?

Specialized committee is set up as and when students express any
grievances related to examination.

2.5.9 What efforts have been made by the university to streamline the
operations at the Office of the Controller of Examinations? Mention
any significant efforts which have improved the process and
functioning of the examination division or section.

Examination is conducted in a fair and transparent manner.

2.6 Student Performance and Learning Outcomes


50

2.6.1 Has the university articulated its Graduate Attributes? If so,

how does it facilitate and monitor its implementation and
outcome?

No

2.6.2 Does the university have clearly stated learning outcomes for its
academic programmes? If yes, give details on how the students
and staff are made aware of these?

Learning outcomes are being included in the revised curriculum, which is
under review and process.

2.6.3 How are the universitys teaching, learning and assessment
strategies structured to facilitate the achievement of the
intended learning outcomes?

This is yet to be implemented.

2.6.4 How does the university collect and analyze data on student
learning outcomes and use it to overcome the barriers to
learning?

Continuous review process for the studio projects and students are
informed of their performance, which they can come and discuss with
the faculty anytime.

2.6.5 What are the new technologies deployed by the university in
enhancing students learning and evaluation and how does it seek
to meet fresh or future challenges?

Dissemination of information through email, mobile, use of computers for
presentations by faculty and students, use of advanced software for
statistical analysis, and GIS for spatial analysis. The process of upgrading
classrooms to be equipped with computers, and smart boards is
underway.

Any other information regarding Teaching, Learning and
Evaluation which the university would like to include:

The programmes in planning and architecture are a unique
combination of diagnostic skills, design thinking and training for synthesis
and problem solving. It encourages development of understanding of
larger societal contexts as well as the ability to undertake the details for
the purposes of problem solving. Students are trained to enquire and
51

develop critical thinking skills as well as adapt to complexity and

changing environment through developing new knowledges related to
urban and rural sector.


52

CRITERION III: RESEARCH, CONSULTANCY AND EXTENSION

3.1 Promotion of Research

3.1.1 Does the university have a Research Committee to monitor and address
issues related to research? If yes, what is its composition? Mention a
few recommendations which have been implemented and their
impact.

Research in the School is undertaken at several levels. First, faculty
continuously is involved in research as is shown through their publications in
the national and international journals and books. Second, research is also
undertaken by the faculty through sponsored research projects and
institutional consultancy projects. Third, the School admits a number of
doctoral students in each Department of Studies. These students also
produce credible research outcomes. All these forms of research contribute
to the development of new knowledge in the fields of planning and
architecture. Outcomes of this research are also used in the classrooms as
teaching materials by the faculty.

There are three committees which together constitute the Research
Committee. These are:

Consultancy Committee (to look after the facultys research and
constancy work)

J oint Departmental Research Committee (to coordinate doctoral work at
the School level)

Departmental Research Committee (to oversee doctoral work at
departmental level)

Senior professors and outside academic and industry experts are members
of all these committees along with their chairpersons.


3.1.2 What is the policy of the university to promote research in its
affiliated or constituent colleges?

The School of Planning and Architecture, New Delhi does not have any
constituent or affiliated colleges.

53

3.1.3 What are the proactive mechanisms adopted by the university to
facilitate the smooth implementation of research schemes or
projects?


Advancing funds of sanctioned projects to the faculty
coordinators



Providing funding through PDF grant of Rs.100,000 per faculty
member.



Simplification of procedures related to sanctions and purchases
to be made
by the investigators.

Autonomy to the principal investigator or coordinator for
utilizing overhead charges.


Timely release of grants and timely auditing of expenditure on
projects.

Submission of utilization certificates to the funding authorities.

3.1.4 How is interdisciplinary research promoted?

Interdisciplinary research is promoted by the School and is reflected in
the following ways:

Faculty from different departments undertakes in disciplinary projects and
work in teams to accomplish these tasks.

The School faculty is involved in interdisciplinary projects with other
academic institutions of national fame.

Doctoral students are encouraged to undertake interdisciplinary research
projects.
Research supervisors of such students are selected from sister
departments, other government organizations, institutions and private
professional institutions, industry, etc.



Collaboration with national, international institutions and industries.


3.1.5 Give details of workshops, training programmers, sensitization
programmes conducted by the university to promote a research
culture on campus.

54

A large number of national and international workshops to promote a

research culture on campus are conducted by the Schools faculty
every year. A list of these is enclosed with this report at Annexure 1.1. For
example, in 2013, a conference on Skills for Undergraduate Planners was
conducted by the Department of Physical Planning.

3.1.6 How does the university facilitate researchers of eminence to visit the
campus as adjunct professors? What is the impac t of such efforts on
the research activities of the university?

Faculty and doctoral students continually visit the institution for carrying out
postdoctoral and doctoral research. We regularly host Fulbright Scholars
from the U.S. Visible impact is of two types as noted below:

The visiting scholars share their research output with Schools faculty and
students in special seminars and regular classes.

The visiting scholars collaboratively write with the Schools faculty
producing world class planning and architecture literature published
international journals and books. See publications of the faculty in the
departmental profiles.

3.1.7 What percentage of the total budget is earmarked for research? Give
details of heads of expenditure, financial allocation and actual
utilization.

There is no separate fund earmarked for research in the total budget.

3.1.8 In its budget, do the university earmark funds for promoting research in
its affiliated colleges? If yes, provide details.

The School of Planning and Architecture, New Delhi does not have any
constituent colleges.

3.1.9 Does the university encourage research by awarding Postdoctoral
Fellowships or Research Associateship? If yes, provide details like
number of students registered, funding by the university and other
sources.

We do host postdoctoral scholars at the School of Planning and
Architecture, Delhi but funded by external agencies.

55

3.1.10 What percentage of faculty has utilized the sabbatical leave for
pursuit of higher research in premier institutions within the country
and abroad? How does the university monitor the output of these
scholars?

Sabbatical leave is granted to the faculty as per MHRD rules and
regulations. All faculty who are granted Sabbatical Leave must submit a
comprehensive report of the work undertaken during the period of leave
and a copy of each such work is kept in the library for reference of faculty
and students. List of faculty who has been granted Sabbatical Leave since
the last 4 year is enclosed at Annexure 3.1.

3.1.11 Provide details of national and international conferences organized by
the university highlighting the names of eminent scientists or scholars
who participated in these events.

The School has organized a number of national and international seminars
and conferences. A list of conferences and prominent participant scholars
is enclosed as Annexure 1.1.

3.2 Resource Mobilization for Research

3.2.1 What are the financial provisions made in the university
budget for supporting students research projects?

The School does not provide any funding directly to students for carrying
out research work. However, faculty time to guide doctoral students could
be counted towards this. On average almost every faculty is guiding one
doctoral student.

3.2.2 Has the university taken any special efforts to encourage its faculty to
file for patents? If so, how many have been registered and
accepted?

Nature of the subject of planning and architecture is very different
from science, engineering and technology. Therefore the Schools
faculty does not file any patents.

56

3.2.3 Provide the following details of ongoing research projects of faculty:

S. No. Name of the Project Funding Agency Grant Received
(INR)
1. ENVIS Center for
human Settlements
Ministry of Environment and Forests 891,314
2. SJ SRY Project Ministry of Housing and Urban Poverty
Alleviation
258,316
3. Alternative
Approaches to
Master Plan
Ministry of Urban Development 312,345
4. Rajiv Awas Yojna Ministry of housing and Urban Poverty
Alleviation
1,508,589
5. NRC Project Ministry of housing and Urban Poverty
Alleviation
23,850
6. HUDCO Project HUDCO 599,923
7. SNIP Project CRRI New Delhi 1,052,000
8. Chance 2 Sustain European Commission 417,822
9. SPA-GIZ Inclusive City
Project
GIZ, German Government 1,251,563
10. Transport Planning Ministry of Transport 40,00,000
Total 6,715,722

3.2.4 Does the university have any projects sponsored by the industry and
corporate houses? If yes, give details such as the name of the project,
funding agency and grants received.

HUDCO has set the HUDCO Chair in SPA-D for conducting innovative
research on housing in general.

3.2.5 How many departments of the university have been recognized
for their research activities by national or international agencies
(UGC-SAP, CAS; Department with Potential for Excellence; DST-FIST;
DBT, ICSSR, ICHR, ICPR, etc.) and what is the quantum of assistance
received? Mention any two significant outcomes or breakthroughs
achieved by this recognition.

The School is recognized for conducting research on urban poverty
alleviation by the Ministry of housing and Urban Poverty Alleviation,
Government of India. Funding is also provided annually by the Ministry for
conducting research. Ministry of Environment has set up the Centre for
Environmental Studies to conduct research on environmental issues with a
particular focus of settlements and habitats. The Centre also publishes
periodically a newsletter. HUDCO has set the HUDCO Chair in SPA-D for
conducting innovative research on housing in general.

57

3.2.6 List details of

a. Research projects c ompleted and grants received during the
last four years (funded by National and International agencies).

See point 3.2.3 for details.

b. I nter- institutional collaborative projects and grants received

(i) All India collaboration: None
(ii) International: Leeds University, U.K. and New Castle upon Tyne
University, U.K.

3.3 Research Facilities

3.3.1 What efforts have been made by the university to improve its
infrastructure requirements to facilitate research? What strategies have
been evolved to meet the needs of researchers in emerging
disciplines?

All 12 departments of studies have set centers for conducting research. For
example, the Department of Physical Planning has set up the center titled
CRISP. Apart from departmental centers, School levels are also set up.

3.3.2 Does the university have an Information Resource Centre to cater to
the needs of researchers? If yes, provide details of the facility.

No, but two libraries (for architecture and planning) act as information
resource centers for the researchers. However, the National Resource
Centre and the National Design and Innovation Hub will become
repositories of information.

3.3.3 Does the university have a University Science Instrumentation Centre
(USIC)? If yes, have the facilities been made available to research
scholars? What is the funding allotted to USIC?

Not applicable.

3.3.4 Does the university provide residential facilities (with computer and
internet facilities) for research scholars, post-doctoral fellows,
research associates, summer fellows of various academies and visiting
scientists (national or international)?

Yes, these facilities are extended by all the Departments of Studies to all
58

scholars in our Architecture and Planning buildings hosting planning and

design departments. Computer laboratories are run in both sets of buildings
and the work is coordinated by the Head, CASS.

3.3.5 Does the university have a specialized research centre or
workstation on-campus and off-campus to address the special
challenges of research programmes?

The School has highly equipped CASS to handle computing challenges
faced by the research scholars. This is located in the campus of the School.

3.3.6 Does the university have centres of national and international recognition
or repute? Give a brief description of how these facilities are made use
of by researchers from other laboratories.

The School has set five centres of national repute. These include Center for
Disaster Studies, Center for Climate Change, ENVIS, National Resource
Center and the HUDCO Chair.

3.4 Research Publications and Awards

3.4.1 Does the university publish any research journal (s)? If yes,
indic ate the composition of the editorial board, editorial policies
and state whether it or they is or are listed in any international
database.

The School publishes twice a year a journal called SPACE. It publishes
articles of national and international standing. This journal is sent to over 500
educational institutions and other organizations for dissemination of
scholarly knowledge and information about planning and architecture.

3.4.2 Give details of publications by the faculty:


Number of papers published in peer reviewed journals (national or
international)
Monographs

Chapters in Books


Books edited

Books with ISBN with details of publishers
Number listed in International Database (For e.g. Web of
Sc ience, Scopus, Humanities International Complete, EBSCO host,
etc.)
Citation Index range or average

SNIP


SJR

59

Impact Factor range or average


H-index


Please see Annexure 3.2.

3.4.3 Provide details of

Research degree awards received by the faculty and students
2010-2011 2011-2012 2012-2013 2013-2014
F S F S F S F S
2 2 0 3 2 4 1 1


National and international recognition received by the faculty from

reputed professional bodies and agencies:

None

3.4.4 Indicate the average number of successful M.Phil. and Ph.D. scholars
guided per faculty during the last four years. Does the university
participate in Shodhganga by depositing the Ph.D. theses wi th
INFLIBNETfor electronic dissemination through open access?

15 doctoral students successfully completed their Ph.D. All these students
were guided by the faculty of the department.

3.4.5 What is the official polic y of the university to c hec k malpractices
and plagiarism in research? Mention the number of plagiarism
cases reported and action taken.

Examination policy of the School provides for actions to be taken if students
are found to have been indulging in malpractices during the examination
or thesis writing. We do not have any policy in regard to plagiarism yet.

3.4.6 Does the university promote interdisciplinary research? If yes, how
many interdepartmental or interdisciplinary research projects have
been undertaken and mention the number of departments involved
in such endeavors?

The School does encourage interdisciplinary research. This can be seen by
looking at the kind of research projects undertaken by the doctoral
students. By the very nature planning and architecture, research is always
interdepartmental and interdisciplinary.


60

3.4.7 Has the university instituted any research awards? If yes, list the
awards.

No

3.4.8 What are the incentives given to the faculty for receiving state,
national and international recognition for research contributions?

Incentives in the form of rupees one lakh for each faculty are made
available by the School for conducting research, buying books and other
peripherals.

3.5 Consultancy

3.5.1 What is the official policy of the University for Structured Consultancy?
List a few important consultancies undertaken by the university
during the last four years.

Please see Annexure 3.3for details.

3.5.2 Does the university have a university-industry cell? If yes, what is its
scope and range of activities?

No

3.5.3 What is the mode of publicizing the expertise of the University for
Consultancy Services? Which are the departments from whom
consultancy has been sought?

Presently no formal mechanisms exist. However, government agencies do
periodically contact us for carrying out various sorts of consultancy projects.

3.5.4 How does the university utilize the expertise of its faculty with
regard to consultancy services?

When a consultancy project is awarded to the School relevant faculty or a
group of faculty members is asked to carry out the project. These decisions
are taken by the Consultancy Committee under the chairmanship of the
Dean of Studies.

3.5.5 List the broad areas of consultancy services provided by the university
and the revenue generated during the last four years.

The broad area of consultancy by the School include urban and regional
planning, transport planning, environment planning, housing, landscape
61

architecture, architectural conservation, urban design, building engineering

and management, architecture, and industrial design.

3.6 Extension Activities and Institutional Social Responsibility (ISR)

3.6.1 How does the university sensitize its faculty and students on its
Institutional Social Responsibilities? List the social outreac h
programmes which have created an impact on students
campus experience during the last four years.

Community awareness programme for water management in Dwarka
through workshops.

3.6.2 How does the university promote university-neighborhood
network and student engagement, contributing to the holistic
development of students and sustained community development?

There are no formal mechanisms for promoting university-neighborhood
networks.

3.6.3 How does the university promote the participation of the students and
faculty in extension activities inc luding participation in NSS, NCC, YRC
and other National or International programmes?

No such mechanisms exist in the School.

3.6.4 Give details of social surveys, research or extension work, if any,
undertaken by the university to ensure social justice and empowerment
of the underprivileged and the most vulnerable sections of society?

All planning and design exercises undertaken by the students as part of
their studio work do involve analysis of issues pertaining to social and spatial
justice. Particularly those planning exercises, which deal with plan making
at region, city or zone levels.

3.6.5 Does the university have a mechanism to track the students
involvement in various social movements or activities which promote
citizenship roles?

No


62

3.6.6 Bearing in mind the objectives and expected outcomes of the

extension activities organized by the university, how did they
complement students academic learning experience? Specify the
values inculcated and skills learnt.

This is not formally done.

3.6.7 How does the university ensure the involvement of the community in
its outreach activities and contribute to community development?
Give details of the initiatives of the university which have encouraged
community participation in its activities.

Not formally done, although it done through the studio exercises.
3.6.8 Give details of awards received by the institution for extension
activities and contributions to social community development
during the last four years.

None

3.7 Collaboration

3.7.1 How has the universitys collaboration with other agencies
impacted the visibility, identity and diversity of activities on
campus? To what extent has the university benefitted academically
and financially because of collaborations?

Collaboration with other university and other organizations is done
continually as shown through the list of MOUs.

3.7.2 Mention specific examples of how these linkages are promoted:
Curriculum development

Internships


On the job training


Faculty exchange and development


Research


Publication


Consultancy


Extension


Student placement

Any other, please specify
Specific examples are offered wherever if was asked in the report.


63

3.7.3 Has the university signed any MoUs with institutions of national or
international importance or other universities or industries or
corporate houses, etc.? If yes, how have they enhanced the research
and development activities of the university?

SPA-D has signed a number of MoUs with national and international
universities and other organizations. Details are listed at Annexure 3.4.

3.7.4 Have the university- industry interactions resulted in the
establishment or creation of highly specialized laboratories or
facilities?

The School has created the SMART ROOM with the state of the art
equipment from the U.K. in collaboration with the University of Westminster.
This is has been made operational from early 2014.

Any other information regarding Research, Consultancy and
Extension, which the university would like to include.

None
64

CRITERION IV: INFRASTRUCTURE AND LEARNING RESOURCES

4.1 Physical Facilities

4.1.1 How does the university plan and ensure adequate availability of
physical infrastructure and ensure its optimal utilization?

The School has over 40 classrooms, two libraries, 4 laboratories, and each
classroom also acts as a studio. Built up space of classrooms alone is nearly
3,300 sq m. This is adequate to run the current programs.

4.1.2 Does the university have a policy for the creation and enhancement of
infrastructure in order to promote a good teaching-learning
environment? If yes, mention a few recent initiatives.

Smart classrooms are being planned and necessary actions have already been
initiated in collaboration with the University of Westminster, U.K. The concept of
virtual classrooms is being initiated too.

Yes, the School has a policy for the creation and enhancement of
infrastructure in order to promote teaching learning environment. In this regard
the School operates from two Building viz. the Architecture Building Complex
and the Planning Building Complex. These buildings may be old but the School
continually upgrades floorings, walls, roofs and furniture, etc. to give a proper
atmosphere for teaching and learning. For example, the old windows were
recently replaced with aluminum windows in most of the buildings. Further,
replacement work is in progress. This has facilitated a sound proof atmosphere
in the teaching areas. The buildings are maintained by repairing any damaged
surfaces and are being painted white wash regularly.

4.1.3 How does the university create conducive physical ambience for the
faculty in terms of adequate research laboratories, computing facilities
and allied services?

Each faculty is provided with a separate room with a desktop computer in their
offices and laptops are provided to work when they are at their homes.
Additionally, the School has provided internet access to all faculty at their
homes whether they reside in their private homes throughout the NCR or in the
Maharani Bagh hostel complex. Some of the academic journals are also made
available online for the faculty.

4.1.4 Has the university provided all departments with facilities like office
room, common room and separate rest rooms for women students and
staff?

65

The School has provided all departments with office rooms, and se mi na r
ro o ms. Ho we ve r, common room and separate rest rooms for women
students and staff is provided only at the School level.

4.1.5 How does the university ensure that the infrastructure facilities are
disabled - friendly?

The School entrance to the institute takes care of physically challenged to enter
and use lifts to reach to respective classrooms. Disabled friendly toilets have
been provided in the Planning Building Complex, and steps are being taken to
ensure maximum disable-friendly facilities for disabled persons in all the
buildings of the School.

4.1.6 How does the university cater to the requirements of residential
students? Give details of

Capacity of the hostels and occupancy (to be given separately for
men and women)

The School has three hostel building complexes as shown below and is slightly
below our requirements. However, we are planning to create more capacity
by creating more space in the existing buildings.

a) Name of Hostel Capacity of Hostel Occupied
i) ITO Girls Hostel 162 197
ii) MB Boys Hostel 242 266
iii) MB Girls Hostel 46 49
450 512


Recreational facilities in hostels like gymnasium, yoga centre, etc.


T.V. Room at ITO Hostel and M.B. Hostel
Yoga Classes are regularly held at the M.B. Hostel
Playground for playing Basket Ball is located at the M.B. Hostel
A swimming pool is located at the M.B. Building Complex


Broadband connectivity or Wi-Fi facility in hostels.


Wi-Fi facility has been made available at the ITO and MB Hostels and these facilities
are ma d e a va ila b le to all the students.


66

4.1.7 Does the university offer medical facilities for its students and teaching
and non-teaching staff living on the campus?

Medical facilities are provided to the students in the hostels through the Estate
Officer and Honorary Hostel Warden. Doctors are made available in the hostels
as well as in the campus. Names of the doctors are given below:

(a) Dr. Poonam Rathi, Medical Officer for ITO Girls Hostel
(b) Dr. A. K. Satsangi, Medical Officer for MB Boys and Girls Hostel
(c) Ms. Reema Gupta, Clinical Psychologist is for the students of SPA and staff


4.1.8 What special facilities are available on campus to promote students
interest in sports and cultural events or activities?

Sports facilities on campus include swimming pool, badminton court, etc.
However, the campus is located very near to the Indira Gandhi Sports Complex
and M.B. Hostel is located near the J asola Sports Complex, and the students are
encouraged to use these world class facilities on a regular basis.

4.2 Library as a Learning Resource

4.2.1 Does the library have an Advisory Committee? Specify the composition of
the committee. What significant initiatives have been taken by the
committee to render the library student or user friendly?

Yes, the School has an Advisory Library Committee consisting of 6
Professors, Registrar and Librarian (See Annexure 4.1: Composition of the Library
Committee). The Library Committee has recently computerized the library with
LIBSYS Software, and also made e-journals available to all faculty and students
on Schools computers. In the Planning Building Complex, newly furbished
reading spaces have been created.

4.2.2 Provide details of the following:

Total area of the library (in sq m):

- Architecture Library Area: 376 sq m
- Planning Library Area: 427 sq m


Total seating capacity


- Architecture and Planning Libraries: 121 seats


67

Working hours (on working days, on holidays, before examination,

during examination, during vacation):

Working hours (on working days, on ho l i d a ys, before examination,
during examination, and during vacations) are as follows:

Working Days : 8.30 a.m. to 7.30 P.M.
Saturdays : 9.00 a.m. to 5.30 P.M.
During Examination : 8.30 a.m. to 7.30 P.M.
During Vacation : 9.00 A.M. to 5.30 P.M.

Layout of the library (individual reading carrels, lounge area for browsing
and relaxed reading, IT zone for accessing e-resources):

Individual reading carrels No
Lounge area for browsing and reading Yes
IT Zone for accessing e-resources No

Clear and prominent display of floor plan; adequate sign boards; fire
alarm; access to differently-abled users and mode of access to
collection:

Display Floor Plan No
Adequate Sign Boards - Yes
Fire alarm - Yes
Access to differently-abled users - Yes
Mode of access to collection - Open Access

4.2.3 Give details of the library holdings:

(a) Print (books, back volumes and theses):

Books 69,925
J ournals - 2,380
Theses 6,109
Dissertations 2,350

Back volumes of all the subscribed journals are kept in the libraries.

(b) Average number of books added during the last three years:

2010 2011 = 440
2011 2012 = 286
2012 2013 = 239
Total = 965
68

(c) Non Print (Microfiche, AV):

None

(d) Electronic (e-books, e-journals):

E - Books No
E J ournals - Yes

(e) Special collections (e.g. text books, reference books, standards,
patents)

The School has a large number of special collections including textbooks,
reference books, standards books, etc.

4.2.4 What tools does the library deploy to provide access to the
collection?

OPAC:

Yes



Electronic Resource Management package for e-journals:



No


Federated searching tools to search articles in multiple databases:

Federated searching tools to search articles in multiple databases only
through IP address.


Library Website


Library does not have its own website but the School does have its
website.



In-house or remote access to e-publications:


Yes, the School has access to J stor publications.


4.2.5 To what extent is ICT deployed in the library? Give details with regard
to:

69

Library automation:

LIBSYS Software is being used in the Library


Total number of computers for public access:


Nearly five computers have been made available in the library for access by
the faculty and students
.


Total numbers of printers for public access:


None


Internet band width with speed:


Internet band width with speed 1GB speed is made available.



Institutional Repository:


Not available


Content management system for e-learning:


Not available


Participation in resource sharing networks or consortia (like INFLIBNET)
Provide details (per month) with regard to

The Schools library is a member of DELNET system, which contains
access to a large number of holdings in the regions libraries.

Library automation: Yes
Total number of computers for public access: 5

Total numbers of printers for public access: No


Internet band width speed: 1GB


Institutional Repository: No


Content management system for e-learning: No

Participation in resource sharing networks or consortia (like
INFLIBNET): No

4.2.6 Provide details (per month) with regard to


Average number of walk-ins: 1,650


Average number of books issued or returned: 1,405


Ratio of library books to students enrolled: 1:60

70

Average number of books added during the last four years:1,463


Average number of login to OPAC: Not available


Average number of login to e-resources: 1,081


Average number of e-resources downloaded or printed: 789


Number of IT(Information Technology) literacy trainings organized:
Nil


4.2.7 Give details of specialized services provided by the library with
regard to:

Manuscripts: No

Reference: Yes


Reprography: Yes


Inter-library Loan Service: Yes


Information Deployment and Notification: Yes


OPACS: Yes


Internet Access: Yes


Downloads: No


Printouts: No


Reading list or Bibliography compilation: Yes


In-house or remote access to e-resources: Yes


User Orientation: Yes

Assistance in searching Databases: Yes
INFLIBNET or IUC facilities: No
4.2.8 Provide details of the annual library budget and the amount spent
for purchasing new books and journals.

Annual budget of the library is 22,00,000, amount spent during year 2012 - 2013
on Books is 6,92,888, on J ournals is 20,02,526 making a total amount spent =
Rs.26,95,414 with special permission taken for additional expenditure.

4.2.9 What initiatives has the university taken to make the library a
happening place on campus?

In the Planning Library, flooring and new bookshelves have been installed.
In the Architecture Library new layout and designs are finalized and process
of identifying architects and contractor is going on.

4.2.10 What are the strategies used by the library to collect feedback from its
users? How is the feedback analyzed and used for the improvement
of the library services?

Students and faculty gives feedback occasionally and suggestions are
usually implemented.

71

4.2.11 List the efforts made towards the infrastructural development of the
library in the last four years.

Interior renovation in progress additional purchases being made after
sanction amount was increased in 2013 - 2014
New flooring has been done in planning library reading section.
New bookshelves are purchased.
CCTV cameras are installed throughout the campus.
Layout and designs are finalized and process of identifying architects
and contractor is going on.
Library books, theses, and dissertations have been barcoded.
Library borrowers tickets are replaced with smart cards.
Library cataloguing and circulation system is automated.
Web-OPAC service is provided to ease access.
Electronic journals are subscribed and are being accessed by the
faculty and students.
Wi-Fi access has been provided in planning library.
Efforts are being made to join the INFLIBNET consortium to subscribe
J STOR.

4.3 ITInfrastructure

4.3.1 Does the university have a comprehensive ITpolicy with regard to:

ITService Management

No

Information Security

No

Network Security

No

Risk Management

No

Software Asset Management

No


72

Open Source Resources

No

Green Computing

No

4.3.2 Give details of the universitys computing facilities i.e. hardware
and software.

Hardware Equipment

23 Workstations in GIS Lab and19 Workstations in the CASS
05 Mac Desktops in CASS
01 Mac Server & 04 HP Server
02 Synergy UPS 7.5 KVA
02 Pulse Tech UPS 20 KVA
01 HCL Smart Board System, Interactive Board (TS 600)
01 NEC LCD Projector (Model No. VT 670)
01 NEC LCD Projector (Model No. VT 580)
Digital note pad
Visualiser (Genee 1800)
06 LaserJ et Printer
02 Scanner
01 Plotter

Computer-student ratio

1:3.85

Operating System

Windows XP Home edition
Windows XP Professional
Windows 7

Dedicated computing facilities (Central computing facilities)

In the Planning Building Computer Centers and Number of Systems and
Student Capacity:

CASS - 20
GIS Lab 25

73

In the Architecture Building Computer Centers and Number of Systems

and Student Capacity:

Second Floor Computer Centre: 45
Third Floor Computer Centre: 84
Fourth Floor Computer Centre: 84

LAN facility

Yes

Proprietary software

ERDAS Imagine and LPS 2011 from Leica: 10 licenses
Upgradation of ArcGIS 10.0 to Version 10.2 from ESRI (in process): 20
licenses
Purchase of ArcGIS 10.2 from ESRI (in process): 10 licenses
SPSS 20.0 software version from IBM: 10 licenses
Micro Station and other related utility software extensions from
Bentley: 1,000 licenses
Other utility software extensions from Bentley: 500 licenses
Advanced Geo Structural Analysis from Bentley: 499 licenses
STADD Profrom Bentley: 474 licenses
Auto Desk 2012 Master Suite (Raster Design, Architecture, Revit
Architecture, Revit Structure, Auto CAD Inventor Prof. Suite, 3DS Max,
Design, Maya): 125 Licenses



Number of nodes and computers with internet facility

CASS: 50 Nodes with internet facility
SPA: 450 Nodes with internet facility

Any other (please specify)

The Centre for GIS was established in J anuary 2003 to provide facilities for
conducting GIS classes for students belonging to different Departments of
Studies of the School. It conducts training programme from time to time for
students and faculty members on the use and application of GIS Software.
Its facilities are also used by the students for hands on training on academic
exercises and research projects. The Centre is equipped with a number of
software and high end hardware equipment.


74

4.3.3 What are the institutional plans and strategies for deploying and
upgrading the ITinfrastructure and associated facilities?

Comprehensive LAN Programme covering 400 Nodes by MTNL
Upgradation of the School Website through NIC
ERP Software finalization and procurement in progress

4.3.4 Give details on access to on-line teaching and learning resources and
other knowledge and information database/packages provided
to the staff and students for quality teaching, learning and research.

SPA is a Member of National Knowledge Network (NKN)
Access policy development for accessing National Sample Survey and
Economic Census Database to faculty and students is in progress
Messors Bentley BeCN Subscription Programme online learning resources
disseminated from time to time to students

4.3.5 How does the university address issues such as authenticity and
copyright with regard to online resources that lie outside the
university?

The SPA-D procured Turn-it-in Anti-plagiarism software for originality check of
research reports. Its policy for use by faculty and students is under process for
development.

4.3.6 What are the new technologies deployed by the university in
enhancing student learning and evaluation during the last four years
and how do they meet new or future challenges?

The School has procured the following GIS Remote Sensing and Data
Analytics software in the GIS Laboratory:

ArcGIS
ERDAS Imagine and LPS
SPSS

4.3.7 What are the IT facilities available to individual teachers for effective
teaching and quality research?

CASS provides access to computers, LCD projectors, internet access, etc. to
teachers as well as trainings on software from time to time.


75

4.3.8 Give details of ICT-enabled classrooms or learning spaces available

within the university? How are they utilized for enhancing the quality
of teaching and learning?

GIS Lab of the CASS is IT enabled facility in the Planning Building Complex
where three computer laboratories are in the Architecture Building Complex
in the SPA campus. In addition, all teaching departments have their own
mini-computer laboratories.

4.3.9 How are the faculty assisted in preparing computer- aided teaching-
learning materials? What are the facilities available in the university for
such initiatives?

The school provides all faculty with laptops for home use as well as work
stations in their rooms with internet facilities. The CASS also issues LCD
Projectors and Screens for faculty to take classes using power point
presentations. The CASS staff from time to time assists faculty in preparation
of their academic teaching materials as and when needed. The faculty also
accesses various software useful in teaching available in GIS laboratory and
computer laboratories.

4.3.10 How are the computers and their accessories maintained?

The School has a periodic AMC and FMS contract with the service
providers who maintain our computers and accessories.

4.3.11 Does the university avail of the National Knowledge Network
connectivity? If so, what are the services availed of?

Yes. SPA-D is a Member of National Knowledge Network (NKN) with identity
number 22180335, which enables scientists, researchers and students from
across the country to work together for advancing human development in
critical and emerging areas by establishing a high-speed backbone
connectivity which will enable knowledge and information sharing.
Presently NKN is in the process of developing teaching and reference
materials for sharing information among the institutes like SPA-D in the field
of human settlements.

4.3.12 Does the university avail of web resources such as Wikipedia, dictionary
and other education enhancing resources? What are its policies in this
regard?

All faculty students are able to avail various types of web resources through
internet facilities in the school (Teaching campus) as well in the residential
campus including the hostels.
76

4.3.13 Provide details on the provision made in the annual budget for the
update, deployment and maintenance of computers in the university.

There is no separate fund earmarked for update, deployment and
maintenance of computers in the total budget. But funds are expended as
per needs of the School.

4.3.14 What plans have been envisioned for the gradual transfer of
teaching and learning from closed university information network to
open environment?

The School has yet to make plans in this direction.

4.4 Maintenance of Campus Facilities

4.4.1 Does the university have an estate office or designated officer for
overseeing the maintenance of buildings, class-rooms and laboratories?
If yes, mention a few campus specific initiatives undertaken to improve
the physical ambience.

A faculty member is normally appointed as the Estate Officer in the School and
he looks after all the buildings in the Campus of the School. The School has
excellent infrastructure for the maintenance of the campus for which the
Estate officer and a Caretaker is deployed for the faculty living in SPA-D
accommodation and students who live in the hostels.

One Assistant Engineer (Civil), and two Consultant Engineers are employed one
each for looking civil works and electrical works. In addition to the regular
maintenance works upgradation and renovation works are also undertaken by
the engineering staff and day to day maintenance works are undertaken by
the Caretaker of each Building. Major works carried out include the following:

Flooring of class rooms in both the building complexes have been replaced
with tile flooring to give a neat and clean atmosphere. Flooring of workshop
area has been replaced with kotastone flooring and provided with
underground electrical infrastructure.
Windows in both building complexes have been replaced from M.S.
window to aluminum windows with toughened glass.
Chajjas provided over the windows have been re-constructed as the old
one was in dilapidated condition.
Reconstruction of the external boundary walls of both building complexes
have ben completed.


77

4.4.2 How are the infrastructure facilities, servic es and equipment

maintained? Give details.

Maintenance Committee looks after maintenance of all infrastructure facilities,
services and equipment in the School. This Committee is headed by a senior
professor. A l l t he infrastructure facilities, services and equipment in the
School are maintained by this Committee.

Any other information regarding Infrastructure and Learning Resources
whic h the university would like to include.

None

78

CRITERION V: STUDENT SUPPORT AND PROGRESSION

5.1 Student Mentoring and Support

5.1.1 Does the university have a system for student support and mentoring?
If yes, what are its structural and functional characteristics?

Both in planning and architecture department the students are mentored
by the faculty. Each student gets a personalized attention particularly during
her thesis in the final year of studies at undergraduate and postgraduate
levels. On other occasions the students are encouraged to approach
undergraduate and postgraduate Student Advisors. During studios from the
first year itself, the Studio Directors or Coordinators and the entire faculty
teams are required to look after students individually and in groups.

5.1.2 Apart from classroom interaction, what are the provisions available
for academic mentoring?

Students are encouraged to discuss with the faculty outside the classroom
for clarifications of any doubts or to collect additional materials and
references. This is done during the contact hours of the faculty on a regular
basis. Contact hours are formally shown in the timetables of all the
departments. In any case, the students are encouraged to meet the faculty
at any time during the working hours in the School. As and when required,
the faculty meets the students and parents.

5.1.3 Does the university have any personal enhancement and
development schemes such as career counselling, soft skill
development, career-path - identification, and orientation to
well-being for its students? Give details of such schemes.

Students voluntarily organize placement events for recruitment by the
private companies. Alumni are also invited to share their experiences and
during these interactions are alumni guide students for future careers.

5.1.4 Does the university publish its updated prospectus and handbook
annually? If yes, what is the main issue or activities or information
included or provided to students through these documents? Is there
a provision for online access?

The School annually publishes its prospectus, which includes details of history
and vision, decision making bodies of the School, undergraduate degree
programs, postgraduate degree programs, doctoral programs, admissions
procedures, resources and support systems, rules of examination, and UGC
79

regulations for curbing the menace of ragging in higher education

institutions.


5.1.5 Specify the type and number of university scholarships or freeships
given to the students during the last four years. Was financial aid
given to them on time? Give details (in a tabular form) for the following
categories: UG, PG, M. Phil, Ph.D. Diploma or others (please specify).

We provide scholarships to the GATE, SEED, and NET qualified students at
postgraduate level. At undergraduate level Merit cum Means Scholarships
are provided from the second year onwards as Government of India
guidelines. Post Matric Scholarships are also provided to the SC and ST
students.

5.1.6 What percentage of students receives financial assistance from state
government, central government and other national agenc ies
(Kishore Vaigyanik Protsahan Yojana (KVPY), S.N. Bose Fellow, etc.)?

Approximately 75 percent in postgraduate programs and 10 percent in
undergraduate programs receive scholarships from the School under various
government schemes.

5.1.7 Does the university have an International Student Cell to attract
foreign students and cater to their needs?

No.

5.1.8 What types of support services are available for:

Overseas students

Hostel accommodation, access to libraries, access to computing
facilities, access to sports facilities, etc.


physically challenged or differently-abled students


Some parts of our campus buildings do conform to standards prescribed
for use by the
physically challenged or differently-abled students.



SC, ST, OBC and economically weaker sections


A special cell has been created for helping SC, ST and OBC students
and a faculty doubles up as a Liaison Officer. In addition, financial
80

support is offered to the students from these categories under various

government schemes.

Students participating in various competitions and conferences in
India and
abroad

Students regularly participate in
various competitions and
conferences in India and
abroad.

Health center, health insurance, etc.


Doctors visit and provide health services to the students during the
working hours on our campus. There is no health insurance scheme for
the students.


Skill development (spoken English, computer literacy, etc.)


The students are offered advanced computer training in CAD, CADD,
etc. as they are already computer literates from their school days.


Performance enhancement for slow learners


Faculty at their own level does support slow learners by encouraging
them do additional work after the class hours also under close
supervision.


Exposure of students to other institutions of higher learning
corporates or
business houses, etc.

Visiting faculty from abroad offers special lectures on a regular basis to
our students. Few students also visit foreign universities for learning and
training. During training in the advanced years of study both
undergraduate and postgraduate students undergo training of specified
periods in public and private planning and architecture organizations.


Publication of student magazines


The undergraduate students of architecture and planning do publish
their own newsletters during the NASA and NOSPLAN events annually.

5.1.9 Does the university provide guidance or conduct coaching classes
for students appearing for Civil Services, Defense Servic es, NET or SET
and any other competitive examinations? If yes, what is the outcome?

No

81

5.1.10 Mention the policies of the university for enhancing students

participation in sports and extracurricular activities through
strategies or schemes such as:


Additional academic support and academic flexibility in
examinations:


Attendance for the period of events is granted to the participating
students.




Special dietary requirements, sports uniform and materials:


The policies of the University for Enhancing and Encouraging Students
Participation in sports activities through strangles schemes are:
Provision in the Rules of the School as per 86th EC Resolution of
August 2011
Sports equipment and kits are provided to the students.
Entry fees, conveyance and food are also provided to participating
students.

Any other (please specify)

None

5.1.11 Does the university have an institutionalized mechanism for
students placement? What are the servic es provided to help
students identify job opportunities, prepare themselves for
interviews, and develop entrepreneurship skills?

The Academic Council at its meeting held on 20 November 2012
considered setting up of Placement Cell for students in SPA Delhi by
involving faculty and students representatives. The Schools Executive
Council has now approved the setting up of the Students Placement
Cell at the level of the institution. However, informally our faculty does
help students prepare for job opportunities including interviews and
development of entrepreneurship skills.

5.1.12 Give the number of students selected during campus interviews
by different employers (list the employers and the number of
82

companies who visited the campus during the last four years)?

Such a consolidated list does not exist at the moment although private
companies do regularly come and recruit our students in the campus.

5.1.13 Does the university have a registered Alumni Association? If yes,
what are its activities and contributions to the development of the
university?

Yes, the School has the SPA Alumni Association. Functions and
contributions of the Association can be seen in our prospectus.

5.1.14 Does the university have a student grievance redressal cell? Give
details of the nature of grievances reported. How were they
redressed?

No. However, the students during regular interactions with the Chairman,
Director and Dean of Studies can seek redressal for their grievances. Most
of the times, the School authorities do take prompt action to address the
students concerns.

5.1.15 Does the university promote a gender-sensitive environment by (i)
conducting gender related programmes (ii) establishing a cell
and mechanism to deal with issues related to sexual harassment?
Give details.

The School has set up Anti-Sexual Harassment Unit as per the Vishakha
Guidelines of the Supreme Court of India. This Unit is headed by a senior
professor of the School (See Annexure 5.1: Anti-Sexual Harassment Unit).

5.1.16 Is there an anti-ragging committee? How many instances, if any,
have been reported during the last four years and what action
has been taken in these cases?

The School has constituted the Anti-Ragging C ommittee as per the
UGC rules and regulations. Its functioning and other details are
enclosed (See Annexure: 5.2: Composition of the Anti-Ragging
C ommittee).

5.1.17 How does the university elicit the cooperation of all its stakeholders
to ensure the overall development of its students?

There are three prominent occasions to involve important stakeholders in
the academic activities of the School. First, the prospective employers
are invited to interact with our students and also contribute to our syllabi
83

formation. Second, the parents are also occasionally invited interact with
the faculty. Third, people working in different planning agencies are also
invited to interact with School on various occasions.

5.1.18 How does the university ensure the participation of women
students in intra-and-inter-institutional sports competitions and
cultural activities? Provide details of sports and cultural activities
where such efforts were made.

Women students enthusiastically participate in the intra-and-inter-
institutional sports competitions and cultural activities on the
occasions of NASA and NOSPLAN annually. Women students not only
participate but win a number of awards and medals. These details are
available in the enclosed individual reports of the Departments.

The institute encourages girl students to participate in intra and inter
institutional sports meets such as the Athlos (Annual sports meet of the
School); IIT-D Sports Fest; and also self defence classes organized in 2013
5.2 Students Progression

5.2.1 What is the student strength of the university for the current academic
year? Analyze the Programme-wise data a nd provide the trends for
the last four years.

Student Progression Percent
UG to PG* Not available
PG to M.Phil.* Not available
PG to Ph.D. Not available
Ph.D. to Post-Doctoral Not available
Employed
Campus selection
Other than campus recruitment
Not available

5.2.2 What is the programme-wise completion rate during the time span
stipulated by the university?

Completion rate is about 50 percent for Bachelor of Architecture, 80
percent for Bachelor of Planning, and for all postgraduate programs it is
nearly 100 percent.

5.2.3 What is the number or percentage of students who appeared or
qualified in examinations like UGC-CSIR-NET, UGC-NET, SLET, ATE or CAT
or GRE or TOFEL or GMAT or Central or State services, Defense, Civil
84

Services, etc.?

Approximately 80 percent students who are admitted to postgraduate
programs with a valid GATE score, and admission to Bachelor of Planning
and Bachelor of Architecture is done through the J EE of the CBSE at national
level.

5.2.4 Provide category-wise details regarding the number of Ph.D., D. Litt.,
D.Sc. theses submitted, accepted, resubmitted or rejected in the last
four years.

Year Ph.D.
Thesis
Submitted
Ph.D. Thesis
Accepted
Ph.D. Thesis
Resubmitted
Ph.D. Thesis
Rejected
2010-2011 4 4 0 0
2011-2012 3 3 0 0
2012-2013 6 6 0 0
2013-2014 2 2 0 0

5.3 Student Participation and Activities

5.3.1 List the range of sports, cultural and extracurricular activities available
to students. Furnish the programme calendar and provide details of
students participation.

Sports Week during the Athlos festival involving all the students of the
School every year.
A select group of the students of planning annually participates in the
event called the National Convention of the Students of Planning
involving students from all planning schools in the country. From SPA Delhi
nearly 50 o 60 students participate every year in the convention being
held in different cities in India. They participate in formal events like
debate, planning practices, planning competitions and informal cultural
events organized by the host institute.
Similarly the NASA event is conducted every year by the architecture
students from all architecture institutions of the country at different
locations every year. SPA-D students of architecture regularly participate
in these events and win laurels.

Games Date and Month
Kho Kho (Boys and Girls) 1 to 15 August 2013
Kabaddi (Boys and Girls) 16 to 30 August 2013
Cricket (Boys) 2 to 13 September 2013
Volleyball (Boys and Girls) 16 to 25 September 2013
Table Tennis (Boys and 26 Sept to 4 October 2013
85

Girls)
Badminton (Boys and Girls) 22 October to 1 Nov 2013
Football (Boys) 4 to 12 November 2013

Meets Dates and Year Participants
Boys Girls
TWARAN 2013
(IIT, Gwalior)
J anuary 2013 See details below
IIT Sports Fest February 2013 See details below
Athlos (Annual
Sports meet of
the School)
March 2013 See details below

TWARN 2013

About 40 students from SPA, Delhi (UG and PG Departments) participated in
TWARN 2013, the National Sports Meet at Atal Bihari Vajpayee Indian Institute of
information Technology and Management, Gwalior in J anuary 2013. The students
participated in various games and athletic events like Badminton, Basketball,
Football, Cricket, Carom, Athletics and Table-Tennis. The list of participants event
wise along with the detail breakup of medals is hereby given below:

Events or
Games
Names of the Participants Gold Medals or
Silver Medals
Marks
Badminton Abhishek (TP)
Vipul (PP)
Himanshu Yogi (B. Arch)
Kusum Pudi Manohar (Arch)
Yogender (BEM)
Gold
Gold
Gold
Gold
Gold
4
4
4
4
4
Carom Rahul Choudhary (B. Arch)
Priyank J aiswal (B. Arch.)
Silver
Silver
4
4
100 m Kuldeep (B. Arch.) Silver 4
400 m Abraham (UD) Silver 4
5000 m Kumarashwami (TP) Silver 4
4X100 m Relay
Race
Kuldeep (B. Arch.)
Kumarashwami (TP)
Abraham (UD)
Abhinav Chaurasia (B. Arch.)
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
4
4
4
4
4x400 Relay
Race
Kumarashwami (TP)
Abraham (UD)
Dhruv Dhingra (B. Arch.)
Abhinav Chaurasia (B. Arch.)
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
4
4
4
4

86

IITDelhi Sports Fest Result

Sl.
No.
Type of Game Name Place and Medal
1. 4X100m Relay Race Devlina Pandit Browns Medal
2. 4X100m Relay Race Damini Rathi Browns Medal
3. 4X100m Relay Race Suprima J oshi Browns Medal
4. 4X100m Relay Race Nishita Mohta Browns Medal

5.3.2 Give details of the achievements of students in co-curricular,
extracurricular and cultural activities at different levels: University,
State, Zonal or National or International, etc. during the last four years.

TWARAN 2013 IIT Gwalior
IIT Sports Fest
Athlos, the Annual sports meet of School
5.3.3 Does the university conduct special drives or campaigns for students
to promote heritage consciousness?

The School is one of the unique academic institutions offering a
postgraduate program in Architectural Conservation since two and a half
decades. Conservation and heritage is also taught as an integral subject
area in most of the planning and architecture departments. Apart from the
above, the students undertake projects related to heritage and urban
renewal as part of their academic programs.

The School has a cycling society which arranges trips on regular basis to
various heritage sites to promote heritage consciousness and interest
among students. A similar special tour was carried out as a part of the
Foundation Week celebrations on 9 November 2013.
5.3.4 How does the university involve and encourage its students to
publish materials like catalogues, wall magazines, college
magazine, and other material? List the major publications or
materials brought out by the students during the last four academic
sessions.

Throughout the School the students get a number of opportunities to publish
materials like catalogues, wa ll magazines, c olla ges, magazines,
87

etc. NOSPLAN, NASA, foundation Day and ATHLOS are the main
occasions when students do such creative works.

5.3.5 Does the university have a Student Council or any other similar body?
Give details on its constitution, activities and funding.

The School has established the Student Council since many decades. Its
constitution, functions and funding details are available on the Schools
website.

5.3.6 Give details of various academic and administrative bodies that have
student representatives on them. Also provide details of their
activities.

Students are represented on the following bodies of the School:

General Council (top most decision making body)
Anti-Ragging Committee
Hostel Management Committee

Any other information regarding Students Support and
Progression whic h the university would like to include.

None



88

CRITERION VI: GOVERNANCE, LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT

6.1 Institutional Vision and Leadership

6.1.1 State the Vision and the Mission of the University

The vision of SPA, already internationally known, is to make the institute a
distinguished centre of research, innovation, learning, capacity building and
scholarly inquiry to become a globally competitive institution by 2025. With the
above in mind, SPAs mission will be committed to the following:

To make SPA a multi disciplinary academic knowledge house, a pioneer and
an internationally known leader in planning and design of human habitats
and built environment.

To provide innovative professionals who are rooted in our cultural ethos
contributing wholesomely to nation building.

To position the SPA as an internationally reputed institution with a competitive
edge in the field of human settlement planning, design, research, training and
consultancy.

6.1.2 Does the mission statement define the institutions distinctive characteristics in
terms of addressing the needs of the society, the students it seeks to serve, the
institutions tradition and value orientations, its vision for the future, etc.?

Yes, the vision encourages faculty and students to pursue critical inquiry about
human habitats and ecological concerns. We follow inclusive educational
agenda, which is in line with Government of Indias higher education goals.

6.1.3 How is the leadership involved

in ensuring the organizations management system development,
Implementation and continuous improvement?
In interacting with its stakeholders?
In reinforcing a culture of excellence?
In identifying organizational needs and striving to fulfill them?

The leadership is actively involved in the above mentioned aspects through
various decisions making bodies of the School, formal and informal meetings
and discussions with the faculty and students, regular visits to the departments,
and being accessible to the students, faculty and others.

89

6.1.4 Were any of the top leadership positions of the university vacant for more than
a year? I f so, state the reasons.

No

6.1.5 Does the university ensure that all positions in its various statutory bodies are
filled and meetings conducted regularly?

Yes and the list of meetings held from J anuary 2012 to December 2013 are
stated below:

Academic Council 53 AC- 20 J anuary 2012
54 AC- 03 April 2012
55 AC- 22 August 2012
56 AC- 20 November 2012
57

AC- 21 August 2013
Executive Council EC Emergency Meeting 31 J anuary 2012
88 EC- 24 April 2012
89 EC- 27 August 2012
90

EC- 19 December 2012
91 EC- 28 February 2013
92 EC- 25 J une 2013
93 EC- 07 November 2013
General Council 12 GC- 22 March 2013
12 GC(follow-up) 18 April 2013

6.1.6 Does the university promote a culture of participative management? If yes,
indicate the levels of participative management.

Many of the activities of the School are shared by the management with the
faculty for information as well as comments. Meeting of the Heads of the
Departments are held regularly. Each Department also regularly conducts
faculty meetings. In general, the management is mostly available and faculty
and students can walk in to discuss problems, issues or any other aspects as
and when required.

As a formal institutionalized system the institute has the bodies like Academic
Council, Executive Council and General Council which have representatives
from the profession and industry, alumni, MHRD, professional bodies, faculty
and students.

6.1.7 Give details of the academic and administrative leadership provided by the
university to its affiliated colleges and the support and encouragement given
to them to become autonomous.
90

Not Applicable

6.1.8 Have any provisions been incorporated or introduced in the University Act and
Statutes to provide for conferment of degrees by autonomous colleges?

Not Applicable

6.1.9 How does the university groom leadership at various levels? Give details.

Faculty is involved in various committees of the School. Faculty is also
responsible for the estate management, hostels and students activities.
Additionally, the School has a policy of rotation of Heads which gives an
opportunity to most of the Professors and Associate Professors to develop
administrative, managerial and leadership skills. Faculty of the School is also
regularly made part of the various committees of the government related to
the discipline of planning and architecture.

6.1.10 Has the university evolved a knowledge management strategy? If yes, give
details.

Yet to be established

6.1.11 How the following values are reflected in the functioning of the university?

Contributing to the national development by taking up projects of national
importance relating to planning and infrastructure development as well as
participating in various government policy spaces such as Delhi Master Plan,
NCR Plan, etc. Many consultancy projects are directly linked to national
development example, Master Plan of Noida and Greater Noida.

Fostering global competencies among students by exposing the students to
emerging fields of research and development and joint exchange
programmes inviting international experts for lectures and discussions. For
example, in 2013 the Department of Physical Planning invited faculty and
students from U.K. and U.S. to work alongside faculty and students of the
Department.

Inculcating a sound value system among students by providing a healthy
working environment between students and teachers and also by
promoting use of technology through the introduction of new technological
tools in planning and architecture. Hard work and perseverance are core
values of our students and faculty.


91

Quest for excellence faculty and the students are always striving for
excellence through their teaching, research and studies.

6.2 STRATEGY DEVELOPMENT AND DEPLOYMENT

6.2.1 Does the university have a perspective plan for development? If yes,
what aspects are considered in the development of policies and
strategies?


Vision and mission


Teaching and learning


Programs of studies form the core function of the School that revolves around
six academic arenas. These will be developed as Faculty of knowledge
domains covering not only the critical dimensions of built and natural
environments but also allied disciplines, all contributing together to a holistic
comprehension of complexities that characterize our human and natural
habitats. These six academic arenas conduct academic programs through
study courses and related research in constituent Departments set up under
every Faculty. Departments are units that conduct regular doctoral, graduate
and undergraduate courses. Amongst new faculty, the Faculty of Habitat
Management assumes a significant priority in the Vision as planning and
design approaches as well as rapidly changing framework of legal and
governance mechanisms are to be dissected. Other proposed faculties could
begin their formative journey with the support of Research Hubs before finally
evolving as Departments with their complete range of functions. This
document captures the long term picture of existing and conceived
Departments as seen necessary and possible based on present day
assessments.

Research and Development

The research vision of SPA Delhi encompasses the ideals of discovery,
relevance and inclusivity. Acknowledging the inevitability of rigorous research
as the primary foundation of future direction, the SPAs research program will
revolve around applied, fundamental and innovation environments for deep
and sustained involvement in the most diverse range of research possibilities
for todays world and its future. Within the domains of the academic frame,
the program is imagined around three entities that become the gateway to
evolution in partnership with communities at large. These entities operate at
differing levels as interdependent bodies spanning collective, departmental
as well as specialized needs within the Institute. While the SPA research
program will not only enjoy autonomy and flexibility to suit the changing
scenario, it is also contemplated to be major tool for resource mobilization. It is
envisaged that research outcome will eventually find its way in shaping and
92

reshaping the policies at national, state and local governance to achieve

goals of development.

Human Resource Planning and Development

The phenomenal gap that exists between demand and supply levels of
expertise and skills in todays world makes it imperative to move beyond
narrow confines of formal courses and classroom education to broader and
more widespread avenues of knowledge transfer. The School would set up an
Enterprise for Training and Awareness Centre solely for the purposes of
providing capacity building and skills upgradation programs within and
outside the country in the area of human settlements planning and design
aspects. In view of the huge backlog of trained planners required at various
levels of governance, the Centre would undertake short term executive
courses and industry tailored courses, specifically aimed at policy planners,
decision makers and other professionals within and outside the government in
the fields of planning and related disciplines. SPA Delhi shall also contribute to
the formulation of national standards related to planning, design and
management of sustainable built environments.

Community Engagement

As a vehicle of change, the SPA Centre for Outreach forms one of the critical
organs of the School in extending its diverse spectrum of knowledge and
expertise, good practice and innovation, ideas and strategies to the widest
cross section of recipients across the nation and abroad. Reaching out to
government ministries and departments at all levels, educational and
research institutions in related fields, professional and industry groups, civil
society organizations and self-help communities, the SPA Centre for Outreach
will present the public face of the School to the country and the world at
large.

Three distinct platforms working synchronously will carry out the objective of
establishing and sustaining the essential intellectual, technical, strategic and
operational bonds between the School and communities beyond. The first
platform occurs in the form of the SPA Publication and Dissemination House
and the second manifests itself as the SPA Communication and Informatics
Portal. The third platform of outreach happens in the form of the SPA Archive
on Built and National Environment.

Internationalization

Within a globalized world that we find ourselves in today, the degree of
interconnectedness across space and time has become the driving factor for
dynamic growth and evolutionary change for any enterprise.
93

Correspondingly, the heightened levels of personal freedom and choice

affected by such a revolution have touched all sections of inhabitants across
urban and rural societies.

SPAs Vision for a connected institution revolves around the ideals of
exchange and partnerships through the SPA Centre for Networking (SPACN).
This centre operates as the interchange point of all forms of connectivity that
such an institution aspires to create and sustain on a day to day basis across
all its activities. As described earlier, SPAs global positioning as the prime
institute makes it imperative for this Centre to play a decisive role in bringing
together and exchanging views, aspirations, ideas and thoughts of all
engaged participants especially in fields of human settlements.

The SPA Centre for Networking extends four forums of interchange to address
issues and opportunities inherent in the information atmosphere of today.
These forums are:

SPA Forum for Exchange
SPA Forum for Collaboration and Partnerships
SPA Forum for Marketing
Off Campus Centers

SPA presently has a number of MOUs with leading universities abroad for
carrying out joint research and other related activities. This forum will further
promote and accelerate formalizing joint proposals for research activities to
be carried out based on funding by government, bilateral and multi lateral
agencies. SPA has also been providing institutional support to various
international organizations such as UNCHS, UNESCO, DFID, ADB, World Bank,
etc. on matters pertaining to human settlement and this cell will enhance such
efforts in the future. The research cell will work as an independent unit and
bring high quality research related to human settlement planning, design and
management and allied disciplines.

Industry Interaction

The SPA Centre for Professional Interface and Extension Services is consortium
of the widest range of professionals in the fields of built and natural
environments offering a large spectrum of advisory and advocacy services at
every scale related to the above fields. From regional and environmental
planners to urban designers, architects to product designers, heritage
conservationists to urban and rural managers, this centre brings together multi
domain teams of experts who collectively contribute to contemporary issues
of the built and natural environments. It is envisaged that over the next
decade this centre will be a major contributor to the SPAs financial
requirements.
94

6.2.2 Describe the universitys internal organizational structure and decision
making processes and their effectiveness.

General Council headed by the honorable Minister of Human Resource
Development, Government of India, provides policy direction and overall
leadership to SPA Delhi. General Council members represent various ministries
of Government of India, senior professionals from government and private
organizations and faculty of the School.


The School of Planning and Architecture, Delhi is a deemed university under
the University Grants Commission Act No. 3 of 1956.The School is governed by
the Executive Council, which is headed by the Chairman appointed by the
Ministry of Human Resource Development, Government of India. The
Executive Council consists of representatives from the Ministry of Human
Resource Development, Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India,
Indian Institute of Architects, Institute of Town Planners India, Institution of
Engineers India, the SPA Alumni Association, and faculty of the School.

Director and Dean of Studies provide administrative and academic leadership
for day to day running of the School. The Registrar assists both Director and
Dean of Studies in administrative matters. Heads of the Departments of Studies
are academic coordinators for their respective departments. The School has a
Deputy Registrar and a number of Assistant Registrars supported by the
administrative staff. The School has a Liaison Officer to look after the interests
of the SC and ST staff, faculty and students. There are a number of research
committees including Departmental Research Committee for each
department of studies and the J CDP at the School level.

6.2.3 Does the university have a formal policy to ensure quality? How is it
designed, driven, deployed and reviewed?

The School has constituted an Internal Quality Assurance Cell. The Cell is in the
process of formulating a formal policy on quality processes and mechanisms.
6.2.4 Does the university encourage its academic departments to function
independently and autonomously and how does it ensure
accountability?

For most of the academic functioning departments are independent and
autonomous. Most of the decisions are routed through Dean of Studies and
Director to ensure coordination and accountability.


95

6.2.5 During the last four years, have there been any instances of court
cases filed by and against the institute? What were the critical issues and
verdicts of the courts on these issues?

Court cases are filed by the institute and against it for several reasons. A
summary is enclosed at Annexure: 6.1.

6.2.6 How does the university ensure that grievances or complaints are
promptly attended to and resolved effectively? Is there a mechanism
to analyze the nature of grievances for promoting better stakeholder-
relationship?

The School has a Vigilance Cell as well as a Grievance Committee.
Composition order of both the committees enclosed at Annexure: 6.2.

6.2.7 Does the university have a mechanism for analyzing student feedback
on institutional performance? If yes, what was the institutional response?

The Internal Quality Assurance Cell has initiated this process and soon
feedback system will be made operational.

6.2.8 Does the university conduct performance audit of the various
departments?

No

6.2.9 What mechanisms have been evolved by the university to identify the
developmental needs of its affiliated institutions?

Not Applicable

6.2.10 Does the university have a vibrant College Development Council (CDC)
or Board of College and University Development (BCUD)? If yes, detail its
structure, functions and achievements.

No

6.3 Faculty Empowerment Strategies

In order to empower faculty, the School has developed a number of strategies
as mentioned below:

The faculty has full autonomy to teach the theory and studio subjects in the
manner in which they intend to do so. Syllabus provides only a broad
outline.
96

The faculty also has full autonomy to develop his own research areas within
the broad areas of planning, architecture and design.

Under Government of India rules and regulations, the entire faculty is
provided INR 100,000 per year for professional development.

6.3.1 What efforts have been made to enhance the professional development
of teaching and non-teaching staff?

Teaching staff is provided professional development fund to undertake
research, and attend training programmes. The School also regularly
nominates faculty for conferences and workshops. Non-teaching staff is
nominated for necessary training programmes as well.

6.3.2 What is the outcome of the review of various appraisal methods used by
the university? List the important decisions.

Yet to be identified

6.3.3 What are the welfare schemes available for teaching and non-teaching
staff?

As per Government of India rules and regulations, the School implements
these schemes.

6.3.4 What percentage of staff have benefitted from these schemes in the last
four years? Give details.

All faculty and staff benefit from these schemes, if they are eligible according
to the parameters of a scheme.

6.3.5 What are the measures taken by the university for attracting and
retaining eminent faculty?

The School has eminent position in the field of architecture and planning
education in India. Most of the professionals are keen to join the institute and
we have little problem in retaining the faculty. Provision of institutional
consultancy is an added incentive for the faculty.

6.3.6 Has the university conducted a gender audit during the last four years?
If yes, mention a few salient findings.

No.

97

6.3.7 Does the university conduct any gender sensitization programmes for
its faculty?

The committee has been recently reconstituted and programme for the whole
year is being worked out for approval of the competent authority.

6.3.8 What is the impact of the Universitys Academic Staff College
Programmes in enhancing the competencies of the university faculty?

Not Applicable

6.4 Financial Management and Resource Mobilization

6.4.1 What is the institutional mechanism available to monitor the effective
and efficient use of financial resources?

The School has a strong institutional mechanism to monitor effective and
efficient use of financial resources. Expenditure is monitored by the Executive
Council as a principle executive body of the School, which has powers of
financial management and control of the School. The Executive Council
considers and sanctions the budget estimates, sanctions expenditure,
execution of contracts, and investment of funds of the School. The EC
forwards its recommendations of Annual Accounts to the General Council for
consideration and approval.
Hierarchically below the Executive Council, the Finance Committee is
constituted which examines and scrutinizes the annual budget, Annual
Accounts, review all proposals for new expenditure and submits its
recommendations to the Executive Council. The Finance Committee also
considers periodical statements of accounts and review of finances of the
School and also considers re-appropriation of statements and audit reports
and submits its recommendations to the Executive Council. The Finance
Committee also reviews the Budget Estimates and Revised Estimates along
with proposals received from other committees such as the Building
Committee, the Purchase Committee, and the Maintenance Committee, etc.
All the new proposals which involve major activities such as big purchases,
construction of building activities, etc. are submitted to the Finance
Committee for its approval. The sub-committees which come under the
Finance Committee review the worthiness of the proposals submitted for
procurement of consumables and non-consumables or assets by the Purchase
Committee, construction activities and maintenance proposals by the Building
Committee, etc. The day to day income and expenditure is monitored by the
98

Accounts and Budget Section. The proposals submitted by various Sections

are reviewed and recommended by Registrar and finally approved by
Director for routine financial matters. The Accounts and Budget Section
releases payments for the expenditure after scrutinizing proposals as per
approved Budget and those proposals are then approved by the Director.
6.4.2 Does the university have a mechanism for internal and external audit?
Give details.

The internal audit is conducted by the Accounts and Budget Section. The
payments are scrutinized from the audit point of view by Consultant (Finance)
as internal auditor before forwarding the same to the Drawing and Disbursing
Officer. The School has also appointed a Chartered Accountant firm, which
also conducts internal audit for the School. The external audit of the School is
conducted by the Director General of Audit, Central Expenditure, and finally
by Comptroller and Auditor General of India.
6.4.3 Have the accounts been audited regularly? What were the audit
objections, if any, and how were they complied with?

Yes, the Annual Accounts of the School are prepared and duly audited by
office of the DGACE regularly. The audit objections raised during the Audit are
attended to by the Accounts and Budget Section and compliance on the
objections are submitted to the audit from time to time by the School.
6.4.4 Provide the audited income and expenditure statement of academic
and administrative activities of the last four years.

The Annual Reports containing the audited income and expenditure
statement are regularly submitted before the Parliament of India through
MHRD, Government of India.

6.4.5 Narrate the efforts taken by the University for Resource Mobilization.

The School is non-profit organization fully funded by MHRD. However, income
is also generated by internal resources by way of collection of fees, income by
interest through investments of the funds, consultancy share of the School, etc.

6.4.6 Is there any provision for the university to create a corpus fund? If yes,
give details.

There is no provision for corpus fund. However, the School is in the process of
creating the corpus funds. The matter has already been placed before the
Executive Council of the School.
99

6.5 Internal Quality Assurance System

6.5.1 Does the university conduct an academic audit of its departments? If
yes, give details.

No, but IQAC will take this initiative from the next year.

6.5.2 Based on the recommendations of the academic audit, what specific
measures have been taken by the university to improve teaching,
learning and evaluation?

Not applicable for now but could be reported from next year onwards.

6.5.3 Is there a central body within the university to continuously review the
teaching learning processes? Give details of its structure, methodologies
of operations and outcome?

No

6.5.4 How has IQAC contributed to institutionalizing quality assurance
strategies and processes?

We are in the process of developing such strategies and processes.

6.5.5 How many decisions of the IQAC have been placed before the statutory
authorities of the University for Implementation?

Feedback forms formulated by the IQAC were placed before the competent
authorities and approved by the Executive Council.

6.5.6 Does the IQAC have external members on its committees? If so,
mention any significant contribution made by such members.

We are in the process of making such nominations.

6.5.7 Has the IQAC conducted any study on the incremental academic
growth of students from disadvantaged sections of society?

Not yet.

6.5.8 What policies are in place for the periodic review of administrative
and academic departments, subject areas, research centres, etc.?

Yet to be decided and implemented.
100

Any other information regarding Governance, Leadership and
Management which the university would like to include.

None
101

CRITERIA VII: INNOVATIONS AND BEST PRACTICES

7.1 Environment Consciousness

7.1.1 Does the university conduct a Green Audit of its campus?

The School has initiated the process of assessing its campus for the Green Audit
with the support of MNES, Government of India. Our proposed new campus at
Vasant Kunj, New Delhi will be constructed on the principles of Green Buildings.
Although at present we do not conduct Green Audit at our existing Campus, we
intend to do so in our new and to be constructed campus at Vasant Kunj, New
Delhi.

The new Director of the School after joining School has initiated the Water Audit in
the campus. TOR for the same has been prepared for Maharani Bagh building
complex. As discussions with MNES progress, the School has sent a request to get
the water and energy audit done through MNES. In the meanwhile hazardous
water and e-water management is being done following the government rule and
policies. The faculty of the School is also involved in propagating government
policies and byelaws for water management and water harvesting. Identified
faculty is actively involved in conducting, workshops and awareness programmes
on water management and water harvesting in south western parts of Delhi,
particularly in Dwaraka and Nazafgarh in collaboration with Delhi J al Board

7.1.2 What are the initiatives taken by the university to make the
campus eco - friendly?

Energy conservation

Use of renewable energy


Water harvesting


Check dam construction


Efforts for Carbon neutrality


Plantation


Hazardous waste management

E-waste management
Any other (please specify)

The assessment process has been initiated. In the meanwhile, lighting fixtures
have been converted to CFL so as to save energy in the Hostel Buildings at
Maharani Bagh.

102

7.2 Innovations

7.2.1 Give details of innovations introduced during the last four years which
have created a positive impact on the functioning of the university.

With a Focus on more Global Networks, the School in the last four years has
undertaken the following innovations:
(a) Lectures by International Scholars
International lecture series by imminent speakers from around the globe
has led the students to interact and learn from global leaders in planning
and architecture subjects.

Collaboration with International Universities

See Annexure 3.4: List of International Universities

Visit of faculty to attend and present papers in the International
Collaborations
(b) Increased Focus on involvement at Policy Making level
There is more efforts made to influence policy at national, regional and
local levels. The School has undertaken projects sponsored by various
ministries and faculty as member of various committees.
(c) Use of Technology
Technology is used for dissemination of activities, sharing of faculty
activities through email, availability of broadband for access to online
resources, and access to e journals.
(d) Focus on interdisciplinary Activities.
The MHRD has approved the proposal for setting up the National
Design Innovations Hub (NDIH) in the School with funding of Rs.16
crores.

103

7.3 Best Practices

7.3.1 Give details of any two best practices which have contributed to
better academic and administrative functioning of the university.

Format for Presentation of Best Practices

1. Title of the Practice - I

Imparting Design thinking through Studio Based Learning

2. Objectives of the Practice

What are the objectives or intended outcomes of this best practice
and what are the underlying principles or concepts of this practice (in
about100 words)?

Every semester, the students of all departments are taken out to various cities
in India in order to familiarize them with real world planning and design issues.
The students conduct extensive survey on social, physical, political and
economic aspects in order to understand the context of the city or region or
part of a settlement. After coming back to the studios, the students examine
the primary and secondary data and make proposals about the future. Most
of the time, these reports are sent to the city or regional authorities for their
reference.

Studio based learning is about learning to design or plan within constraints,
collaborative learning, refining knowledge through selection for acts of
design and planning. It simulates the real life situations in the design of
problem so that students experience and learn from practice situations and
develop appropriate skills. Through continuous critiques of the work by
practicing professionals and academicians, the students learn to take
feedback.
3. The Context

What were the contextual features or challenging issues that needed
to be addressed in designing and implementing this practice (in
about 150 words)?

Each time the students face different issues and challenges because each
settlement, its part or region throws up unique challenges. However, Indian
urbanisation and development is the broad contest within which students
104

are required to explore problems and search for answers.

To successfully design and implement this practice requires collaboration
with professionals in practice as resource persons. This also requires many
times availability of critical information.
4. The Practice

Describe the practice and its uniqueness in the context of India
higher education. What were the c onstraints / limitations, if any,
fac ed (in about 400 words)?

Every semester, there is a subject called studio. As a part of this, the students
of every department are taken to a particular city for 15 days to conduct
various field studies, surveys, discussions, etc. Every day, while classes are held
every morning, studios are held every afternoon where interactions between
students, faculty, members of the industry, etc. are held. Regular reviews are
conducted for assessing students progress.

Various field studies, surveys, discussions, etc. are conducted every day,
while classes are held every morning, studios are held every afternoon
where interactions between students, faculty, industry, etc. are held.
Regular reviews are conducted.

A problem is framed keeping in mind current context of place, idea
and concept. Usually the exploration is done around a live project.
Students individually or in groups prepare design, analysis and plan
proposals, etc. through visual, written or other modes, appropriate to
the problem at hand.
Students present their work for reviews in moderated reviews to the
class. The feedback is given for the purposes of formative evaluation.
Experts and peers led reviews do give formative critiques. Usually
studio coordinator moderates these reviews. These reviews provide
feedback on the gaps in evidence, assumptions, analytical
techniques and presentations.
Students respond to the reviews through appropriate revisions leading
to final proposals and design solutions.

105

5. Evidence of Success

Provide evidence of success suc h as performance against targets
and benchmarks, review results. What do these results indicate?
Describe in about 200 words.

These exercises are very successful and appreciated by city planners and
municipal officers. These are also covered widely in the newspapers and TV.
Architecture education pioneered the idea of studio based learning at the
School, and all departments in the School have followed this methodology.
Its success is evident from the fact that many other planning institutes and
many other disciplines like management, computer sciences, etc. are
experimenting with this methodology.

6. Problems Encountered and Resources Required

Please identify the problems encountered and resources required
to implement the practice (in about 150 words).

Although many times we face problems in terms of lack of knowledge of
local language, lack of critical data, etc. the students however are able
transcend these difficulties with the help of local planning authorities. The
School demarcates a specific budget for spending on travel,
accommodation, etc. for the studio work.

7. Notes

Optional: Please add any other information that may be relevant
for adopting and implementing the Best Practice in other institutions
(in about 150 words).

None

Any other information regarding Innovations and Best Practices which the
university would like to include.

None


Evo|uot|ve keports o| the
Deportments o| Stud|es
106

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE


1. Name of the Department:

Department of Architecture

2. Year of Establishment:

1941 as a Department of Architecture of Delhi Polytechnic

3. Is the Department part of a School or Faculty of the university?

Yes

4. Names of programmes offered (UG, PG, M.Phil., Ph.D., Integrated Masters;
Integrated Ph.D., D. Sc., D.Litt., etc.):

UG and Ph.D.

5. Inter-disciplinary programmes and departments involved:

None

6. Courses in collaboration with other universities, industries, foreign institutions, etc.

No formal courses are currently being run at the Department.
However, the department conducts collaborative studios at regular
intervals with student groups and faculty from foreign universities.

7. Details of programmes discontinued, if any, with reasons:

None

8. Examination System: Annual or Semester or Trimester or Choice Based Credit
System:

Semester System

9. Participation of the department in the courses offered by other departments

Yes. Some of the faculty takes lectures, studios and also special lectures
at other departments, and research projects at other departments.

107

10. Number of teaching posts sanctioned, filled and actual (Professors or Associate
Professors or Assistant Professors and others)

Positions Sanctioned Filled Actual (including CAS and MPS)
Professor 8 11 11
Associate Professors 15 2 2
Assistant Professors 30 13 13
Total regular Faculty 53 26 26
Visiting Faculty 61 (26)
Grand Total 87
Note: About 37 percent of the total teaching load is being shared by visiting faculty. The corresponding
regular average teaching load for visiting faculty is 25 hours per week assuming 14 hours average
teaching load for regular faculty.

11. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, area of specialization,
experience and research under guidance.

There are total 26 regular faculties working in Department of Architecture. There are
11 Professors, 2 Associate Professors and 13 Assistant Professors.


Designation Name Qualification/ Specialization No. of
Years
of
Experi
ence
No. of
Ph.D. or
M.
Arch.,
M. Phil
students
guided
for the
last 4
years
UG Degree PG Degree Ph.D.
University University University
Year Year Year
Professor M.L. Bahri B. Arch , SPA
Delhi, 1975
- - 39 -
I.M. Chishti B. Arch , SPA
Delhi, 1975
Urbanism
and
Cinema,
University
of Paris-
VIII,
Vincennes
, 1979
- 39 1 Ph.D.
ongoing
Satish
Khanna
B. Arch, SPA
Delhi, 1972
- - 42 3 Ph.D.
1Ph.D.
ongoing
108

Neerja Tiku B. Arch, SPA
Delhi, 1975
PG Dip. T
and CP,
SPA Delhi,
1977
- 40 1Ph.D.
Aruna
Ramani
Grover
B. Arch, SPA
Delhi, 1984
M.
Planning-
Housing,
SPA D,
1995
Ph.D.,
2010
30 -
Ranjana
Mital
B.Arch., SPA
Delhi, 1979
Ph.D., SPA
Delhi,
2003
35 1Ph.D.
ongoing
Anil
Dewan
B.Arch., SPA-
Delhi, 1982
Masters in
Building
Engineerin
g and
Managem
ent, SPA
Delhi, 2003
Ph.D.
2012, SPA
Delhi
32 -
J aya
Kumar
B. Arch, SPA
Delhi, 1979
Ph.D.,
2013, SPA
Delhi
35 -
Mandeep
Singh
B.Arch., SPA
Delhi, 1979
M. Arch,
UD, 1983
Ph.D.,
2014, SPA
Delhi
35 9 M.
Arch
Manoj
Mathur
B.Arch., SPA-
Delhi, 1982
PG Dip. In
Health
Facilities,
SPA Delhi,
1989.
32
Y.K. J ain B.Sc. (CE),
Punjab
Engg.
College,
1976
M.Sc.
Engg Civil
(Structural)
, Delhi
College of
Engg.,
1980
- 38 --
Associate
Professor
Leon A.
Morenas
B. Arch,
2000
M. Arch
(Urban
Design),
SPA Delhi,
2002
Ph.D.,
2010
6 2 Ph.D.
ongoing
6 (M.
Arch
Shweta
Manchan
da
B. Arch,
1998
M. Phil,
2000
Ph.D.,
2008
9 --
Assistant
Professor
Rajapraka
sh P.
B.Arch.,
1989
M. Arch,
SPA, 1991
Ph.D.,
2013
25 8 M.
Arch.
109

S K
Aaditya
B.Arch.,
1986
- - 38 --
Parul Kiri
Roy
B. Arch,
2000
MFA(Histor
y of Art),
2003
- 11 --
Shuvojit
Sarkar
B. Arch,
2002
M.
Planning
SPA
2005
Pursuing
Ph.D.
10 --
Prabhjot
Singh
Sugga
B. Arch, ,
2001
MS (Urban
Planning),
2004
- 11 --
S P
Shrivastav
a
B.Sc. Engg.
(Civil)
M.E. (Civil) Pursuing
Ph.D.
21 --
Moulshri
J oshi
B. Arch,
2003
- - 11 --
Arpita
Dayal
B. Arch,
2003
M. Arch
(Urban
Design),
2009
- 9 --
Aarti B.Arch.,
2008.
M. Plan.,
2011
MBA
(Interior
Design),
PG Const.
Mgmt.
- 4 --
Anjali
Mittal
B. Arch,
2005
M.Sc. in
City
Design
and Social
Science,
2008
- 7 --
Mekhla
Parihar
B. Arch,
2002
M. Arch.,
2005
- 9 --
Saptarshi
Sanyal
B. Arch, ,
2006
M. Arch.
(Conserva
tion), 2008
-
6
--
Vandana
Kothari
B.F.A.
(Painting),
1999, Uni. Of
Raj., J aipur
MFA(Histor
y of Art)
2002
- 12 --


110

12. List of senior Visiting Fellows, adjunct faculty, emeritus professors visiting Faculty.

Name
Senior
Visiting
Professors
Qualification Subject
UG
Degree
PG Degree Ph.D.
Ashwini K.
Datta
B.Arch.,
1986
M. Arch., 1989 - Design and Building
Construction
Shiriesh
Malpani
B. Arch,
1978
- - Thesis and Design
Meena
Mani
B. Arch,
1971
- - Thesis and Design
J .C. Wason Dip. In
Civil
Engg.,
1959,
AMIE,
1964
ME(Civil), 1979 - Theory of structures (TOS)
Subhash
Chander
B.Arch.,
1958
Certificate in
Tropical Arch.,
1960
-- Design and Graphics
Sambuddha
Sen
B. Arch.
1973
-- -- Thesis and Design
R. Swaroop BE, 1966 M. Tech, 1977 Ph.D.,
1983
Theory of structures (TOS)
Santosh
Auluck
B. Arch,
1962
Dip. in Urban
Development
Management,
UK, 1986
- Design and Building
Construction


13. Percentage of classes taken by temporary (visiting) facultyprogramme-wise
information:

37 percent

14. Programme-wise Student Teacher Ratio

Lecture: 1:40; Studio, Elective, Dissertation, Seminar 1:10; and Arch. Thesis 1:5
(On an average each batch has strength of 40 students).


111

15. Number of academic support staff (technical) and administrative staff:
sanctioned, filled and actual

Academic
Support Staff
Sanctioned Filled Actual
Technical - - 3+3*
Administrative - - 25+6*
Note: * These personnel are recruited through outsourcing agency.

16. Research thrust areas as recognized by major funding agencies.

None


17. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from:
(a) National
(b) International funding agencies and
(c) Total grants received.
Give the names of the funding agencies, project title and grants received project-
wise.

None

18. Inter-institutional collaborative projects and associated grants received:
(a)National collaboration (b) International collaboration

None

19. Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST; UGC-SAP or CAS, DPE; DBT, ICSSR, AICTE,
etc.; total grants received.

None

20. Research facility or centre with

State recognition

None

National recognition


None

International recognition

None


112

21. Special research laboratories sponsored by or created by industry or corporate
bodies

None

22. Publications:

Publication by Regular Faculty are summarized below
Total Articles in Peer
Reviewed
J ournals
Other J ournals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA Reports Books
19 09 07 02 -

Major publications are:

Grover, A.R. Water Use Optimization: Towards Sustainable Residential Neighborhoods,
e-book, ISBN 978-93-5104-895-4

Grover, A.R. Cyclic Water Use Toward Sustainable Cities of the Future, International
J ournal of Arts and Sciences, ISSN 1944-6934

Mittal, R. (2011) Indian Architecture: A View from Within, in Dore, Geetha
Ganapathy and Olinga, Michel, LHarmattan (eds.) Changing Images of India and
Africa, Paris.

Mittal, R. (2011) The New Sacred is Secular, SPANDREL, J ournal of School of Planning
and Architecture, Issue 3, pp. 78-83.

Mittal, R. (2012) To Have or Not to Have: Socio-environmental Inequities, A paper
accepted for the 4th International Network for Tropical Architecture Conference
(iNTA 2012), 12 to 14 December 2012, at the National University of Singapore.

J oshi, M., Ballal, A. J an af Geijerstam (2013) Bhopal 2011: Context, Concept, Process
in Bhopal2011: Landscapes of Memory by co-authored ISBN 978-82-725-9121-1.
J oshi, M. and Ballal, A. (2011) Dissonant History, Difficult Heritage-Commemorating
the Bhopal Gas Tragedy Context J ournal, Vol. 8, Issue 2.

Rajaprakash P. (2012) Preference for Nature and Naturalness in traversed landscapes,
Case study, Nagarlok.

23. Details of patents and income generated

There are no patents.

24. Areas of consultancy and income generated:

Listed below are the recent consultancy projects taken up by faculty members
113

Prof. M.L. Bahri

Master Planning Work, ONGC at Baroda and Dehradun including Residential
Blocks, Office Blocks, Complex, etc.
Renovation to the existing ONGC academic and Auditorium at KDMIPE Campus,
Dehradun including planning, landscaping, road networking, parking, etc.

Prof. Satish Khanna

Archival Unit and Resource Centre, Delhi Cantonment Board

Prof. Satish Khanna and Prof. Aruna Ramani Grover (J oint Projects)

Model 100 bed ESIC Hospital at Baddi, HP.
Restructuring and Interior Layout for existing building of National University for
educational Planning and Administration (NEUPA) New Delhi.
Prototype design for Panchayati Raj Buildings and Rajiv Sewa Kendras in Village
headquarters Ministry of Panchayati Raj, Government of India.
Restructuring and modernizing the Building Byelaws of the Delhi Cantonment
Board.

Prof. Aruna Ramani Grover

City level Projects of the Delhi Urban Art Commission as Senior Consultant.

Prof. Anil Dewan

DPR of different sub-works of Development Plan of Delhi Cantonment Remodeling
main drains, Multistoried staff quarters, Upgradation and reconstruction of two
schools and Gym-cum-Cafeteria shopping Complex.
Preparation of the Design Brief, Selection of Master Planners, Architects of
Consultants for Central University of Rajasthan, IIT, Rajasthan and J odhpur.

Prof. Y.K. J ain

Design and Construction of Proposed Resource Centre; Pump House, Tanks Sand
Pad Foundations, etc., Consultancy Services for Proof Checking of Foot Over Bridge
and Remodeling and Reconstruction of Various drains in Delhi Cantonment
Structural designing of comprising of large span building, Administrative Block,
Water Tanks, Workshop Complex, DDA
Structural designing, detailing, estimating and costing and supervision of Textile
Mills, stores building, Ash Slurry Pump House, O.H. and U.G. Tanks, shops, service
bldg., SPA Staff Housing & Hostel Complex, Maharani Bagh, New Delhi; comprising
of various three or four storeyed buildings with pile foundations.


114

Prof. Mandeep Singh

Four projects -institutional building for NIOS, factory for Machino Polymers and interior
for SFAC and NHB.
Income generated through consultancy by the Architecture Department
in the last four years is Rs.2.54 crores.

25. Faculty selected nationally or internationally to visit other laboratories or
institutions or industries in India and abroad

16 percent of the faculty has teaching experience in other universities and national
institutions and other institutions.
32 percent of the faculty has been invited as a resource person in Workshop,
Seminar and Conference organized by professional agencies.
5 percent of the faculty has international experience in teaching.

Regular faculty members have attended 13 international and 16 national level
conferences and workshops. Prof. Aruna Ramani Grover has presented papers in
Rhode Island, USA, Hong Kong, and Rome. Prof. Ranjana Mittal participated in
international symposium Washington D.C. and Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. Ms. Parul Kiri Roy
presented a paper at Newcastle University, U.K. Prof Neerja Tikku presented a paper in
Bangkok. Shuvojit Sarkar and Prof. M.L. Bahri attended J oint Workshop between
University of Applied Sciences Erfurt, Germany and SPA, Delhi, 2013.

26. Faculty serving in (a) National committees (b) International committees (c)
Editorial Boards (d) any other, please specify.

The faculty at the Department of Architecture is contributing continuously towards
nation buildings through their roles as technical advisors, panel members, executive
members, jury members, expert members and members of Board of Studies in
committees. Faculty are members of 15 national and state level committee and 12
committee and expert groups. A brief account of the same is given below.

Prof M.L. Bahri

Member Bureau of Indian Standards in Building Construction Practices Sectional
Committee and as a Board of Assessors for Architectural Competition in East Delhi
Municipal Corporation. He has assisted as a Technical advisor in an Architectural
competition.

Prof. Satish Khanna

He is working for DUAC; Board of Studies member at Sharda University; Expert
Committee at NIUA; National Accreditation Board; Standing Technical Committee on
Maintenance of Heritage character and development of Parliament House Complex.
He has been appointed as a jury member for selection of architects for their projects
by CPWD, DSIDC and Election Commission.

115

Prof. Neerja Tikku

She has presented a paper in a conference on 'Specific Slum Rehabilitation exercise in
Delhi' in Bangkok. She has attended a Conference on 'Municipalika' Making Cities
Work ' in Noida and presented paper on 'Safe , Secure and Resilient Cities 'with
emphasis on 'Gender Sensitive Public Safety'.

Prof. Aruna Ramani Grover

Being an expert member for Bureau of Indian Standards, Resource person for
Government of India for Primary Schools; Selection Committees set up by the UPSE,
New Delhi, and Delhi Urban Arts Commission.

Prof. Anil Dewan

He has been working as a member and expert for Institute of Hospital Engineers (India);
Indian Hospital Association, BIS, Appointed Arbitrator by Delhi High Court Mission.

Prof. Ranjana Mittal

J ury member for interior design presentation on 5 Oct 2013 at IIM, Indore; and an
expert on NBCC panel for selection of architects. Member, BIS Committee for
empanelment of architects in December 2013 and IIID jury member on 8-9 February
2014.

Prof. J aya Kumar

She is member of 'Committee of Tagore Cultural Centre', Ministry of Culture,
Government of India.

Dr. Shweta Manchanda

She is member of National Advisory Council on Sustainability and Energy Efficiency of
the Ministry of Non Renewable Energy; National Building Code Chapter 11: Approach
to Sustainability.

27. Faculty recharging strategies (UGC, ASC, Refresher or orientation programs,
workshops, training programs and similar programs).

In addition to the Quality Improvement Programme (QIP) Cell at the School which has
been running QIP programmes the faculty also attends seminars and conferences at
other institutions and platforms.


116

28. Student projects

Percentage of students who have done in-house projects including inter-
departmental projects

Nil

Percentage of students doing projects in collaboration with other universities or
industry or institute

Nil

29. Awards or recognitions received at the national and international level by:
Faculty

Nil

Doctoral or post- doctoral fellows

Nil

Students

Students have won awards and special mentions at NASA, ANDC, Archumen,
Reubens, Transparence, and Annual Sports Meet, etc. Some of the special
mentions in the last few years are as follows:

For Academic Year 2012-2013:

Annual Berkeley Essay Competition, University of California, Berkeley

J oyjeet Kanungo and Malvika Mehta students of current Final year B.Arch. were
among the top 7finalist. Aditi Gupta and Uzair Siddiqui also students of current
Final year B. Arch were shortlisted for the same.

Malvika Mehta has also won the Tenth Annual Berkeley Prize Travel Fellowship
Competition, 2013.

NASA and (ZONASA) National Association of Students of Architecture

IGBC Trophy Annual NASA Design Competition Citation and Reubens Trophy
Special Mention. Faizan Zahid and Dhruv Kumar won the Product Design Trophy

Mood Indigo - Framed (Photography Competition)

Rishi Thirth. B, the third year
student of architecture won the first position.


117

National Sports Meet TWARN

54 Students from the department participated at the National Sports Meet - TWARN
2013 at Gwalior for Atal Bihari Vajpayee Indian Institute of Information Technology and
Management, Gwalior. They won 19 medals with 5 gold medals and 14 silver medals in
various events.

The Charles Correa Gold Medal

Akanksha Raina won the Charles Correa Gold Medal for the year 2010 for the best
Design Dissertation from the schools of architecture in India.

30. Seminars or Conferences or Workshops organized and the source of funding
(national or international) with details of outstanding participants, if any.

Seminars and Conferences:

Post Industrial Landscapes with a focus on Delhi: Challenges and Futures for Multi-
Disciplinary Research and Action on 15 March 2013, an Interdisciplinary activity of
Department of Architectural Conservation and Department of Architecture
(Faculty: Ms. Moulshri J oshi and Prof. Nalini Thakur)
Seminar on New Chapter on Sustainability in NBC 2005 organized jointly with BIS and
SPA, New Delhi on 5 March 2013.

Workshops

Workshop on Prototectonics by the Department of Architecture between 11 and
13 J anuary 2013
Workshop on Restructuring Catenaries on 15 and 16 March 2013
J oint Workshop between University of Applied Sciences Erfurt, Germany and School
of Planning and Architecture, Delhi, March 2013
The process of this workshop was started in J une, 2012 and had two stages:
Stage 1: A common design exercise was given to both the students in Delhi
between 11 and 15 March 2013 in the combined studios and exposure was given of
the inputs required for them to design the same. Thirteen students from Erfurt had
come and shall give the Design Exercise to the rest of the class there.
Stage 2: Ten students from Third Year participated in the second stage in a joint
exhibition in Erfurt and showcased our work along with their design studio work in a
joint studio during J une, 2013 at University of Erfurt, Germany
Origami Workshop 18 May 2013.
Lecture by Profs. Christian Muller and Snehal Shah with the Swedish Embassy

Department has also organized five Exhibitions.

31. Code of ethics for research followed by the departments

The research conducted within the department ensures that each piece of
research is an original work based on primary and secondary research
118

methods. The research areas are focused on current issues dealing with real
conditions including assessment of real sites and engaging personally with
the context. To ensure originality of work the research work it is ensured that it
is properly referenced and later it is also run through plagiarism software.

32. Student profile programme-wise: Refer following tables for details:

Name of the
Programme

Applications
received
Selected
Male Female
Pass percentage
Male Female
U.G. Admission done through J EE

33. Diversity of students:
Name of the
Programme
(refer to
question no.4)
Percent
of
students
from the
same
university
Percent of
students from
other
universities
within the
State
Percent of
students from
universities
outside the
State
Percent of
students from
other countries
U.G. Admission is done through the nationally organized J EE Test
P.G. Not applicable
Ph.D. 50 30 0 20

34. How many students have cleared Civil Services and Defence Services
examinations, NET, SET, GATE and other competitive examinations? Give details
category- wise.

Not applicable

35. Student progression
Student progression Percentage against enrolled
UG to PG
PG to M.Phil. --
PG to Ph.D. --
Ph.D. to Post-Doctoral --
Employed
Campus selection

Other than campus recruitment
There is no formal campus placement.
Students, who want to work after B. Arch,
get 100 percent employment from non-
campus recruitment.

Entrepreneurs More than 50 percent after 4-5 years of
professional experience
The above information is being currently collected from the students.


119

36. Diversity of staff

Percentage of faculty who are graduates: 100
From the same university 56
From other universities within the State 16
From universities from other States 28
From universities outside the country 0

37. Number of faculty who were awarded M.Phil., Ph.D., D.Sc. and D.Litt. during the
assessment period.

During the assessment year (2013-2014), four faculty have been
awarded Ph.D. These are Dr. Anil Dewan, Dr. J aya Kumar, Dr. Mandeep
Singh and Dr. Rajaprakash.

38. Present details of departmental infrastructural facilities with regard to

(a) Library =1
(b) Internet facilities for staff and students: Yes
(c) Total number of classrooms =14
(d) Classrooms with ICT facility =12
( e) Students & Research laboratories = Material Lab, Computer Lab and
Workshop.

39. List of doctoral, post-doctoral students and Research Associates

(a) From the host institution or university: 1
(b) From other institutions or universities: 2

40. Number of postgraduate students getting financial assistance from the university.

Not applicable

41. Was any need assessment exercise undertaken before the development of new
programme (s)? If so, highlight the methodology.

Not applicable

42. Does the department obtain feedback from

a) Faculty on curriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation? If yes, how
does the department utilize the feedback?

Yes, the feedback is regularly discussed for better teaching in SPA.

b) Students on staff, curriculum and teaching-learning-evaluation and how does
the department utilize the feedback?
120


Yes, the feedback is regularly discussed for better teaching in SPA.

c) Alumni and employers on the programmes offered and how does the
department utilize the feedback?

No

43. List the distinguished alumni of the department (maximum10)

Ar. Ranjit Sabiki, Proprietor, Ranjit Sabiki Associates
Ar. Ajoy Chaudhary, Ajoy Chaudhary & Associates
Ar. Murad Chowdhry, Partner, Kanvinde, Rai and Chowdhury
Ar. Ram Sharma, Chairman Executive Council, SPA
Ar. Vinod Gupta, Chairman, Space Design Consultants
Ar. Sanjay Kanvinde, Partner, Kanvinde, Rai and Chowdhury
Ar. Prem Chandavarkar Managing Partner at CnT Architects (formerly
Chandavarkar and Thacker)
Ar. Meena Mani, Partner, Stein Mani Chowfla

44. Give details of student enrichment programmes (special lectures or
workshops or seminar) involving external experts.

The department organizes special lectures, workshops and seminars at regular basis to
provide students exposure to current issues in the profession, new technologies, etc.
Lectures from experts from the country as well as from abroad organized regularly
enrich students assisting them with their studies. On an average 10-15 special lectures
are organized annually.

18 special lectures were organized in last four years.

45. List the teaching methods adopted by the faculty for different programmes.

1. Lectures 6. Special lectures
2. Seminars 7. Slide shows
3. Studios 8. Films
4. Interactive discussion sessions 9. Industry visits
5. Site visits, field visits, study tours
and surveys
10. Resources on the Internet

The Architectural Design studio is central to the B.Arch. curriculum. It is where all the
other subjects taught in every other stream culminate. Apart from being the single
most important subject in the curriculum, the design studio is unique in the manner in
which it is conducted too. It is in the studio that all ideas and concepts get tested with
respect to the design problem that is formulated on the basis of the syllabus. Students
understand the basics of design in their first year, through innovative exercises leading
to the design of small scale project. Progressively over the next four years the design
exercises increase in scale and complexity from single building to groups of buildings,
121

housing and urban design schemes culminating in the thesis. The Studio Programme
usually begins with case studies of building-types relevant to the studio project. This
could be done singly or in groups. Students typically do physical, social and visual
surveys at site as well as online studies of similar examples worldwide.

The Architectural Programme

The second stage involves studying the site selected for the project. Site analysis
involves surveys as before requiring documentation and analysis of the physical and
social context of the site. Senior students would at this stage be expected to use their
site studies to evolve an architectural programme that they believe would be relevant
to the site and eventual users. This exercise encourages our would-be architects to
learn to identify architectural requirement as well as state design problems. Arriving at
a design brief including specific requirement in terms of areas required for each major
activity envisaged, desired spatial qualities of spaces to be designed etc. sets the
stage for the next stage. Design solutions thus arrived at invariably are more relevant
and hence sustainable for a particular socio-physical context.

The Architectural Design

The final and most important stage is when students begin exercising their minds to
evolve a design solution that meets as closely as possible the design brief established
previously. This stage takes up most of the time allocated to a particular design
problem. It involves many stages of design development beginning with early concept
sketches and design ideas to detailed design proposals that are achieved through
intense discussions, critiques and reviews. The design proposal thus conceptualized
and perfected is finally presented to the external jury through a portfolio of
architectural drawings and models.

Undergraduate Research work: Dissertations and Seminars in Architecture

The program of Dissertations in architecture was started in the 1980s and was meant to
introduce students to research a topic of their interest in the field of architecture, which
culminated in a written dissertation. Over the years the dissertation program has
evolved from being more descriptive to being a more directed inquiry in the students
chosen area of interest. The subjects cover a wide range of subjects ranging from
architectural history, design theories to digital architecture, sustainable design and so
on. Students are introduced to research methodology, referencing systems and skills
related to technical writing during the semester long program. The dissertation
culminates in a written report of approximately 7000 words, and copies of which are
available in the library of the school.

Seminars in Architecture happened for the first time in 1996. It was an imaginative
response to the requirement of a new syllabus that prescribed seminars in final year as
a research paper of a theoretical nature on any aspect of architecture. Received
very well by students and faculty alike, it soon became an important part of the final
year calendar. Initially each series of the seminars comprised presentations with an
122

eclectic collection of topics and titles. The presentations are converted to seminar
papers that are published annually by the school.

46. How does the department ensure that programme objectives are constantly
met and learning outcomes are monitored?

During regular faculty meetings, the Department ensures UG progra mme
objectives a re constantly met and learning outcomes are monitored by proper
planning of the work schedule. External experts from the field are invited to
evaluate the students work every semester to ensure that the work meets
industry standards and programme objectives and learning outcomes are
monitored. The Expert Committee from Council of Architecture assesses the
standards of architectural education and gives the recognition at regular
intervals.

47. Highlight the participation of students and faculty in extension activities.

Nil

48. Give details of beyond syllabus scholarly activities of the department.

Athos, an annual quiz competition is organized by the department for the students. The
students at the department are encouraged to participate in various design and
photography competitions under the guidance of faculty members which allow
students to explore their design abilities beyond the scope of the curriculum e.g. Birla
Design competition. NASA provides a platform for the students to engage and
exchange architectural design ideas and architectural education at the zonal and
national level.

49. State whether the programme or department is accredited or graded by
other agencies? If yes, give details.

Yes, the Department of Architecture is accredited by Council of Architecture (COA).

50. Briefly highlight the contributions of the department in generating new knowledge,
basic or applied.

Department of Architecture has organized various workshops and exhibitions by which
innovative work by students and faculties has been displayed at Department level and
its open to all to participate and to have a look to learn innovative concepts and
techniques. For example, Foundation Day exhibition and Seminar on Smart cities.
Besides this our faculty has been engaged as an Expert Member and Resource person
in various institutes and Planning boards like BIS, UGC, DUAC, etc.


123

51. Detail five major Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges (SWOC) of
the department.

Strengths

SPA is a national level school with students from all across the country and abroad.
The Department draws on high quality visiting faculty being in Capital.
Being located in the capital the students get high exposure to various cultural and
academic activities in the city.
Delhi being a unique city in having a strong historical and contemporary context it
provides a constant laboratory for the studio- 'City as a laboratory'.
The syllabus is being constantly referred by other institutions including COA.
Alumnus group located all over the world is a huge resource pool for the school.

Weaknesses

Currently, because of increased intake, space crunch is acutely felt in college as
well as hostel.
Not allowing faculty to have individual practices is affecting the quality of
education being delivered.
Infrastructure like Library and workshop are inadequate with regard to space and
facilities
Lack of student welfare facilities recreational facility inadequate
Inadequate administrative staff.

Opportunities

Ideas and research generated in the Department can be taped by various govt.
organizations.
The Department has the potential to conduct Short term QIPs and knowledge
dissemination programme.
International collaboration and exchange in terms of our pedigree and expertise
available.
Students body being best in the country can be motivated.
Being in Delhi it is possible to invite experts to lecture.

Challenges

Heterogeneity of the students with regard to their cultural and economic
backgrounds.
Keeping up to date with cutting edge technology and latest construction
technology.
Interfacing with industry on design ideas and research


124

52. Future plans of the department

The future plans for the Department includes the following:

Engagement of students and professionals for e-courses and e-webinars
Development of the New campus (Area=20 Acres)
Starting of a postgraduate course in Masters in Architecture
Strengthen our research affairs and ideas
Short term and degree courses and certificate to professionals/students.

125

SUMMARY PROFILE THE DEPARTMENTOF ARCHITECTURE
Particulars Details
Number of UG and PG Students
(2012-2014)
507 Undergraduate students
Number of ongoing Ph.D.
Research Students
3
Number of Ph.D. Completed in
the last four years
7
Board of Studies members Total Academicians
outside SPA-D
Corporate or Industry
Experts
19 3 2
Number of Faculty (Regular) Total With Ph.D. With PG With UG
26 8 14 4
Number Faculty (Visiting) Total With Ph.D. With PG
69 2 31
Number of Students Passed
(2012-2013)
Total
Students
Students Passed Percentage
74 71 96
Faculty Publications in the last
four years
Total Articles in Peer
Reviewed
J ournals
Other
J ournals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA
Reports
Books
19 9 7 2 1
Number of Workshop or
Conference organized in the last
four years
3
Number of Regular Faculty
Participation in Workshops,
Conference, Events in the last
four years
Total International National Others
16 13 16 00
Number of ST, SC, OBC students in
2012 - 2013
Total 24, SC: 11, ST: 7 and OBC: 6


Consultancy in the last four years No. of Projects Amount (Rs. in Lakhs)
18 Rs. 2.54 Crores
Research Activities in the last four
years
Number of Studies Amount (Rs. In Lakhs)
None None
Number of Students who
Received Awards in the last four
years
27
Regular Faculty in Committees or
Expert Groups
At
International
Level
At National or
State Level
Editorial
Boards
Others
None 15 None 12
Number of Special Lectures
organized in the last three years


126
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL PLANNING
1. Name of the Department
Department of Physical Planning
2. Year of establishment
September1989
3. Is the Department part of a School or Faculty of the university?
Department of Physical Planning is part of the School of Planning and
Architecture, Delhi
4. Names of programmes offered (U.G., P.G., M.Phil., Ph.D., Integrated Masters;
Integrated Ph.D., D.Sc. D.Litt., etc.)
Bachelor of Planning (4 years undergraduate programme)
Ph. D. Programme
5. Interdisciplinary programmes and departments involved
None
6. Courses incollaborationwith other universities, industries, foreigninstitutions,
etc.
Occasional collaboration with various institutions in studio programmes and
through special lectures.
7. Details of programmes discontinued, if any, with reasons
None
8. Examination System: Annual or Semester or Trimester or Choice Based
credit System
Semester System
9. Participationof the department inthe courses offered by other Departments
Faculty of the Department teaches and supervises research in various other
departments of the School, including the departments of Urban Planning,
Regional Planning, Architectural Conservation, Housing, and Architecture.
127
10. Number of teaching posts sanctioned, filled and actual (Professors,
Associate Professors, Asst. Professors others)
Position Sanctione
d
Filled Actual
(including CAS & MPS)
Professor 2 1 1
Associate Professors 4 3 3
Asst. Professors 7 5 5
Others (Visiting Faculty) - - 28
(8)*
There are around 28 visiting faculty and assuming 14 hour teaching load the
visiting faculty represents 8 regular faculty. Around 25 percent of visiting faculty is
Ph.D. and others with varied field experience.
11. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, area of specialization:
Name Qualifications Designation Specialization Numb
er of
Years
of
Experi
ence
Number
of Ph.D.
or M.Phil.
students
guided
for the
last 4
years
Mayank
Mathur
B. Arch., M.
Housing,
PGDHPB
(The
Netherlands)
Ph.D.
Associate
Professor and
Head
Housing
26 One
Ashok Kumar M. Sc.
(Geography), M
Planning (URP)
PGDHRM, Ph.D.
(University of
Liverpool, UK)
Professor and
Head, IQAC
Urban Planning
and Regional
Planning
23 Four
R. Biswas B.E. Civil, MRP,
Ph.D.
Associate
Professor
Regional
Planning 17 One
Poonam
Prakash
B. Arch, M.
Planning
(Housing)
Ph.D.
Associate
Professor
Housing
17 -
128
Taru Jain B. Planning, MSE
Transport
Planning and
Engineering (UK)
Assistant
Professor
Transport
Planning
3 -
Chidambara B Planning Assistant
Professor
Transport
Planning 3 -
Priti Deo Masters in
Geography, M.
Planning
(Regional
Planning)
Assistant
Professor
Urban and
Regional
Planning
- -
Papiya B.
Raut
Masters in
Geography, M.
Planning
(Regional
Planning)
Assistant
Professor
Urban and
Regional
Planning
- -
Piyoosh Singh B. Arch, M.
Planning
Assistant
Professor
Urban and
Regional
Planning
- -
Ph.D. Research under guidance
Completed: 2
In progress: 8
Topics Undertaken for Research
Topics range from Growth Dynamics of Metropolitan Areas to Land Acquisition
to Paradigm of Relocation to Solid Waste Management.
12. List of senior Visiting Fellows, adjunct faculty, emeritus professors. Some of the
visiting faculty are as follows:
Name of
Visiting
Faculty
Qualifications Specialization Experience
in Years
Prof. J.H.
Ansari
B.Sc. (Engg.) Civil, P.G.
Dip. TCP (Hons.), MURP
(Toronto)
Urban Management 40
Prof. R.K.
Sachdeva
B. Engg. (Hons), M. Tech,
Ph.D.
Operation Research 25
Prof. R.K.
Barik
B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Political Systems and
Planning
30
Prof. P.K.
Chaubey
B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Elements of
Economics
30
129
S.C. Roy L.L.B., M.Com. Fellow,
ICWA
Finance and
Accounts, Project
Appraisal and
Management,
44
Dr. Jyotsna
Bapat
B.Sc. Stats and
Economics, M.Sc.
Ph.D.
Research Methods
and Quantitative
Research,
24
Dr. Sandeep
Raut
Masters in Geography,
Masters in Regional
Planning,
Ph.D.,
Urban and Regional
Planning, Settlement
Geography
15
M.Z. Bawa B. Arch., Masters in
Urban and Regional
Planning
Urban Planning 33
Dr. Chalumuri
Ravi Sekhar
B. Tech. (Civil)
M.E, Ph.D.
Traffic and
Transportation
Engineering
12
Mona
Chhabra
Anand
B. Arch, 1997
M.Sc. Development
Planning
Development
Planning,
15
Sudeshna
Mitra
B. Planning, M. Planning,
Ph.D.
Land Economics 12
13. Percentage of classes taken by temporary faculty programme wise
information
Out of a total of forty three theory subjects about twenty three (fifty
three percent) are taken by the visiting faculty. Studio subjects are
shared both by the internal and external faculty. Currently over sixty
(60) percent of the student hours are shared by the visiting faculty.
14. Programme-wise Student Teacher Ratio:
1: 15
15. Number of academic support staff (technical) and administrative staff:
Sanctioned filled and actual:
Administrative support Staff - One appointed, and one contract staff at
clerical level and two peons on contract.
16. Research thrust areas as recognized by major funding agencies
The thrust areas are: Spatial Justice, Equity Planning, Planning Rights, Low
Income Housing, Poverty Alleviation and Sustainable Habitats
130
17. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from ( a) National (b) International
funding agencies and ( c) Total grants received. Give the names of the
funding agencies, project title and grants received project-wise.
Funding Agency: Housing and Urban Development Corporation, Ministry of
Urban Development, Government of India
Total Grants Approved: 13 lakh
Project Titles
Assessment of Planned Provisions and Nature of Housing Supply for low income
groups in Northern region- Chandigarh and Ludhiana.
Assessment of Planned Provisions and Nature of Housing Supply for low income
groups in hilly regions- Dehradun and Shimla
18. Inter-institutional collaborative projects and associated grants received
(a) National collaboration
None
(b) International collaboration
The Department has been collaborating with the University of Newcastle upon
Tyne University, U.K. since the last two years after signing an MOU. Faculty from
this University has been visiting SPA and providing specialized academic inputs to
the students. Collaboration with the faculty could result in the publication of a
paper in a reputed refereed journal.
19. Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST; UGC-SAP or CAS, DPE; DBT, ICSSR,
AICTE, etc.; total grants received.
Nil
20. Research facility or center with
State recognition
Nil
National recognition
Nil
International recognition
Nil
131
21. Special research laboratories sponsored by or created by industry or
corporate bodies
None
22. Publications:
Number of papers published in peer reviewed journals (national or
international): 3
Monographs: Nil
Chapters inBooks 2
Edited Books: 5
Books with ISBNwith details of publishers: 5
Number listed in International Database (For example, Web of Science,
Scopus, Humanities International Complete, Dare Database-
International Social Sciences Directory, EBSCOhost, etc.): 1
CitationIndexrange or average: Nil

SNIP: Nil

SJR: Nil
Impact Factorrange or average: Nil

h-index: Nil
23. Details of patents and income generated
Not applicable
24. Areas of consultancy and income generated:
Name of the Project Name of the Funding Agency
Perspective Plan for LIDA Township
near Lucknow
Lucknow Industrial Development
Authority
Agra Zonal Plan Agra Development Authority, Agra
Local Area Plan for six wards Municipal Corporation of Delhi
Rs.26 lakh for Local Area Plan project and Rs.9 lakh for Agra Zonal Plan project
25. Faculty selected nationally or internationally to visit other laboratories or
institutions or industries inIndia and abroad
Prof. Ashok Kumar was invited by the Norwegian University of Science
and Technology, Trondheim, Norway, as a Postdoctoral Scholar to
conduct research on the subject of Spatial Justice in 2010 - 2011.
132
26. Faculty serving in
(a) National committees: Three
(b) International committees: One
(c) Editorial Boards: On e
(d) Any other (please specify): None
27. Faculty recharging strategies (UGC,ASC, Refresher or orientation programs,
workshops, training programs and similar programs)
Professional Development Fund is given to the entire faculty to participate in
international, national conferences, seminars workshops, etc. that faculty make
use of regularly.
28. Student projects
Percentage of students who have done in-house projects including inter-
departmental projects
In-house projects are integral part of the teaching philosophy at the
Department. Every semester as part of the Studio, all students are required
to undertake a project which is undertaken as a group and is examined by
external experts. In the final semester students are required to undertake
an individual project. These projects in addition to fulfilling the learning
objectives in a particular semester also provide an opportunity to engage
in real issues confronting area, cities and regions. Through the process of
field surveys which usually are of two week duration students are required
to interact with different organizations, visit different parts of the
town/district and meet different groups to understand their problems
related to planning and development of the area. This experience is
expected to prepare the students for dealing with real life situations in the
profession.
In third and fourth year the complexity of the project increases. Students
are required to focus on the issues of environment, poverty, slums,
congestions and think about not only land allocation but also institutional
structures, legal framework, governance and finance in the projects.
Additionally, many of these projects are group based work which also
helps them learn how to work in teams and develop their inter-personal
and leadership skills. Students work is reviewed every week through verbal
and visual presentation. From fifth semester onwards student are required
to submit a detailed report of the analysis and proposals, thereby
developing their communication skills.
133
Percentage of students doing proj ect s in collaboration with other
universities or industry or institute
Sometimes these are also done in collaboration with other institutions. As
last year it was done with Ball State University students along with our third
year B. Planning.
29. Awards or recognitions received at the national and international level by
Faculty
Prof. Ashok Kumar won the Erasmus Post-Doctoral Fellowship by the
European Union in 2010-2011.
Doctoral or post-doctoral fellows
Nil
Students
Nil
30. Seminars, Conferences, Workshops organized and the source of funding
(national, international) with details of outstanding participants, if any.
Seminar, Conference and Workshop-
2013
Name of the Funding Agency
Skills for Undergraduate Planners SPA, New Delhi
Towards Developing Knowledge
Collaboratively: Experience of
Planning Studios in Bhubaneswar
SPA, New Delhi and the Ball State
University, U.S.
31. Code of ethics for research followed by the departments
The Department follows guidelines, rules and regulations of the School.
32. Student profile programme-wise:
Name of the
Programme
Applications
received
Selected
Male
Female
Pass percentage
Male Female
Bachelor of Planning Not Known 14 20 Not known
Ph. D. Not Known 02 00 Not known
Note: Admission process for this department is done on all India basis through JEE done by the IIT.
134
33. Diversity of students
Name of
the
Programme
Percent of
students
fromthe
same
university
Percent of
students
fromother
universities
within the
State
Percent of
students
from
universities
outside the
State
Percent of
students
fromother
countries
Bachelor of
Planning*
- - - 5 percent
Ph. D. - 66 33 -
Note: *As an undergraduate programme admissions are through AIEEE test and majority
of the students are from outside Delhi.
34. How many students havecleared Civil Services and Defense services
examinations, NET, SET, GATE and other competitive examinations? Give
details category-wise.
One student has cleared civil services after completion of this programme.
However, many students apply for GATE and clear the test to do postgraduate
studies. No data is maintained in the Department. Five students approximately
have been admitted to the IIMs.
35. Student progression
Student progression Percentage against enrolled
UG to PG Not applicable
PG to M.Phil. Not applicable
PG to Ph.D. Not applicable
Ph.D. to Post-Doctoral Nil
Employed
Campus selection
Other than campus recruitment
About 20- 25 percent students
opt for higher studies. Rest of the
students gets employed through
individual initiative.
Entrepreneurs Nearly five
135
36. Diversity of staff
Percentage of faculty who are graduates
From the same university 75 Percent
Fromother universities within the State zero
Fromuniversities from other States 25 Percent
Fromuniversities outside the country zero
37. Number of faculty who were awarded M.Phil., Ph.D., D.Sc. and D.Litt. during
the assessment period
Nil
38. Present details of departmental infrastructural facilities with regard to
(a) Library
Library facility is available at the School level. Thesis reports and studio
projects are kept for reference in the department.
(b) Internet facilities for staff and students
All students and faculty have access to internet the Department.
(c) Total number of classrooms
Four
(d) Class rooms with ICT facility
Ni l
(e) Students laboratories
It is not required as practicals are done in the studios.
(f) Research laboratories
Computer center is available in the Department.
136
39. List of doctoral, post-doctoral students and Research Associates
From the host institution or university: Seven
All are doctoral students currently pursuing their Ph.D. at the School.
From other institutions or universities:
At present no research associate, doctoral and post doctoral students from other
universities are pursuing their studies in the Department.
4 0. Number of postgraduate students getting financial assistance from the
university
None
41. Was any need assessment exercise undertaken before the development of
new programme(s)? If so, highlight the methodology
Not in assessment period
42. Does the department obtainfeedback from
Faculty on curriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation? If yes, how
does the department utilize the feedback?
Regular faculty meetings are held at the beginning and end of the semester where
assessment of the semester is made and issues arising during the semester are
discussed. Faculty also suggests changes in the curriculum, which are then placed
before the Board of Studies.
Students on staff, curriculum and teaching-learning-evaluation and how
does the department utilize the feedback?
Feedback is being obtained informally by individual faculty for their own subjects.
Formal system of feedback is currently in the pilot phase.
Alumni and employers on the programmes of f ered and how does the
department utilize the feedback?
Feedback from the employers is obtained for the interns every year. Alumni
meetings were organized for the purpose of curriculum revision and formal
feedback was obtained and comments received were incorporated in the
ongoing revision.
137
43. List the distinguished alumni of the department (maximum10)
In the last twenty years since the first batch of B. Planning graduated many
students have done their post graduate and doctoral studies from prestigious
universities like Harvard, MIT, Cornell, Oxford etc. Many of them chose to get in
management and were admitted to IIMs. Currently many of them have been
employed at senior or middle level in various international agencies (UN-Habitat,
World Bank), Public sector (HUDCO, Delhi Development Authority, State Town
Planning Agencies, Infrastructure Leasing and Financial Services) as well as multi-
national companies (Price Water House, Ernst and Young, Goldman Sachs, etc.)
Many of them in recent years have ventured out as consultancy firms and some
have been part of non-governmental organizations in development Sector. Below
is the representative list of some of the alumni working in different sectors.
Name Sector of
Work
Field of work and
Organizations
Qualifications
Dr. Anshu
Sharma
NGO Director SEEDS an NGO
for disaster
management
B. Planning
M. Planning (Urban)
Ph.D.
Dr. Rolee Aranya Education Working as Associate
Professor at NTNU
Trondheim, Norway
B. Planning, PG in
Ecological Planning,
Ph.D.
Dr. Surajit
Chakravarty
Education ALHOSN University, Abu
Dhabi
B. Planning, Ph.D.
Chandan
Banerjee
Multi National
Organisation
Working in banking
sector as Consultant
(New York)
B. Planning
MBA (U.S.A.)
Indraneel
Banerjee
Multinational
Organization
Senior Vice president,
McKinsey and
Company
B. Planning,
PDGM
Narendra Mishra International
Agencies
UN-Habitat B. Planning, PG
Yarrisa
Richmond
International
Agencies
World Bank B. Planning, PG
Dr. Shipra
Narang Suri
Independent
Consultant
International Urban
Consultant
B. Planning
Ph. D. in Post War
Recovery Studies
138
44. Give details of student enrichment programmes (special lectures or
workshops or seminar) involving external experts.
International Seminar on Towards Developing Knowledge Collaboratively:
Experience of Planning Studios in Bhubaneswar 2005 jointly organized by the Ball
State University, USA and department of physical planning, School of Planning and
Architecture, New Delhi on 27 February 2013.
Lecture by Prof. Suzanne E. Speak, University of New Castle upon Tyne, UK, on the
subject The Right to the City on 5 March 2013.
Lecture by Ms. Marina Faetanini, Social and Human Sciences, UNESCO, New Delhi
on the subject Migration and the Informal Sector on 21 March 2013.
National Workshop on Skills for Undergraduate Planners, organized by
department of physical planning, School of Planning and Architecture, New Delhi
23 March 2013.
Additionally students are encouraged to attend lectures, seminars and workshops
organized by other departments in the School.
45. List the teaching methods adopted by the faculty for different Programmes
Faculty regularly uses innovative methods for teaching such as films, seminars
and field visits.
46. How does the department ensure that programme objectives are constantly
met and learning outcomes are monitored?
This is done through regular faculty meetings and mid-term assessment of the
students.
47. Highlight the participation of students and faculty inextensionactivities
Students take part in the NOSPLAN, a student body of the national level; the
headquarters of the same are located at SPA Delhi.
There are various School level activities such as Athlos related to games and
societies related music photography, etc. in which students participate.
48. Give details of beyond syllabus scholarly activities of the department
In the NOSPLAN the students at all India level participate in competitions such as
paper presentation, debate seminars, etc. Students have submitted their entry for
a competition organized by the UN-Habitat. Students participated in the National
Student Challenge- Transform India 2012, an all India annual challenge that aims
to engage the youth of the nation in challenges facing Indias urbanisation
139
49. State whether the programme or department is accredited or graded by
o t h e r agencies? If yes, give details.
Institute of Town Planners India, New Delhi
50. Briefly highlight the contributions of the department in generating new
knowledge, basic or applied.
Departments faculty has made more than 18 publications of international and
national standard by publishing their work as book chapters or in journals.
Dr. Mayank Mathur
Mathur, M. (2011) Health Hazards of Home Based Economic Activities in Residential
Areas, included in Full Meeting Report of Symposium on Indoor Air Quality in
Developing Countries, Department of Civil, Architectural and Environmental
Engineering, The University of Texas at Austin, USA
Prof. Ashok Kumar
Book Chapters (Refereed)
Kumar, A. (2013) Capabilities and Justice for the Urban Poor, in Dufaux Frederic
and Philifert Pascale (Eds.) Justice Spatiale et Politiques Territoriales, Presses
Universitaires de Paris-Ouest, Nanterre.
Kumar, A. (2013) Delhi: Growing Problems of a Growing Megalopolis, in R.P. Misra
(Ed.) Urbanisation in South Asia: Focus on Mega Cities, Cambridge University Press,
New Delhi.
Book Chapter (Non-Refereed)
Kumar, A. (2012) Spatiality of Caste Injustices, in R.K. Barik (Ed.) Revisiting the
Reservation Policy in the Changing Social Order, Shipra Publishers, New Delhi.
Papers
Kumar, A. (2010) Exclusion as Exclusion and Inclusion as Exclusion: Disempowering
Work of Urban Planning, ITPI Journal, Vol.7, No.1, pp.20-35.
Kumar, A. (2011) The Right to the Just City and Just Planning Practice, A Research
Monograph, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim,
Norway.
140
Kumar, A. (2011) Planning as Accumulation by Dispossession, A paper published in
the proceedings of the Planners Congress of the ITPI, New Delhi. Congress held at
Chandigarh, India from 10 February 2011 to 12 February 2011 at Punchkula,
Haryana.
Kumar, A. (2011) Land in the Neoliberal Times: A Commodity or A Social Good? ITPI
Journal, Vol.8, No.2, pp.8-23.
Kumar, A. (2011) Spatially Just Planning: Is it Possible in the Present Structural
Context? A paper presented in the International Conference on Urban India
organized by the Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU),
Trondheim, Norway. 4 October 2011 to 7 October 2011.
Kumar, A. (2011) Planning Rights: A Review and Discussion, Institute of Town
Planners Journal, Vol.8, No.4, pp. 21 30.
Kumar, A. (2012) Production of the (Un) Just Spatial Environments: A Case of the
Squatter Settlement in Delhi, SPANDREL: Journal of School of Planning and
Architecture, Issue 4, pp.121.131.
Kumar, A. (2012) Justice in an Unjust City, SPACE: The SPA Journal of Planning and
Architecture, Vol.16, No.1, pp.19-37.
Kumar, A. (2012) Mobility in Transport Planning: A Case of widening the Scope of
mobility Studies, Institute of Town Planners Journal, Vol.9, No.4, pp. 31 37.
Kumar, A. (2013) Circumstances, Instances and End States of Spatial Exclusions and
Inclusions, Institute of Town Planners Journal, Vol.10, No.1, pp. 1 10.
Kumar, A. (2013) Siting of a State Capital for Uttarakhand, SPACE: The SPA Journal
of Planning and Architecture, Vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 17-53. Co-authored with Prof.
Mahavir.
Kumar, A. and Chakravarty, S. (2013) Labor, Mobility and Spatial Justice in Delhis
Anna Nagar Squatter Settlement, A paper presented at the Annual Conference
on South Asia, Wisconsin-Madison.
Kumar, A. (2014) A Framework for Gentrification of the Indian City, A paper
published in the proceedings of the Planners 62nd Congress of the ITPI, New Delhi.
The Congress held at Pune, India from 10 12 January 2014 at Pune, Maharashtra.
Dr. R. Biswas
Biswas R. (2012) Water management approaches in group housing development
in Dwarka, Spatio-Economic Development Record, Vol. 18 No. 5, p125-129.
141
Dr. Poonam Prakash
Prakash, P. (2013) Legitimising Politics Of Influence Through Participatory Planning
Practices In Delhi, A paper presented at international conference on frontiers of
Planning, Brisbane, Australia.
51. Detail five major Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges
(SWOC) of the department.
Strengths
The Department has highly qualified faculty including several faculty with
doctoral from world renowned universities.
Being a part of the SPA, which is a national level School with students from all
across the country and abroad, we have a definite edge over all other
planning and architecture universities.
Being located in the capital the students get high exposure to various cultural
and academic activities in the city. Delhi being a unique city in having a
strong historical and contemporary context and acts as constant laboratory
experimentation space.
The Department continually reviews and updates its syllabus and our syllabus
has become the basis for Model Curriculum for Undergraduate Planning
programs for the AICTE.
Alumnus group located all over the world is a huge resource pool for the
Department.
Weaknesses
Inadequate space remains one of the weaknesses, which prohibits us from
increasing intake.
More research funding could help generate more new knowledge in the field
of planning.
Infrastructure like e-library could help the department in furthering students
reading and writing skills development.
Our classrooms need to be computerized urgently with state of the art
software.
Recreational facilities for our students are inadequate including some basic
facilities such as coffee machines, etc.
142
The Department needs to fully equipped with properly trained regular research
associates and administrative staff.
Opportunities
Young faculty with zeal and, qualifications and experience provides a platform
for faster academic progress.
Economic liberalization has opened up further opportunities for future research
in new areas of concern.
International collaborations and exchanges with top class universities provide
us with a number of chances to make global presence felt and affect policy
environment.
A number of initiatives are being undertaken by government agencies in the
field of human habitats. Our community reach programmes could help both
governments and communities.
Challenges
The Department gets the students from various social, cultural, economic and
regional backgrounds through a national level test. How to create more
effective pedagogical avenues to create multi-cultural spaces for teaching
and learning is a major concern.
For us in the Department, keeping up to date with public planning policies and
their implications for the poor, remains our major concern.
To serve the increasing aspirations of our students and younger faculty is a
concern of the greatest significance apart from the concerns of other
stakeholders like industry, local communities and the state.
52. Future plans of the department
In 1989, the first undergraduate program was established in India to fulfill the need
for a generalist planner. In the last two decades fast paced changes in
technology and institutional structures have affected urban and rural
development. In this changed context, the program intends to work towards
creating safe and just cities and society with specific focus on land and built
environment, their production and allocation and related aspects in the context
of globalization and regionalization. Thus we intend to start a New Academic
Program tentatively titled Integrated B. Tech.- M.Tech Planning Program with the
duration of five years.
143
Short Terms Semester Courses
In the next five years, the Department proposes to start the short term courses and
conduct conferences on the following broads themes: Spatial justice and
Planning Rights, Evaluation of Public Planning Policies, Transportation Assessment
of Urban Development, Urban Water Management, Planning Methods, Physical
Planning for Disaster Mitigation, Conflict Resolution in Planning, Participatory
Planning and Land use and Transportation
Collaboration and Exchange Programs
The School has recently signed an MoU with the Norwegian University of Science
and Technology, Trondheim, Norway for the purpose of joint research, and faculty
and student exchange. There are 63 universities in US with planning at Bachelors
level the department will initiate programme to have if possible joint studio with
some of the universities.
Research Program of the Department
Core themes that the Department intends to pursue are Spatial Justice, Equity and
Participation. This would be pursued by undertaking research projects, seminars,
studio programs and supervised individual studies by the students at the fourth
year level. Keeping this in mind the Department intends to focus on following
areas of research in the forthcoming years: Informal sector and right to housing,
Participation in plan preparation process at Master Plan and lower order plans e.g.
Zonal Plans, Local Area Plans and Site Plans, Urban water management, Urban
heritage conservation, Integration of land use and transport, Capabilities
approach and planning rights, Legislative framework for planning, Evaluation of
public planning policies. Department of Physical Planning also houses the Center
for Research in innovative Spatial Planning.
The Department also intends to organize the Department of Physical Planning
Lecture Series where each lecture would be delivered on our areas of concern by
the eminent personalities from India and around the world. Quality Improvement
though Restructuring of Syllabus of Bachelor of Planning, Developing in-house
Expertise, Participation in Training Programmes, Conferences, Feedback and
Benchmarking, Infrastructure Upgradation, Student Welfare.
Global Linkages
Memorandum of Understanding with other universities
The School has recently signed an MoU with the Norwegian University of Science
and Technology, Trondheim, Norway for the purpose of joint research, and faculty
and student exchange and Process of signing of MoU with New Castle Upon Tyne
University and Ball State University, Muncie, USA is underway.
144
Participation of faculty in International conferences
Additionally, faculty of the department participates in international conferences
which provide an opportunity to interact with participants from different countries.
Faculty have in the last couple of years have presented papers in international
conferences held in Norway, Switzerland, Brazil, Australia, South Africa.
Organizationof lectures by faculty from international universities
Lectures were organized from faculty from international universities like New Castle
upon Tyne, Ball State University, and UNESCO.
Contribution towards Nation Building
The inherent characteristics of Planning as a profession require students to
imbibe values of justice, equity, democracy, equality to achieve the goal of
development. Planning of areas, cities, and regions is an intrinsic and
important component of development. Towards this end, the curriculum of the
department is developed to specifically focus on issues related to land and
particularly include understanding of poverty, social justice, environment,
heritage, urbanization, infrastructure development and economic growth.
In addition to the design of curriculum to reflect the values enshrined in the
constitution, the faculty of the department is part of committees as experts on
urban issues. Some of these include, Formulation of Urban and Regional
Development Plans Formulation and Implementation (U&RDPFI) Guidelines,
Ministry of Urban Development, Master Plan for Delhi Review Committee (Regional
Planning) of the Delhi Development Authority, Delhi.
As a premier organization in the field of planning, faculty also takes on a
responsibility of contributing to other upcoming programmes at the
undergraduate level. The Department was a mentoring institute for the SPA
Vijaywada and many of the faculty is members of Board of Studies of various
programmes in the field of planning.
The Department of Physical Planning is a pioneeri ng institute in development
of capacities at the undergraduate level planning education. Graduate
planners from the Department fulfill a gap in the field of urban development,
which is a thrust area at the national level. Presently, a large proportion of t he
graduates are employed in the public sector contributing towards planned
development of cities.
145
SUMMARY PROFILE THE DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL PLANNING
Particulars Details
Number of UG and PG
Students (2012-2014)
131 undergraduate students
Number of ongoing Ph.D.
Research Students
8
Number of Ph.D. Completed
in the last four years
2
Board of Studies members Total Academicians
outside SPA-D
Corporate or Industry
Experts
8 2 1
Number of Faculty (Regular) Total With Ph.D. With PG
9 4 5
Number Faculty (Visiting) Total With Ph.D. With PG
30 10 20
Number of Students Passed
(2012-2013)
Total
Students
Students Passed Percentage
116 108 93
Faculty Publications in the last
four years
Total Articles in Peer
Reviewed
Journals
Other
Journals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA
Reports
Books
31 3 25 1 2
Number of Workshop or
Conference organized in the
last four years
6
Number of Regular Faculty
Participation in Workshops,
Conference, Events in the last
four years
Total International National Others
121 16 105 0
Number of ST, SC, OBC
students in 2012 - 2013
ST: 10, SC: 19, OBC: 32
Consultancy in the last four
years
No. of Projects Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
2 Rs.35 lakh
Research Activities in the last
four years
Number of Studies Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
3 Rs.13 lakh
Number of Students who
Received Awards in the last
four years
12 (academic only)
Regular Faculty in
Committees or Expert Groups
At
International
Level
At National or
State Level
Editorial
Boards
Others
1 13 2 27
Number of Special Lectures
organized in the last three
years
40
146
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING
1. Name of the Department:
Environmental Planning
2. Year of establishment:
9 January 1990
3. Is the Department part of a School or Faculty of the university?:
It is part of SPA-Delhi
4. Names of programmes offered (UG, PG, M. Ph i l ., Ph.D., Integrated Masters;
Integrated Ph.D., D.Sc. D.Litt., etc.);
PG and Ph.D.
5. Interdisciplinary programmes and departments involved:
Not applicable
6. Courses in collaboration with other universities, industries, foreign institutions,
etc.:
Not applicable
7. Details of programmes discontinued, if any, with reasons:
No
8. Examination System: Annual or Semester or Trimester or Choice Based Credit
System:
Semester System
9. Participationof the department inthe courses offered by other departments:
Thefaculty deliver lectures and guide dissertations in the sister departments.
147
10. Number of teaching posts sanctioned, filled and actual (Professors or
Associate Professors or Assistant Professors and others)
Position Sanctioned Filled Actual (including
CAS and MPS)
Professor 1 2(CAS) 2
AssociateProfessors 1 - -
Assistant Professors 1 1 1
Visiting Faculty 5 (19)
+
There are 19 visiting faculty and they have75 hours per week in total for both II and
IV semester. Assumingonaverage 14 hours teaching load for visitingfaculty it works
out to be 5.35 faculty.
11. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, area of specialization,
experience and research under guidance
Name Qualifications Designation Specialization No. of Years
of
Experience
No. of Ph.D. or
M.Phil. students
guided for the
last 4 years
Prof. Dr.
Mahavir
B. Arch., MURP
P.G. Dip.
Remote
Sensing
PhD
Professor and
Head
Planning,
Remote
Sensing, GIS
32 3
Prof. Dr.
Meenakshi
Dhote
B.Arch. M.L.
Arch.; Ph.D.
Professor Landscape
Architecture,
Urban
Biodiversity
27 5
Dr. Neha
Tripathi
B. Arch, M.
Plan. (EP),Ph.D.
Assistant
Professor
Environmental
Planner, Low
Carbon Cities
11 -
Out of 19 visiting faculty 8 are Ph.D., 18 are Postgraduate and average teaching and
working experience of visiting faculty is about18 years.
148
12. List of senior Visiting Fellows, adjunct faculty, emeritus professors
Name of the Visiting Faculty Subject
Professor A.K. Maitra,
Former Director, SPA-D
Visiting Professor
Theory of Environmental Design
Advanced EIA Techniques
Environmental Planning and Design
Studio
Environmental Planning and Design Thesis
Shri Brij Kishore
Former Advisor, UN- ESCAP
Seminar on Emerging Environmental Issues
Environmental Planning and Design Thesis
Shri B. K. Jain
Former Additional Commissioner
Planning, DDA
Environmental Planning and Design Thesis
Shri Bharat Bhushan
Former Director
Ministry of Environment and Forests
Environmental Planning and Design Studio
Environmental Planning and Design Thesis
13. Percentage of classes (hours) takenby temporary (visiting) faculty
programme-wise information:
68 percent
14. Programme-wise Student Teacher Ratio:
8: 1 - Studio, 1:10 - Theory
15. Number of academic support staff (technical) and administrative staff:
sanctioned, filled and actual:
Administrative support staff:
Sanctioned: One LDC, One Peon
Actual: One LDC, One Peon
16. Research thrust are as recognized by major funding agencies:
Climate Change and Human Settlements, Low Carbon Cities, RenewableEnergy
and City Planning, Urban Biodiversity, Planning of Eco-Sensitive Zones, Eco-City
Development
149
17. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from ( a) national (b) international
funding agencies and (c) Total grants received. Give the names of the funding
agencies, project title and grants received project-wise.
18. Inter-institutional collaborative projects and associated grants received
a)National collaborationb)International collaboration:
Not applicable
19. Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST;UGC-SAP or
CAS, DPE; DBT, ICSSR, AICTE, etc.; total grants received. Environmental
Laboratory set up for pollution monitoring through GRANT received from MHRD
under MODROBS (Modernization and Removal of Obsolescence) scheme. Grants
received Rs. 8 Lakhs
20. Research facility or centre with
State recognition:
None
National recognition
ENVIS Centre on Human Settlements
The ENVIS Centre on Human Settlements funded by Ministry of Environment and
Forests, Government of IndiaWeb site: www.spaenvis.nic.in
Centre for Climate Change and Human Settlements: addresses the need
for mainstreaming climate responsive approach in planning and design of Human
Settlements.
International recognition
None
21. Special research laboratories sponsored by or created by industry or
corporate bodies:
Not applicable
Year
Number of
Projects
(Research)
Amount
Sanctioned
Amount
Received
Title and Funding
Agency
2009-2014 ENVIS Centre
on Human
Settlements
Rs.22.10 Lakh Rs.22.10
Lakh
Ministry of
Environment and
Forests
150
22. Publications:
Number of papers published inpeer reviewed j ournals (national or
international): 11
Monographs
Chapters inBooks: 1
Edited Books: 0
Books with ISBNwith details of publishers: 0
Number listed in International Database (For e.g. Web of Science, Scopus,
Humanities International Complete, Dare Database - International Social
Sciences Directory, EBSCOhost, etc.): 0
CitationIndexrange or average: 0

SNIP: Nil

SJR: Nil
Impact Factorrange or average: Nil

H-index: Nil
Name of Faculty Papers Published (last 4 years)
1. Prof. (Dr.) Meenakshi Dhote 5 National 1 - International
2. Prof. Dr. Mahavir 7 - National , 2 - International, 1- Book
Chapter,
Prof. Mahavir
A Tale of Two Schemes: JnNURM and NUIS, Spatio-economic Development
Record, Vol.17, No.3, May-June, 2010.
`A case for Financing the `Data as part of Infrastructure, Coordinates, Vol. VIII,
Issue 7, July 2012 (ISSN 0973-2136).
`Human Settlements Response to Climate Change: An Agenda for Action,
SPACE The SPA Journal of Planning and Architecture, Vol. 16, No.2, July
December, 2012, New Delhi (Co-author), ISSN 0970-0706.
A Geo-Spatial Approach to Urbanisation in India: The Unexplored Role of
NUIS, in the proceedings of the Geospatial World Forum 2013, organized by
the Geospatial Media and Communications by The Netherlands, at Rotterdam,
May 13-16, 2013. http://www.geospatialworldforum.org/2013/cm_pr.htm
GIS for Smart Urbanisation, (co-author) chapter, in Vinodkumar, T.M. (ed.)
Geographic Information System for Smart Cities, Copal Publishing Group, New
Delhi, 2014, pp. 26-41.
Prof. Meenakshi Dhote
Urban Biodiversity: Growth and Development of NCT Delhi, published inYojna
Magazine - Issue on Environment and Sustainable Ecology, July 2013.
23. Details of patents and income generated
None
151
24. Areas of consultancy and income generated
Year
Institutional
Consultancy
Projects
Amount
Sanctioned
Amount
Received
Title and
Funding
Agency
Name of the
Department
2010-
2011
Zonal Master
Plan for Mount
Abu Eco-
Sensitive Zone
Rs.35 Lakh Rs.14 Lakh Government
of Rajasthan
Urban
Development
and Housing
Department
25. Faculty selected nationally or internationally to visit other laboratories or
institutions or industries inIndia and abroad
Prof. Mahavir
26. Faculty serving in
(a) National committees
(b) International committees
(c) Editorial Boards
(d) Any other (please specify)
Faculty of theDepartment has beennominated ontwonational level committees,
several academiccommittees and one editorial board.
Prof. Mahavir is member of Board of Studies, of Faculty of Planning SPA Bhopal and
Vijayawada, Member Editorial Board, Spatio-Economic Development Record
(SDR), New Delhi., Member, Technical Advisory Committee - National Urban
Information Systems (NUIS) Scheme, Ministry of Urban Development, Government
of India.
Prof. Meenakshi Dhote has been member of Sub-Committee on Sustainable
Habitat Parameters for Urban Planning under National Mission on Climate Change,
TCPO, New Delhi.
27. Faculty recharging strategies (UGC, ASC, Refresher or orientation programs,
workshops, training programs and similar programs).
Faculty regularly attends international, national and regional workshops,
conferences, and other events.
28. Student projects
Percentage of students who have done in-house projects including inter-
departmental projects:
Not applicable
Percentage of students doing projects in collaboration with other
152
universities or industry or institute:
Inter Institutional Academic Projects have been undertaken with Anna
University Chennai,
B.N. Collegeof Architecture and VNIT Nagpur
29. Awards or recognitions received at the national and international level by
Faculty:
Prof. Mahavir
Special Prize under the 2010by AICTE,
awarded to the School for Compilation and Editing of ` (Shodhanjali),
(ed. Jt.), abstracts of theses submitted in SPA, New Delhi.
Doctoral or post-doctoral fellows
Papers presented by Ph.D. scholars have been awarded the best student paper,
organized by HUDCO on the occasion of World Habitat Day celebrations of
2011and Certificate for Best Student paper in International Conference On
Advances in Modeling, Optimization and Computing (AMOC-2011), Department
of Mathematics, IIT Roorkee.
Students
Best Planning thesis awarded by ITPI 2011-2012
T.J Manikam best PlanningThesis 2012
30. Seminars or Conferences or Workshops organized and the source of funding
(national or international) with details of outstanding participants, if any.
Biodiversity and ClimateChange; April 2010 Key Note Address delivered by Prof.
Dr. M.S. Swaminathan
Seminar on Human Settlements response to ClimateChange(2012)
Seminar on Mainstreaming Environmental Planning considerations with Solar
Energy Efficiencies; funded by MNRE, collaborators Sharp (2013)
Developments Key Address by Dr. A. K. Tripathi , Director MNRE, Chief Guest Sh.
J.B. Kshirsagar, Chief TownPlanner GOI and Commissioner Planning DDA
31. Code of ethics for research followed by the departments:
As per SPA guidelines
153
32. Student profile programme-wise:
Nameof the
Programme
(refer toquestionno.4)
Applications
received
Selected
MaleFemale
Pass percentage
Male Female
Master of Planning with
specialization in
Environmental Planning
100- 150 per
year
15 per year 99
Foreign Student: Jamaican National Student (2008-2010) through theICCSR program.
33. Diversity of students: Details of Session 2012-2014
Nameof the
Programme
Percent of
students
fromthe
same
university
Percent of
students from
other
universities
withinthe
State
Percent of
students
from
universities
outsidethe
State
Percent of
students from
other
countries
Master of
Planning with
specialization
in
Environmental
Planning
13 20 87 -
34. How many students have cleared Civil Services and Defence Services
examinations, NET, SET, GATE and other competitive examinations? Give
details category-wise.
GATE: 9
35. Student progression
Student progression Percentageagainst enrolled
UG toPG Nil
PG toM.Phil. Nil
PG toPh.D. Nil
Ph.D. toPost-Doctoral Nil
Employed
Campus selection
Other thancampus recruitment
Not applicable
100percent
Entrepreneurs Nil
154
36. Diversity of staff
Percentageof faculty who aregraduates
Of thesameuniversity 33.3
Fromother universities withintheState 33.3
Fromuniversities fromother States 33.3
Fromuniversities outsidethecountry -
37. Number of faculty who were awarded M.Phil., Ph.D., D.Sc. and D.Litt. during the
assessment period
One
38. Present details of departmental infrastructural facilities with regard to
(a)Library
(b)Internet facilities for staff and students
(c)Total number of classrooms
(d) Classrooms with ICT facility
(e) Students laboratories
(f) Research laboratories
a) Library of ENVIS Center on Human Settlements
b) The Departments are connected with the LAN of the Institute and Wi-Fi
c) Pollution monitoring laboratory
39. List of doctoral, post-doctoral students and Research Associates
(a) From the host institution or university
None
(b) From other institutions or universities
Ms. RinaSurana, Associate Professor from MalviyaInstitute of Technology, Jaipur
Ms. KalpanaKhurana, Deputy Director from Delhi Development Authority, N Delhi
Ms. Mahalakshmi Karnad, Assistant Professor, RV School of Architecture,
Bangalore
Thrust area of Doctoral Research: 3 Ongoing
(a) Traditional Urban Settlements and Related Water Bodies in Rajasthan
(b) Environmental Optimization of Urban green systems
(c) Green Infrastructure- An ecological Urban Landscape Strategy fo Inclusive and
Sustainable Urban Development in the context of Indian Cities
155
Doctoral Studies 4 completed inthe last four years and their titles are:
(a) Planning for Low Carbon Cities Million plus cities of India
(b) Decentralization of Business Centers and its Impact on the Urban Environment
(c) Sustainability of Living Historic Cities Case Study: Jaipur
(d) Healthy City Approach to Small and Medium Towns of Madhya Pradesh
40. Number of postgraduate students getting financial assistance from the
university
GATE: 9
41. Was any need assessment exercise undertaken before the development of
new programme(s)? If so highlight the methodology.
Not applicable
42. Does the department obtainfeedback from
a) Faculty oncurriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation? If yes, how
does the department utilize the feedback?
Discussions with visiting faculty on teaching-learning-evaluation are held and these
are utilized to change emphasis on aspects and methods of teaching. The
Department is in the process of modifying its curriculum and these will be
incorporated into it in due course.
b) Students onstaff, curriculum and teaching-learning-evaluationand how
does the does Department utilize the feedback?
This is also discussed with students. GATE students were involved in
documenting the syllabus across universities in India and Abroad. The
Department is in the process of modifying its curriculum and these will be
incorporated into it in due course.
c) Alumni and employers on the programmes of f ered and how does the
department utilize the feedback?
This is also discussed with alumni. There is a strong feeling amongst the
alumni to hold a workshop to discuss the need and experiences from
the market. The Department is in the process of modifying its curriculum and
these will be incorporated into it in due course.
156
43. List the distinguished alumni of the department (maximum10)
Name Year Position
Mr. Saurav Yadav (1992 ) Head - Strategy and Policy Affairs at
Suzlon Energy Ltd, Sharp
Developments.
Ms. Sriparna Sanyal Iyar (1994) Senior manager, IPE Global
Mr. Balkrisna Menon (1994) Senior Urban Specialist, World Bank
Mr. SubrotoTalukdar (1994 Lead Development Specialist, JICA
Mr. Saurav Sen (1997) Group Manager - L1, Rolta India
Limited; Manager at RMSI Private
Limited, NOIDA
Ms. Irene Stephan, (1999) Emergency Information officer UNDP
Ms. Meenakshi Singh (1999) Assistant Director Planning- DDA
Ms. Mrinal Mathur (2003) Project Officer, UNDP
44. Give details of student enrichment programmes (special l ect ures or
workshops or seminar) involving external experts.( 2012-13)
Research Methodology by Shri. Brij Kishore, Senior Fellow, Duke Center for
International Development, Duke University, Durham on March 12, 2012.
Carbon Disclosure Project by Shri. Damandeep Singh, Director CDP India on
November 20, 2012.
Reflections on City-Regional Governance and Sustainability by Prof. Ravi Kamal
Anand, former Professor JNTU on October 29, 2012
EIA of Indian Cities and Introduction by Prof. Shovan K. Saha, Professor of Planning,
SPA, New Delhi on October 30, 2012.
Importance and Revival of Water Bodies in Hyderabad by Dr. Jyotsna Bapat,
Environmental Anthropologist and Consultant Environmentalist on March 15, 2013.
45. List the teaching methods adopted by the faculty for different programmes.
Lectures, Studio, Seminars, laboratory training, Field Visits, Guest lecturers
Emphasis is on interactive and participative mode of teaching.
46. How does t he department ensure that programme objectives are
constantly met and learning outcomes are monitored?
The curriculum of Master of Planning (with specialization in Environmental Planning)
is specially designed to train the students in methods of scientific analysis and
evaluation of the various factors of development and its effect on the environment.
The studio exercises/ seminars are formulated or the topics dealt with; to address
the various facets of environmental planning impact assessment studies, eco-cities
development, environmental improvement, and care is taken to address emerging
issues in the field etc. The exercises lead to an appreciation of an understanding of
environmental issues at various scales- regional, urban and site level. Also the need
157
to understand the scope of intervention at a particular scale and tools available,
while having anunderstanding at all scales.
Lecture based theoretical aspects in the curriculum are strengthened through
area study based Studio/Laboratory exercises involving field survey. In the first
Semester the students have an integrated studio shared by the five planning
disciplines. The studio exercises are introductory to planning concepts including
area appreciation of a, predominant land use at a sub-zonal level, site planning for
residential development and an outline development plan for a medium size town
is undertaken. The specialization in Environmental Planning in the subsequent
semesters addresses environmental concerns (pollution abatement, GHG
mitigation, planning of eco-sensitive zones, application of green
technologies/strategies etc.) at various scales. Incorporation of scientific concepts
and translating them into spatial attributes is the basic framework of most of the
exercises. Studioprojects in last three years have included preparation of
Environmental Management and Conservation Plan at district level
Environmental Improvement Plan
Preparation of Zonal Master Plan for Eco-sensitive Zone
Environmental upgradation of an Urban area at various scales Highlight the
participationof students and faculty inextensionactivities.
Students have represented in following extra-curricular activities:
Gold Medal in 4x100 m Relay Race in the annual sports meet Athlos,2012
First position in KhoKho in theannual sports meet Athlos,2012
Participation in Badminton and Pool Competition in the annual sports meet
Athlos,2012
First prize for best team-Zephyr annual college festival, 2012
47. Give details of beyond syllabus scholarly activities of the department.
Workshops and Seminars on emerging environmental concerns of human
settlements
Two Centres of Studies
48. Highlight the participation of students and faculty inextensionactivities.
Nil
49. State whether the programme or department is accredited or graded by
o t h e r agencies? If yes, give details.
The programme fulfills criteria set by theAICTE and Institute of Town Planners of India
(ITPI)
158
50. Briefly highlight the contributions o f the department i n generating new
knowledge, basic or applied.
Some of the academic exercises are developed into methodologies for planning
exercises at a professional scale- Eco-City Development, Planning in Eco-Sensitive
Areas; theproceedings of Workshops are formulated to prepare readings in the
field of Environmental Planning Climate Change and Human Settlements, Cities of
Future
51. Detail five major Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges
(SWOC) of the department.
Strength and Opportunities
Faculty with expertise in area of Remote Sensing, Biodiversity and
Climate Change
Our Alumni in various prestigious institutes or organizations
Laboratory training for students with CPCB
ENVIS Centre funded under MOEF, Centre for Climate Change and
Human Settlements in the Department
Weakness and Challenges
Regular updatingof technology is needed
Further strengthening of in house laboratory with skilled manpower
Linkages with International Research Organizations
Manpower for preparation of readers on Environmental Planning
methodologies and tools for knowledge dissemination.
52. Future plans of the department.
Enhancement of Environmental laboratory
Curriculum Revision
Preparation of teaching material
159
SUMMARY PROFILE THE DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING
Particulars Details
Number of UG and PGStudents
(2012-2014)
30
Number of ongoing Ph.D.
Research Students
3
Number of Ph.D. Completed in
the last four years
4
Board of Studies members Total Academicians
outside SPA-D
Corporate or Industry
Experts
9 5 1
Number of Faculty (Regular) Total With Ph.D. With PG With UG
3 3 0 0
Number Faculty (Visiting) Total With Ph.D. With PG
19 8 19
Number of Students Passed
(2012-2013)
Total
Students
Students Passed Percentage
15 15 100
Faculty Publications in the last
four years
Total Articles inPeer
Reviewed
Journals
Other
Journals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA
Reports
Books
16 11 2 2 1
Number of Workshop or
Conference organized in the last
four years
4
Number of Regular Faculty
Participation in Workshops,
Conference, Events in the last
four years
Total International National Others
65 3 12 0
Number of ST, SC, OBC students
in 2012 - 2013
Total: 7
Consultancy in the last four years No. of Projects Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
One Rs.14 lakh
Research Activities in the last four
years
Number of Studies Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
None None
Number of Students who
Received Awards in the last four
years
5
Regular Faculty in Committees or
Expert Groups
At
International
Level
At National or
State Level
Editorial
Boards
Others
1 8 3 1
Number of Special Lectures
organized in the last three years
11
160

DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING


1. Name of the Department

Department of Housing

2. Year of establishment

1958

3. Is the Department part of a School or Faculty of the university?:

Department is part of the School

4. Names of programmes offered (UG, PG, M.Phil., Ph.D., Integrated
Masters; Integrated Ph.D., D.Sc. D.Litt., etc.):

Postgraduate Degree in Housing
Ph.D. in Housing

5. Interdisciplinary programmes and departments involved

Yes, first semester is integrated course for five planning courses.

6. Courses in collaboration with other universities, industries, foreign
institutions, etc.:

None at the moment, but courses in collaboration with other universities are
at a planning stage.

7. Details of programmes discontinued, if any, with reasons:

None

8. Examination System: Annual or Semester or Trimester or Choice Based
Credit System:

Semester System

9. Participation of the department in the courses offered by other
departments:

Yes


161

10. Number of teaching posts sanctioned, filled and actual (Professors or
Associate Professors or Assistant Professors and others) (January - May
2014 session)
Position Sanctioned Filled Actual (including
CAS and MPS)
Professor 1 2 2
Associate Professor 1 0 0
Asst. Professor 2 2 2
Others - - -
Visiting Faculty 12 (4*)
Note: * Visiting Faculty is 12 and it is equal to 4 regular faculty taking an average load
of 14 hours per week.

11. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, area of
specialization, experience and research under guidance

Name Qualifications Designation No. of Years
of
Experience
No. of Ph.D. or
M.Phil. students
guided for the
last 4 years
Neelima
Risbud
Ph.D., M.
Planning, B.
Professor 39 years
-
PSN Rao Ph.D., M.
Planning, B.E.,
A.I.I.A
Professor 26 years Ongoing
guidance for two
Ph.D. candidates
Ruchita Gupta Ph.D., M.
Planning, B.
Assistant
Professor
14 years
-
Harshita Deo M. Planning,
B. Arch
Assistant
Professor
4 years
-

There are 12 visiting faculty and 3 of them are Ph.D. and remaining P.G.
Average experience of visiting faculty is over 20 years.

12. List of senior Visiting Fellows, adjunct faculty, emeritus professors:

None


13. Percentage of classes taken by temporary (visiting) facultyprogramme
-wise information:

At present 50 percent of total teaching load is taken by visiting
faculty.

14. Programme- wise Student Teacher Ratio:

162

Studio 1:5, Theory 1:10
15. Number of academic support staff(technical) and administrative staff:
sanctioned, filled and actual

Position Sanctioned Filled Actual
Staff (Technical) - - -
Administrative Staff 2 2 2

16. Research thrust areas as recognized by major funding agencies:

Affordable Housing, Real Estate Management, Slum Improvement,
Disaster Management, etc.

17. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from (a) national (b)
international funding agencies and (c) Total grants received. Give the
names of the funding agencies, project title and grants received project-
wise:

National Resource Center of MoHUPA (NRC)

The Ministry of Housing and Urban Poverty Alleviation had established
National Resource Center at SPA Delhi in J uly 2008. Works carried out by
NRC, SPA, New Delhi from 2009 to 2013. Research on Town Planning
parameters for Low Income Housing and Slums, Slum Typologies and
grading for improvement inputs, Rental Housing Options and Real
Estate Market for EWS/LIG, Delhi, Alternative Approaches (like PPP) for
Slum Up-gradation and Re-development and organized two national
workshops.

Collaboration with German Technical Assistance (GIZ)

SPA, New Delhi and GIZ, New Delhi forged a formal cooperation in
J anuary 2013. The objective of this cooperation is to encourage both
students and faculties of all the planning disciplines to think beyond their
academic engagements and contribute proactively in making Indias
urbanization an inclusive process.

Support to the preparation of Slum Free City Plan of Action including its
linkages to City Sanitation Plan (CSP) and State Sanitation Strategy;
Publication of Research papers from Faculty of SPA; and Urban
Samvaad - An Interactive Students Exhibition.

18. Inter-institutional collaborative projects and associated grants received
a) National collaboration b) International collaboration:

Nil

163

19. Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST;UGC-SAP or CAS,DPE;DBT,ICSSR,
AICTE, etc.; total grants received:

Nil

20. Research facility or center with

State recognition

None

National recognition

National Resource Center of MoHUPA (NRC); Also refer to point 17
above.

International recognition

None

21 Special research laboratories sponsored by or created by industry or
corporate bodies:

Nil

22 Publications: Number of papers published in peer reviewed journals
(national or international)
Monographs

Chapters in Books


Edited Books

Books with ISBN with details of publishers
Number listed in International Database (For e.g. Web of Science,
Scopus, Humanities International Complete, Dare Database -
International Social Sciences Directory, EBSCO host, etc.)

Citation Indexrange or average


SNIP


SJR

Impact Factorrange or average

H-index


Faculty publications in last four years are one chapter in a book, 21
articles in journals and newspapers articles. Major publications are:

Neelima Risbud (2009-2013)

Contributed a chapter on Security of Tenure Experience of Indore
and J aipur in State of Urban Poverty Report 2013, released by the
Ministry of Housing and Urban Poverty Alleviation.
164



P.S.N. Rao (2009-2013)

It is Time for Our Cities to go Compact, Indian Express, 21 April 2012

Master Planning a world view, Hindustan Times, 2 February 2013

Master Planning: Myth and Reality, Indian Express, 16 March 2013

High Rise Buildings Need for Sustainability beyond Architecture, Yearly
Handbook on Real Estate-2012, Track2Media Group Venture.

Understanding Inclusive Housing, The SPA J ournal of Planning and
Architecture, Vol. 16, No.1, 2012, pp.1-18.

Published a paper on PPP for Housing need for a national regulator,
National Conference on PPP in Housing, New Delhi, 9 October 2010.

23 Details of patents and income generated:

Not Applicable

24 Areas of consultancy and income generated:

Housing, and total income generated in the last four years is Rs.52. 47 Lakh

Neelima Risbud (2009-2013)

Pilot Project on Preparation of layout plans for regularization of unauthorized
colonies in South Delhi for South Delhi Municipal Corporation, 2012.

Social Audit meeting on the Project Rehabilitation of 6368 families
Chandigarh, 2011
Preparation of Planning Guidelines for Rajiv Awas Yojna for preparation of Slum
Free City Plan, DFID funded project GHK team for MoHUPA, Govt. of India,
2011.

J aypee Ganga Expressway Sikendrabad Township Preparation of the
Master Plan for 1000 hectare, Inputs into the EIA for the township, 2010.

As part of the DFID funded Support to National Policies for Urban Poverty
Reduction (SNPUPR) project support will be provided to select four National
Resource Centres and Capacity Building of Municipal officers. 2011-
12Research Report on PPP in Housing Redevelopment: Mumbai

165

Appraisal of Slum Free City Plan of Action for Vijayawada under Rajiv Awas
Yojna and Assessment of Survey in RAW for Shimla (Himachal Pradesh), and
Support in preparation of DPR of Pilot Project under RAY for Leh, 2011-12.


P.S.N. RAO (2009-2013)

Handbook on Policy, Standards and Procedures for Real Estate Valuation in
India - As a Member of Sub-Committee on Mortgages of the Indian Banks
Association, 2009.

25 Faculty selected nationally or internationally to visit other
laboratories or institutions or industries in India and abroad:
Regular faculty participated in 7 international and 140 national seminars,
workshops, conferences and events in last four years.

Neelima Risbud (2009-2013)

Total number attended is 62, and some of the important ones are
mentioned below:

Presentation at International Conference on Inclusive Housing - Regulatory
and Policy Framework of Urban Planning in the: An Engine for Inclusive
Growth, the event was hosted by the National Housing Bank (NHB), 2013.

Workshop on what kind of the Urbanization Challenge of slums and
including poor into the urban fabric, Pretoria, South Africa, 2011.

Visited the Brooks World Poverty Institute at the University of Manchester, for
the purposes of fostering research links between our two institutions in the
area of Low income settlements in era of climate change processes,
practices, policy and politics in India 2013.

P.S.N. Rao (2009-2013)

Total number attended is 68, and some of the important ones are
mentioned below:

Chaired a Session on Role of Innovative and Prefabricated Materials in
Affordable Green Apartments in the Conference on Green Apartments
organized by CII in 2013.

Presented a paper titled 100 Years Of Modern Urban Planning in New
Delhi at the Asian Urban Forum 2013, Shanghai, China 2013.

166

Presented a paper on Real Estate Investment Opportunities in India at the
FNAIM 66th International Convention and European Forum, Paris 2012.

Presented a paper on Draft Real Estate Regulation Bill 2011 understanding
the regulation at a Seminar, Black Arrow, Bangalore, 13 J anuary 2012.

Participated in the International Realtors Conference and Expo, Anaheim,
Los Angles, USA 2011

26 Faculty serving in (a)National committees (b) International committees
(c) Editorial Boards (d) any other (please specify):

The regular faculty is member of one international committee and six national
committee and expert groups. Major committees are:

Neelima Risbud

Member of Standing Advisory Committee (SAC) on Housing Start-up Index
(HSUI)-HUPA.

Member of Selection Committee for J NNURM (BSUP & IHSDP) Awards 2009 -
2013
Director, National Housing Bank

Member of the Technical group on Urban Housing Shortage in the context of
the twelfth Five Year Plan (2012-2017) constituted by Ministry of HUPA

P.S.N. Rao

Member, Task Force on Rental Housing, MoHUPA, GoI

Member, Expert Committee to Review Delhi Master Plan MPD 2012, MoUD-
NIUA, New Delhi

Member, Expert Committee, provided inputs to the preparation on the report
of the State Commission on Urbanization, Government of Rajasthan.

Member, Global Alliance and Business Committee, National Association of
Realtors, USA.

27 Faculty recharging strategies(UGC, ASC, Refresher or orientation
programs, workshops, training programs and similar programs):

Yes, faculty is encouraged to attend various workshops, conferences and
seminars to be aware of all recent developments in their relevant areas of
specialization.


167

28 Student projects

Perc ent of students who have done in-house projects including inter-
departmental projects: First Semester Studio is interdepartmental
course.

None

Percentage of students doing projects in collaboration with other
universities or industry or institute:

During summer break there is six weeks collaboration with various
organizations like Development Authorities, Housing Boards and
private developers.

29 Awards or recognitions received at the national and international level
by:

Faculty

Nil

Doctoral or post- doctoral fellows

Nil

Students

Nil

30 Seminars or Conferences or Workshops organized and the source of
funding (national or international)with details of outstanding
participants, if any:

Organized International workshop BWPI SPA (Department of Housing) Rise
of Slum Developers in Bangladesh and India at IIC, New Delhi on 20 February
2013.

31 Code of ethics for research followed by the departments:

None


168

32 Student profile programme-wise:

Name of
the
Program
Applications
received
Selected
Male Female
Pass percentage
Male Female
PG Housing
2013-2014 107 12 10 100
2012-2013 - 12 11 100
2011-2012 87 13 7 100
2010-2011 - 5 10 100

33 Diversity of students

34 How many students have cleared Civil Services and Defense
Services examinations, NET, SET, GATE and other competitive
examinations? Give details category-wise.

GATE Scholars

Year 2009-10: 2 Students
Year 2010-11: 4 Students
Year 2011-12: 5 Students
Year 2012-13: 4 Students

35 Student progression: Information Not Available

Student progression Percentage against enrolled
UG to PG -
PG to M.Phil. -
PG to Ph.D. -
Ph.D. to Post-Doctoral -
Employed
Campus selection

Other than campus recruitment
-
Entrepreneurs -

Name of
the
Programme
(refer to
Percent of
students
from the
same
Percent of
students from
other universities
within the State
Percent of
students from
universities
outside the
Percent of
students
from other
countries
PG Housing
2013-14
- - - -
2012-13 13 17 70 -
2011-12 - - - -
2010-11 - - - -
169

36 Diversity of staff

Percentage of faculty who are graduates:
From the same university 100
From other universities within the State -
From universities from other States -
From universities outside the country -

37 Number of faculty who were awarded M.Phil., Ph.D., D.Sc. and D.Litt. during
the assessment period:

None

38 Present details of departmental infrastructural facilities with regard to
(a)Library: Central Library
(b)Internet facilities for staff and students: Yes
(c) Total number of classrooms: 2 Studios
(d)Class rooms with ICTfacility: Yes
(e)Students laboratories: Not Applicable
(f)Research laboratories: Not Applicable

39 List of doctoral, post-doctoral students and Research Associates ( a) from
the host institution or university (b) from mother institutions or universities:

Nil

40 Number of post graduate students getting financial assistance from the
university

No

41 Was any need assessment exercise undertaken before the development
of new programme(s)? If so, highlight the methodology:

Our programme is 55 years old, modified several times as per inputs from
industry and experts.

42 Does the department obtain feedback from

Faculty on curriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation? If yes,
how does the department to utilize the feedback?

Yes, to improve the curriculum.

Students on staff, curriculum and teaching-learning-evaluation and how
does the department utilize the feedback?
170

Yes

Alumni and employers on the programmes offered and how does the
department utilize the feedback?

Yes

43 List the distinguished alumni of the department(maximum10)

S.
No.
Name and Designation of
Alumni
S.
No.
Name and Designation of
Alumni
1. Uma Adusmilli
Chief Town Planner, MMRDA
6. K. Sunil
Faculty, London School of
Economics
2. Vijay Risbud
Former Commissioner, DDA
7. Samina Raja Khan
Faculty, University of Illinois
3. B. N. Singh
Secretary Urban Development,
Government of U.P., Chief
Regional Planner, NCRPB
8. J erry Anthony
Faculty, University of Illinois
4. Pankaj Modi
Vice President, Adani
Infrastructure Private Limited
9. Akhilesh Surjan
Faculty, Kyoto University,
J apan
5. Dilip Dcunha
Faculty, MIT, USA
10. Ram Raj Narsimhan
United Nations, Bangkok

44 Give details of student enrichment programmes (special lectures or
workshops or seminar) involving external experts:

The department organizes special lectures at regular basis on various topics
related to Housing to provide students exposure to current issues and also
make them aware of the Industry etc. On an average 10 special lectures are
organized annually.

45 List the teaching methods adopted by the faculty for different
programmes.

The teaching is through structured lectures by in-house faculty, visiting faculty,
industry experts, self-learning, library research and seminars. In addition, case-
studies and best practices shall be used to give a real life orientation to the
students.

Studio all Studio assignments shall be conducted on a Thematic Basis with
practical, industry and field orientation.

Field Visits all Studio assignments shall be field based with visits to the
respective villages, towns and cities.
171


Industry-Institution-Interface all Studio assignments shall be through Industry-
Institution-Interface.

Summer Training - 8 weeks internship after II Semester is compulsory. This gives
a peep through view of the real world, while still in school.

Assignments- for all subjects shall be conducted by way of written papers,
presentations, discussions and seminars.

Brief details of studio in different semesters are enclosed below:

Planning Studios are central to the Post Graduate course. In the process
students take overview of the existing situation, review various policies and
programmes, collect data from various sources including primary and
secondary, analyze data, identify problems and issues and prepare planning
strategy for future. In the process prepare plans, project report etc. In the last
semester carry out thesis individually on the area of his/ her interest. After
preparation of City Development Plan, the students in second semester
housing studio are exposed to macro level housing issues at city level. As our
National Housing and Habitat Policy also require preparation of Housing Action
Plan at city level for each city, so by doing this exercise students are trained for
the same.

The students prepare medium term Housing Action Plan or Programme
wherein role of all supply agencies are specified along with their annual
targets and affordable standards are proposed to ensure optimum resource
utilization. In order to translate policy into action, formulation of housing project
is essential. The third semester is devoted to large scale detailed project
formulation. Students are given specific sites where they undertake study of
the existing policy framework, existing market trends, locational attributes of
the site, and prepare a techno-economic feasibility report. The major projects
undertaken are slum redevelopment, housing in infill pockets, urban extension
projects, development along major transit corridors, regularization plan for
unauthorized colonies, Integrating and up-gradation of informal settlement
with new public housing projects, redevelopment of old public housing,
squatters with public private partnership.

Every student is required to prepare a thesis on a specific topic approved by
the Faculty as per Guidelines issued from time to time.

46 How does the department ensure that programme objectives are
constantly met and learning outcomes are monitored?

The department ensures that progra mme objectives a re constantly
met and learning outcomes are monitored through student feedback
and brainstorming sessions among the faculty.

172

47 Highlight the participation of students and faculty in extension activities.

A students debate on Bridging the Housing Gap broadcasted on Rajya
Sabha TV, 2013.

Organized exhibition with Global Studio in collaboration with PRIA and NIUA in
2013 on People Building Better Cities (PBBC): Understanding Urban Informality,
Delhi.

Department of Housing celebrated the Golden J ubilee function in 2010. An
exhibition on Affordable Housing comprising of work done by the students
of the department was displayed. Two publications on Green Housing and
Affordable Housing were also released. A one day Seminar on Emerging
Issues in the Housing Sector was conducted. The celebrations were
attended by large number of people including alumni and concluded with a
cultural programme.

Organized data purchase from Census office for 2011 data, NSS and
Economic Census which will be very useful for students and faculty with
support from GIZ.

Participation in sports activities, NSS, NOSPLAN, etc.

48 Give details of beyond syllabus scholarly activities of the department:

Encourage students to participate in various conferences, workshops, seminars
etc. to have exposure to various aspects of Housing.

49 State whether the programme or department is accredited or
graded by other agencies? If yes, give details:

Institute of Town Planners, India, and the All India Council for Technical
Education

50 Briefly highlight the contributions of the department i n generating new
knowledge, basic or applied.

Housing Department has developed City level Housing Strategies and Housing
Action Plans for various cities through studio programmes.

51 Detail five major Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges
(SWOC) of the department.

Strengths

Housing Department is the oldest and the only specialized post
graduate course in South East Asia.
173

We get students from all over the country and from various
backgrounds.
The courses and research in the department deal with current
housing issues.
During the course students are exposed to field based learning
and experts from the industry.

Weaknesses

The Department does not have enough faculty and space.
Lack of non-teaching Research Associates.
There is no Integrated Campus.

Opportunities

There is scope for specialized research work.
The Department can be Advisory to various Central & State
Government or International Organizations.
Capacity Building
Interdisciplinary approach and study.

Challenges

To get the right kind of people in the Department.
Future expansion and accordingly the infrastructure and
funding.

52 Future plans of the department.

The Department plans to run short term courses for working
professionals, faculty, students etc. and summer schools.
Fully equipped GIS lab.















174

SUMMARY PROFILE THE DEPARTMENTOF HOUSING
Particulars Details
Number of UG and PG
Students (2012-2014)
45 postgraduate students
Number of ongoing Ph.D.
Research Students
0
Number of Ph.D.
Completed in the last four
years
0
Board of Studies members Total Academicians
outside SPA-D
Corporate or Industry
Experts
7 1 4
Number of Faculty
(Regular)
Total With Ph.D. With PG With UG
4 3 1 0
Number Faculty (Visiting) Total With Ph.D. With PG
12 3 9
Number of Students Passed
(2012-2013)
Total
Students
Students
Passed
Percentage
40 40 100
Faculty Publications in the
last four years
Total Articles in Peer
Reviewed
J ournals
Other
J ournals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA
Reports
Books
22 0 21 1 0
Number of Workshop or
Conference organized in
the last four years
1
Number of Regular Faculty
Participation in Workshops,
Conference, Events in the
last four years
Total International National Others
147 7 140 0
Number of ST, SC, OBC
students in 2012 - 2013
Total: 14

Consultancy in the last four
years
No. of Projects Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
Rs.52.47 lakh
Research Activities in the
last four years
Number of Studies Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
None None
Number of Students who
Received Awards in the last
four years
None
Regular Faculty in
Committees or Expert
Groups
At
International
Level
At National or
State Level
Editorial
Boards
Others
1 8 3 1
Number of Special Lectures
organized in the last three
years
None


175
DEPARTMENT OF REGIONAL PLANNING
1. Name of the Department
Department of Regional Planning
2. Year of establishment
1958
3. Is the Department part of a School or Faculty of the university?
Yes
4. Names of programmes offered (UG, PG, M. Ph i l ., Ph.D., Integrated
Masters; Integrated Ph.D., D.Sc. D.Litt., etc.)
Masters with specializationin Regional Planning
Ph.D.
5. Interdisciplinary programmes and departments involved
Integrated Masters Degree Programme in Regional Planning (All the Planning
Departments are involved)
6. Courses in collaboration with other universities, industries, foreign institutions,
etc.
Doctoral Research Programme in collaboration with European Union is currently
underway in the department. The Regional Planning department does not have
any formal collaboration with other Universities. But students and faculty has
regular interactions with national and international academic institutions on
regular basis. The students of 2010-2012 batches travelled to Florence to present
their studio work. The student took part in the USF International competition and
won third position.
7. Details of programmes discontinued, if any, with reasons - No
8. Examination System: Annual or Semester or Trimester or Choice Based Credit
System
Semester System
9. Participation of the department in the courses offered by other departments
Yes, evaluated the bachelor dissertation in the Department of Architecture and
also delivered a lecture on Smart cities and Smart Urbanization, and also took
a special lecture in Department of housing on Housing in Special Areas.
176
10. Number of teachi ng posts sanctioned, filled a nd actual (Professors or
Associate Professors or Assistant Professors or others)
Position Sanctioned Filled Actual (includingCAS
and MPS)
Professor 1 0 0
Associate Professor 1 1 1
Assistant Professor 2 1 1
Others (Visiting
Faculty)*
- - 37(7)*
Note: * There are 37 visiting faculty. They represent 7 regular faculty assuming 14 hours per
faculty of average teaching load.
11. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, area of
specialization, Experience and research under guidance
Name Qualifications Designation Specialization Number of
Years of
Experience
Number of
Ph.D. or
M.Phil.
students
guided for
the last 4
years
Mahavir** B.Arch.,
M.U.R.P., PG
Dip. (Remote
Sensing), Ph.D.,
(ITC-
Netherlands),
FITP
Head of the
Department
Environment
Planning
32 3
Vinita
Yadav
M.A.
(Geography),
M. Plan, (U.P),
Ph.D. (JNU),
M.B.A.
(Financial
Mgmt.), AITP
Associate
Professor
Governance,
Poverty,
Institutional
Analysis,
Financial
Management
13 M. Phil or M.
Plan
( 4 Students)
Ph.D. 2 Full
Guidance
1 Part Time
Chetna
Singh
M.A.
(Geography)
(JNU), M. Plan,
(R.P) (SPA,
Delhi), Ph.D.
(SPA, Delhi),
AITP
Assistant
Professor
Regional
development,
Poverty,
Governance
-- --
Note: * Prof. N. Sridharan, whoworks in the department, is on lien to SPA Vijayawada.
** Prof. Mahavir is counted in the Department of Environment Planning.
177
12. List of senior Visiting Fellows, adjunct faculty, emeritus professors
Prof. Dr. S.K. Kulshrestha and Prof. Dr. Atiya Habeeb Kidwai - Visiting
Professors in the department from 2008 till 2013.
13. Percentage of classes taken by temporary or Visiting faculty programme-
wise information
M. (Regional) Planning Third Semester 71 percent
M. (Regional) Planning Second and Fourth Semester 72 percent
14. Programme-wise Student Teacher Ratio
(a) Theory: 30 : 1 ( b) Studio: 10 : 1 (c) Thesis: 5 : 1
15. Number of academic support staff (technical) and administrative staff:
sanctioned, filled and actual
Academic support staff (technical) 1
Administrativestaff - 1
16. Research thrust areas as recognized by major funding agencies
Inclusive Development, Peri-Urban Areas and Decentralized Planning
17. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from a) national b) international
funding agencies and c) Total grants received. Give the names o f the
f unding agencies, proj ect title and grants received project-wise.
Nil
18. Inter-institutional collaborative projects and associated grants received (a)
National collaboration(b) International collaboration
Nil
19. Departmental projects f unded by DST-FIST; UGC-SAPor CAS, DPE; DBT, ICSSR,
AICTE, etc.; total grants received.
Nil
20. Research facility or centre with
State recognition
None
National recognition
One: Centre for Rural Studies
178
International recognition
None
21. Special research laboratories sponsored by or created by industry or
corporate bodies
Nil
22. Publications:
Numberofpaperspublishedinpeer reviewedjournals (national or international): See
below
Monographs: see below
Chapters in Books: (see below)
Edited Books: Books with ISBNwith details of publishers: (see below)
Number listed in International Database (For example, Web of Science, Scopus,
Humanities International Complete, Dare Database-International Social Sciences
Directory, EBSCO host, etc.): Nil
Citation Index rangeor average: Nil

SNIP: Nil

SJR: Nil
Impact Factor rangeor average: Nil

h-index: Nil
Department of Regional Planning Published:
Dr. Vinita Yadav, regular faculty has published 1 book and 4 articles in
journals. Major publications are:
Books with ISBN with details of publishers One titled Metropolitan
Governance: Cases of Ahmedabad and Hyderabad, Ghaziabad: Copal
Publishing, pages 312, October 2013, ISBN: 9788192473383.
Dr. Vinita Yadav has published 4 papers injournals:
Tourism and Eco Development in Aravalli Ranges, Near Delhi published in The
Deccan Geographer, vol. 50, no. 2, December 2012, p. 99-105.
Role of Floor Space Index in City Sprawl: A Case of Gurgaon published in
Indian Journal of Regional Science, July-December 2012, vol. 44, no.2, p. 13-25
.
Intra-District Variation in Development: Case Study of Dehradun District
published in Indian Journal of Regional Science, January-July 2012, vol. 44,
no.1, p. 79-87.
Urban Poverty: Issues and Remedies for Inclusive Development, Spatio-
Economic Development Record, July-August 2011, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 96-100.
179
23. Details of patents and income generated
None
24. Areas of consultancy and income generated
None
25. Faculty selected nationally or internationally to visit other
laboratories or Institutions or industries in India and abroad
Dr. Vinita Yadav, Associate Professor, Tongji University toattend ADB
international workshop from 12 and 13 November 2013
26. Faculty serving in (a) National committees (b) International committees (c)
Editorial Boards ( d) any other (please specify)
None
27. Faculty recharging strategies (UGC, ASC, Refresher or orientation programs,
workshops, training programs and similar programs).
Faculty actively participate in the workshops, conferences and seminars organized
by Ministry of Urban Development, Ministry of Rural Development, National Institute
of Urban Affairs, Agha Khan Foundation, Lal Bhahadur Shastri National Academy
of Administration (LBSNAA) and Symbiosis University, Pune,
28. Student projects
Percentage of st udent s who have done in-house proj ect s
including i nt er- departmental projects
100 percent
Percentage of students doing proj ect s in collaboration with other
universities or Industry or institute
100 percent
The studio or lab in Regional Planning work as a training ground for the
prospective planners. The choice of location, coverage of topics and their
relevance for the society are a few among many other points, which are
taken care in studioor lab. Out of 4 semesters, studio exercise is carried out
in first three semesters and fourth semester is focused on research. The
Department of Regional Planning has prepared plans on receiving invite
from State Governments of Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Nagaland, Mizoram and
Sikkim and Dadra and Union Territories of Dadar and Nagar Haveli and
Daman and Diu, to name a few. The department has undertaken
collaborative exercises with the governments and focused on the sectoral
and spatial issues. All the plans emphasized on integration of spatial and
180
sectoral analysis with financial requirements. The department has supported
the Government in preparation of the plans for the Patiala and Bhatinda
city in Punjab, Idukki and Alapuzha districts in Kerala, Dimapur and Kohima
in Nagaland, Aizawl in Manipur, Kurukshetra in Haryana and Chennai Mega
Region in Tamil Nadu. The 1st semester is an integrated semester where all
the planning students work together to prepare the city development plan.
In the 2nd semester, students prepare the village and block level plan. They
have covered the micro level units such as Padas in Dadar and Nagar
Haveli and village and local councils in Kohima and Aizawl. The plans have
been prepared for those areas where no planning exercise has been
carried out in recent past. These plans helped the government agency to
do data collection, its updation as well as filling the data gap for non-
available set. Data is analyzed using SPSS, GIS software such as ArcView
and OpenSource data through Bhuvan, google etc.
29. Awards or recognitions received at the national and international level by
Faculty
None
Doctoral or post-doctoral fellows
None
Students
Abhishek Gaurav, 2010-2012 batch, Third Position in the USF International
competition
Neha Potdar, 2010-2012 batch, Second Position in Best Thesis at ITPI Thesis Award
30. Seminars or Conferences or Workshops organized and the source of
funding (National or International) with details of outstanding participants,
if any.
Brainstorming sessions on Emerging Settlement Patterns and issues
related with Sustainability on 17 and 18 January 2014
Brain Storming Session on Mapping of Delhis Slums held on 12 March
2013.
Workshop with District development Planning Committee, Alapuzza
District, Kerala held on 18 November 2011
International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Regions in collaboration
with Freidrich Ebert Stiftung, Germany in Mumbai, 5 to 8 October 2011.
Special Lecture by Adam Auerbatch a Fulbright Scholar from US on 27
September 2011
Regional Seminar organized with University of Amsterdam and Hubli
Dharwad Municipal Corporation, Hubli on Spatial Data Infrastructure
and Urban Governance, in Hubli-Dharwad February 2010.
181
Expert Seminar on Urbanisation and Global Change in India
Environment, Resources, Infrastructure, Health and Governance
(ERIHG) New Delhi 31 October, 2009 to 7 November, 2009
National Seminar on Regional Development through Infrastructure,
SPA, New Delhi. February 2009.
Seminar on Regional Development through information February
2009.
31. Code of ethics for research followed by the departments
As per SPA Delhi rules and regulations
32. Student profile programme-wise:
Name of the
Programme
Applications
received
Selected
Male
Female
Pass percentage
Male Female
Masters in
Regional
Planning
30 (Male)
16 (Female)
Male : 14
Female: 1
Male: 46.6
Female: 6.2
33. Diversity of students
Name of
the
Programme
Percent of
students from
the same
university
Percent of
students from
other
universities
within the
State
Percent of
students
from
universities
outside the
State
Percent of
students from
other
countries
Masters in
Regional
Planning
(2013-2014)
0 7 93 0
34. How many students have cleared Civil Services and Defence Services
examinations, NET, SET, GATE and other competitive examinations? Give
details category-wise.
GATE and NET Students:
Second Semester (2013-2015): Two
Forth Semester (2012-2014): Seven
182
35. Student progression
Student progression Percentage against
enrolled
UG to PG 0
PG to M.Phil. 0
PG to Ph.D. 1
Ph.D. to Post-Doctoral 0
Employed
Campus selection
Other than campus recruitment
10
90
Entrepreneurs 0
36. Diversity of staff
Percentageof faculty who are graduates or masters
Fromthe same university Two
Fromother universities within the State One
Fromuniversities fromother States One
Fromuniversities outsidethe country One
37. Number of faculty who were awarded M.Phil., Ph.D., D.Sc. and D.Litt. during
the assessment period
Nil
38. Present details of departmental infrastructural facilities with regard to
(a) Library
Department has a library where all the reports submitted by student is
being kept other than the data collected from the field work
(b) Internet facilities for staff and students
Wi-Fi connectivity has been provided to staff and students.
(c) Total number of class rooms
Three
(d) Class rooms with ICT facility
T hr ee
183
(e) Students laboratories
None
(f) Research laboratories
None
39. List of doctoral, post-doctoral students and Research Associates (a) from the
host institutionor university
In Department of Regional Planning, 4 researchers are undertaking research in the
area of fiscal decentralization, peri-urban area, land transformation and
infrastructure provision. The thesis topics are as follows:
Ms. Aparna Das: Regenerating the Torn Hessian Fabric Critical Role of Urban
Land Policies in Regeneration of Urban Environment Case Studies: Jute Mill
Lands, Kolkata Metropolitan Area (KMA), West Bengal, India, post 1980s, 2010-11
Ms. Chetna Singh: Transformations in Peri-Urban Areas and Role of The State: A
Case Study Of Chennai Metropolitan Region, 2010-11
Mr. Vidya Sagar Pancholi: Towards participatory urban governance: A study of
a case of Kalyan-Dombivli (KD), a fringe sub-city to Mumbai, India, 2010-11
Mr. A.K. Mehta: Municipal Own Source Mobilizationand Service Level Efficiency,
2011-2012
(b) From other institutions or universities
None
40. Number of post graduate students getting financial assistance from the
university.
Six GATE scholars from 2012-2014 batch, 2 GATE scholars from 2013-2015 batch and
1 Ph.D. student
41. Was any need assessment exercise undert aken before the
development of new programme(s)? If so, highlight the methodology.
The need is assessed based on feedback received from varied stakeholders i.e.
Government, semi-government, research organizations etc. through personal
interaction and e-mails.
42. Does the department obtainfeedback from?
Faculty o n curriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation? If yes,
how does the department utilize the feedback?
Yes, feedback from visiting faculty is obtained for need assessment and up
gradation of existing subjects and modules and also for addition of a new
184
upcoming subject.
Students on staff, curriculum and teaching-learning-evaluation and how
does the department utilize the feedback?
Yes, Feedback forms were developed in 2010-2011 for getting feedback from the
students on the quality of lectures, reading materials and over all learning
experience from theory classes. Such form was also made available for assessing
usefulness and knowledge gain from studio classes. In 2011-12 CASS was given the
responsibility to gather feedback from the students on similar areas.
Alumni and employers on the programmes of f ered and how
does the department utilize the feedback?
Yes, Alumni placed in different organizations give feedback during their periodic
visit in the department or through e-mails. Their employers are also mostly Alumni
of SPA, New Delhi and informs about the job requirement and students
performance in their organization.
43. List the distinguished alumni of the department (maximum 10)
Neha Sunil Potdar - Mumbai Metropolitan Region Development Authority
Trupti Prakash Patil Deputy Planner, Mumbai Metropolitan Region
Development Authority
Abhishek Gaurav Delhi Urban Arts Commission, Delhi
Vamsi Krishnan Regional Centre for Urban and Environment Studies,
Hyderabad
Priyanka Haryana State Industrial and Infrastructure Development
Corporation Ltd., Panchkula
Rajan Morbia- Institute of Rural Management Anand (IRMA) Gujarat
Akhil P.R. Delhi Development Authority, Delhi
Meenakshi Tyagi- Voyants Solutions PrivateLtd. , Gurgaon
Shubham Rathore Mott. Macdonald, Noida
Kumud Dhanwantri, Neha Saha and Shashi Mehta Lecturer, Amity School of
Architecture and Planning, Gurgaon (Manesar)
44. Give details of student enrichment programmes (special l ect ures or
workshops or Seminar) involving external experts.
Special Lecture on 'New Developments in Geo Spatial Technologies' by Mr.
Satyendra Singh, Visiting Faculty, University of Applied Sciences, Stuttgart,
Germany & Geo-spatial Technology Consultant on4th March from 2 to 4 p.m.
Special Lecture on Scaling up Community-Led Slum Upgradation: A Review of
Shack/Slum Dwellers International Methodology by Prof. Richard Tomlinson,
University of Melbourne on 25th February 2014 from 10 am onwards
Special lecture on Infrastructure Regulations and Governance by Prof. Piyush
Tiwari, Faculty from RICS, Melbourne on 18th November 2013 at 10 am
Special lecture by Dr. Isa Baud and Dr. Karin Pfeffer Mapping Inequality and
Poverty in India held on 12th March 2013.
185
Special Lecture on Political Economy of Slums: Does size, ethnicity and political
hierarchy matter in access to infrastructure by Adam Auerbach a Fulbright
Scholar from US organized on 27th September, 2011
International Seminar on Sustainable Urban Regions in collaboration with
Freidrich Ebert Stiftung, Germany in Mumbai, 5th to 8th October, 2011.
Regional Seminar organized with University of Amsterdam in Hubli-Dharwad on
Spatial Data Infrastructure and Urban Governance, February 2010. Hubli
Dharwad Municipal Corporation, Hubli.
Expert Seminar on Urbanisation and Global Change in India Environment,
Resources, Infrastructure, Health and Governance (ERIHG) New Delhi 31st
October, 2009 to 7th November, 2009
National Seminar on Regional Development through Infrastructure, SPA, New
Delhi. February 2009.
Seminar on Regional Development through information February, 2009.
45. List the teachingmethods adopted by the faculty for different programmes.
Lecture, Seminar, Tutorial, Presentations
46. How does the department ensure that programme objectives are constantly
met and learningoutcomes are monitored?
The department constantly keeps tabs on the syllabus coverage and updates it
by due consultative process.
47. Highlight the participation of students and faculty in extensionactivities.
The department students visited France on exchange programme and for
presentation in a competition. The faculty also takes part in training programmes,
exchanges, book launch, debates and discussions on planning related topics.
48. Give details of beyond syllabus scholarly activities of the department.
The department invites distinguished faculty and subject experts for delivering the
lecture, organizes joint studio exercise with state and centre government
departments and seminar with government/non-government organizations.
49. State whether the programme or department is accredi t ed or graded
by o t h e r agencies? If yes, give details.
No
50. Briefly highlight the contributions of the department in generating
new knowledge, basic or applied.
The department is actively involved in generating new and upcoming knowledge
areas for benefiting the students. This is done by adopting the following ways:
Special Lectures are regularly organized in department by inviting scholars
186
from diverse fields such as industry, real estate firms, planning consultancies,
central and state universities such as JNU, DU, Jamia Milia, and various govt.
agencies involved inplanning and development.
Faculty organizes various workshops and seminars in the newly emerging fields
of planning to expose the students to the dynamic areas of research.
Preparing District, Block or Village Plan of special area in collaboration with
local and state government
51. Detail five major Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Chal lenges
(SWOC) of the department.
Strengths
Committed Faculty
Distinguished Visited Faculty
Research activities carried out by students and faculty members
Tie upwith state and central government
Live studio projects to give due exposure to students
Weaknesses
Too much administrative responsibility given to faculty
Vacant Positions
Lack of systemic processes leading to lesser time for faculty to carry out research
Overloaded faculty with administrative works
No dedicated time given to faculty for visit to different libraries
Lack of proper infrastructure in classrooms
Opportunities
Undertake part in national and international activities
Funds availability for professional growth
Establishment of department at international levels
Filling up of all vacant posts with dedicated teachers
Threats
Non-cooperative administration
Lack of transparency in the system
Delays in administrative work
Overload of administrative responsibility leading to lack of research
52. Future plans of the department
Establish it at international level as one of the best department
contributing in the regional planning field, which is of late being
neglected by bureaucrats, politicians and academicians
187
SUMMARY PROFILE THE DEPARTMENT OF REGIONAL PLANNING
Particulars Details
Number of UG and PG
Students (2012-2014)
29 postgraduate students
Number of ongoing
Ph.D. Research Students
4
Number of Ph.D.
Completed in the last
four years
0
Board of Studies
members
Total Academicians
outside SPA-D
Corporate or Industry
Experts
7 3 0
Number of Faculty
(Regular)
Total With Ph.D. With PG With UG
2 2 0 0
Number Faculty
(Visiting)
Total With Ph.D. With PG
37 21 37
Number of Students
Passed (2012-2013)
Total
Students
Students Passed Percentage
11 11 100
Faculty Publications in
the last four years
Total Articles in Peer
Reviewed
Journals
Other
Journals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA
Reports
Books
7 3 3 0 1
Number of Workshop or
Conference organized
in the last four years
3
Number of Regular
Faculty Participation in
Workshops, Conference,
Events in the last four
years
Total International National Others
82 6 76 0
Number of ST, SC, OBC
students in 2012 - 2013
ST: 1, SC: 1, OBC: 4
Consultancy in the last
four years
No. of Projects Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
0 None
Research Activities in
the last four years
Number of Studies Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
0 None
Number of Students who
Received Awards in the
last four years
2
Regular Faculty in
Committees or Expert
Groups
At
International
Level
At National or
State Level
Editorial
Boards
Others
1 8 2 0
Number of Special
Lectures organized in
the last three years
18
188

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT PLANNING


1. Name of the Department

Department of Transport Planning

2. Year of establishment

1969

3. Is the Department part of a School or Faculty of the university?

Yes

4. Names of programmes offered (U.G., P.G., M.Phil., Ph.D., Integrated Masters;
Integrated Ph.D., D. Sc., D.Litt., etc.)

Master of Planning, Ph. D. Programme

5. Interdisciplinary programmes and departments involved

First Semester Integrated Programme of Master of Planning

6. Courses in collaboration with other universities, industries, foreign
institutions, etc.

Occasional collaboration with various institutions in studio programmes and
through special lectures

7. Details of programmes discontinued, if any, with reasons

None

8. Examination System: Annual or Semester or Trimester or Choice Based
c redit System

Semester System

9. Participation of the department in the courses offered by other
Departments

Faculty is involved in teaching various subjects offered by other
Postgraduate and undergraduate departments such as the First
Semester Integrated Programme of M. Planning and Bachelor of
Planning.


189

10. Number of teaching posts sanctioned, filled and actual (Professors,
Associate Professors, Assistant Professors, others)

Position Sanctioned Filled Actual (including CAS and
MPS)
Professor 1 0 2+1*
Associate Professor 2 2 1
Assistant Professor 3 1 1
Visiting Faculty - - 14
*Professor of Programming

11. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, area of
spec ialization, Experience and research under guidance

Name Qualifications Designation Specialization Number
of
Years
of
Experie
nce
Number of
Ph.D., M.
Phil
students
guided for
the last 4
years
Dr. Sewa
Ram
Ph.D., M.T.P.
B. Tech. (Civil
Engg.)

Associate
Professor
and HOD
Traffic
Engineering,
Infrastructure
Design.
20 0
Prof. P.K.
Sarkar
Ph.D., M.Sc.
(Tr. Engg.)
(UK), PG Dip.
TCP (TTP), B.E.
(Civil)
Professor Transport
Planning,
Transport
Economics
30 3
Prof.
Sanjay
Gupta
Ph.D., M.T.P.,
M.Sc.
(Statistics)
Professor Freight
Logistics,
Public
Transport
27 1
Bhaskar
Gowd
Sudagani
M.T.P., B.
Tech. (Civil
Engg.)
Assistant
Professor
Urban
Transport
Planning,
Highway
7 0

12. List of senior Visiting Fellows, adjunct faculty, emeritus professors

Dr. N.C. Satyawadi (Former Economic Advisor, RITES)
Dr. S.Velmurugan ( Sr. Scientist CRRI)
Sh. A. S. Lakra (Former Director, CIRT)
Prof. Lakshmikanthan (Former Professor, ISI)
Sh. Y.P. Sachdeva (General Manager, RITES)
Dr. G. C. Tripathi (professor, IMT Ghaziabad)
Sh. D. Sanyal ( Managing Director, CRAPHTS)
190

Dr. L. R. Kadiyali ( Former Chief Engg, MoRTH)
Sh. Krishna Kumar ( ITS Consultant)

13. Percentage of classes taken by temporary (Visiting) faculty
programme-wise information

57 percent studio, 33 percent Theory(Second semester)

14. Programme-wise Student Teacher Ratio

11:1

15. Number of academic support staff (technical) and administrative staff:
sanctioned, filled and actual

Technical: Nil, Administrative Staff: 2

16. Research thrust areas as recognized by major funding agencies

Indo- Highway Capacity, Urban Freight, Intelligent Transport System
(ITS), Inclusive Transport

17. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from a) national b) international
funding agencies and c ) Total grants received. Give the names of the
funding agencies, project title and grants received project-wise.

IndoHighway Capacity Manual
Urban Freight Tool Kit
ITS Tool Kit

18. Inter-institutional collaborative projects and associated grants received
a) National collaboration b) International collaboration

Indo Highway Capacity Manual : CSIR - CRRI Delhi

19. Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST; UGC-SAP, CAS, DPE; DBT,
ICSSR, AICTE, etc.; total grants received.

Nil

20. Research facility or centre with

State recognition

None


191

National recognition

Centre of Excellence in Urban Transport (proposal is pending for
approval with the Ministry of Urban Development)


International recognition

None

21. Special research laboratories sponsored by or created by industry
or corporate bodies

Nil

22. Publications:
Number of papers published in peer reviewed journals (national or
international): See below
Monographs: See below

Chapters in Books: one (see below)

Edited Books: Books with ISBN with details of publishers: two, (see
below)
Number listed in International Database (For example, Web of
Science, Scopus, Humanities International Complete, Dare Database-
International Social Sciences Directory, EBSCO host, etc.): Nil
Citation Index range or average: Nil

SNIP: one (Indo-HCM)


SJR: Nil


Impact Factor range or average: Nil


h-index: Nil


Department of Transport Planning Published:


Total 37 publications (11 in Peer reviewed paper, 23 in other journals, 1 SPA
reports, 2 chapters in the book and 2 Books) few of the papers published 2012-
13 are mentioned below



Dr. Sewa Ram

Planning for Intercity Corridor, International J ournal of Earth Science and
Engineering, Vol. 4 no.06, PP 390-393.
Personalized rapid transit system An approach towards solving urban
transport problems, case study Gurgaon city, Haryana, India, Highway
Research J ournal, J anuary J une 2013.
Comparison of safety considerations at regional level, city level and
neighborhood, J ournal of Institute of Civil Engineer, 2012.
Planning and design strategies under semi urban conditions for high-speed
intercity corridors in India, TMPDC 12, December 2012, IIT Bombay.

192

Prof. P.K. Sarkar

Evaluating Planning Tools in Mauritius for Sustainable Development, Paper
published in ITPI J ournal, April-J une, 2012
Road Safety in India, Published in special publication in Indian Highways, J une
2012
A Review of PPP based Highway Projects in India, Urbanization Perspective,
Paper published and presented at Seminar on Sustainable Urbanization in
Rural India organized by Alumni Association , Delhi, BECA, 28th J uly, 2012
Review of Noise Standards and Need for Development of Traffic Noise
Standards for Different Types of Urban Roads, Environmental Pollution Control
J ournal, Vol. 16 No. 3 March-April, 2013
Development of Small Green City using Land Use Transport Model, A Case
study: Baruipur, Kolkata, India, Special Issue on Transportation, Published in the
ITPI J ournal.
Personalized rapid transit system An approach towards solving urban
transport problems, case study Gurgaon city, Highway Research J ournal,
J anuary J une 2013.

Prof. Sanjay Gupta

Impact of Delhi Metro on the Mobility Characteristics, published in SPACE:
J ournal of School of Planning and Architecture, Delhi, Vol. 16 No.1, 2012
Car Restraint Policies for a Mega-City, Case Study Delhi, published in Urban
Transport Research J ournal, Institute of Urban Transport (India), Dec. 2013
Environmentally Sustainable Transport Performance Index for Residential
Neighborhoods, published in Urban Transport Research J ournal, Institute of
Urban Transport (India), Dec. 2013
Paper on Characteristics of Inland Container Depots in the Logistics
Landscape of Northern India at World Conference on Transport Research
(WCTR) Special Interest Group (SIG) 2, 22ndMay 2012, Antwerp (Belgium),

Monographs and Chapters in Books

Dr. Sewa Ram

Preparation of booklet on one module of PG Diploma in urban Development,
IGNOU on Transport System Management.

Prof. P.K. Sarkar

Theory and applications of Economics in Highway and Transport Planning,
Standard Publisher Distributors (2010), ISBN: 978-81-8014-143-0
Sustainable Transport System in Context of Indian Cities, Lambert Academic
Publishing (2013), ISBN: 978-3-659-469772


193

Prof. Sanjay Gupta

Chapter on Travel Behaviour in Rapidly Developing Countries as Workshop Session
Chair for International Association of Travel Behaviour Research (IATBR)
Conference at J aipur, Dec. 2009 (published in 2010)

23. Details of patents and income generated

None

24. Areas of consultancy and income generated

ITS, Capacity assessment, Traffic management, transport
modeling, etc.

25. Faculty selected nationally or internationally to visit other
laboratories or institutions or industries in India and abroad

Prof. P.K. Sarkar was awarded the Commonwealth Academic
Fellowship in 2013 tenable in U.K. at Newcastle University

Prof. Sanjay Gupta was awarded the Commonwealth Academic
Fellowship in 2012 tenable in U.K. at Leeds University

26. Faculty serving in (a) National committees (b) International
committees (c) Editorial Boards (d) any other (please specify):

Dr. Sewa Ram
Member of H-8 Committee of Urban Roads Streets & Transport, IRC (a)
Member, Selection of Research Associate/ Project Associate CRRI (a)
Member, Committees Delhi Traffic Police
Member, Technical Committee of UTTIPEC, Delhi Development Authority,
2011-12. (a)
Coordinator Research Symposium UMI conference 2013. (a)
Member of core committee on URPFI Guidelines, MoUD. (a)
Member of International jury for selection of awards for best research work,
Research Symposium UMI conference 2013. (b)
Convener of formulation of IRC code on Roundabout. (a)
Member of editorial board, international institute of Engineers, 2014(c)
Member of editorial board o World Academy of Science, Engineering and
Technology, 2014 (c)
Member of international committee of draft resolution of EST, UMI 2011(B)

Prof. P.K. Sarkar

Member of the Unified Traffic and Transportation (Planning and
Engineering) Centre, DDA, New Delhi (a)
Member of Advisory Committee of the National Capital Region Board
(NCRB), New Delhi (a)
194

Member of IMRA Committee, IRC, New Delhi (a)
Member of the Committee of AICTE for All India Board of Town Planning (a)
Member of Evaluation Committee, Delhi Development Authority, New Delhi
(a)
Member of Advisory Committee for ADB (a)
National Transportation Planning and Research Centre (NATPAC),
Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala (a)
Member of Research Advisory Committee, CRRI, New Delhi (a)
Member of the Assessment Committee, Council of Scientific Research, New
Delhi (a)
Member of the Review Committee of TRB, USA for review of Papers for
presentation and publication of TRB J ournals (c)
Member of Highway Research Board, Indian Road Congress, New Delhi (a)
Member of Transport Planning and Road Safety Committee, Indian
Road Congress, New Delhi (a)
Member of Highway Standard and Specification Committee, IRC, New Delhi
(a)

Prof. Sanjay Gupta

Member, J ury for selection of National Awards for Urban Transport, Ministry of
Urban Development, Government of India, 2011, 2012 (a)
Member, Technical Monitoring Committee of GEF Sustainable Urban Transport
Project (SUTP), Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India, 2011-12,2012-13
(a)
Member, Technical Committee of UTTIPEC, Delhi Development Authority,
2011-12, 2012-13 (a)
Member, Core Group Creation of National Urban Data base using Secondary
sources, Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India, 2012 (a)
Member of the Review Committee of TRB, USA for review of Papers (c)
Chairman, Editorial Board, J ournal of Institute of Urban Transport, India (c)
Member, Editorial Board, Spatio-Development Record journal, India(c)

27. Faculty recharging strategies (UGC, ASC, Refresher or orientation
programs, workshops, training programs and similar programs).

Dr. Sewa Ram

Attended QIP in Project Management SPA 2010.
Attended several training programmes in software related to GIS, ERDASS,
VISSIM, VISUM and CUBE, etc. held within and outside SPA

Prof. Sanjay Gupta

Attended several training programmes in software related to GIS, ERDASS,
VISSIM, VISUM and, CUBE etc. held within and outside SPA

28. Student projects
Percentage of students who have done in-house projects including
195

inter-departmental projects:

Approximately 95 percent in house, 5 percent inter departmental. Some of the
studio work is exemplified below:

Studio Assignments (2012-2013) Engineering Stream Studio - Third Semester

Thiruvananthapuram Monorail

Design of 21 km Thiruvananthapuram monorail along the proposed alignment
was attempted. The design was conceived to integrate the monorail station
with existing facilities like bus stop and walkways.

Elevated Corridor along Nazafgarh Drain

Plan and design of an elevated corridor along the Nazafgarh Drain was
attempted for a stretch of 41 km. The alignment was finalized considering the
environmental limitations due to Nazafgarh drain and site condition.

Studio Assignments (2012-2013): Planning Stream Studio - Third Semester

Institutional Transport strategy for sustainable educational campus

The objective of the exercise was to study transport requirement of
decentralized campus. This study related the activity, travel and economic
attributes of students of SPA, Delhi with their academic performance.

Studio Assignments (2012-2013): Management and Economics Stream Studio
Third Semester

Feasibility Study of Personal Transit System (PRT) in Thiruvananthapuram

The objective of the study was to carryout financial and economic feasibility of
selected route.

Corridor Management Plan

The objective of the study was to increase operational efficiency the corridor
between AIMS and IIT Delhi. The software TRANSYT and VISSIM Micro-simulation
were used to simulate &validate the results.

Second Semester

Transport Plan for Kochi

The aim of the exercise was to prepare Transport Plan for the city of Kochi.
Various primary surveys and studies were conducted in the city to study network,
traffic and travel characteristics. Based on analysis, demographic projection,
196

future travel demand, different was estimated. Comprehensive transport plan
was prepared.

Studio Assignments (2011-2012) Engineering Stream Studio - Third Semester

Road Safety Audit of Barapullah Elevated Corridor and its Extension towards
Naraina and Mayur Vihar

The aim of this study was to carry-out the post opening road safety audit of the
Barapullah elevated corridor and to prepare alignment towards Karol Bagh
J anakpuri In west and Mayur Vihar in east and design interchanges wherever
required. The Checklist for road safety audit was prepared on the basis of
Austroads Manual, US RSA Manual 2007, IRC RSA Manual, Tanzania RSA Guide
2009. After the detailed analysis, design of each interchange was prepared and
compared with the design guidelines.

Design of Alignment of Monorail Project Corridor, Case Study Rohini Sector to
J handewalan, New Delhi

The aim of this study was to design the alignment of monorail project corridor
from Rohini Sector 21 to J handewalan along with planning and design of
stations. It was found out that this route of monorail will reduce travel time
between residential areas to work centre and will also acts as a feeder to metro.

Studio Assignments (2011-2012): Planning Stream Studio Third Semester

Developmental impacts along an inter-city corridor, Case Study-Kundli Manesar-
Paliwal Expressway

The main aim of the study was to assess the developmental impacts along an
inter-city corridor with the case study of proposed Kundli Manesar Paliwal
Expressway. Based on the accessibility model developed involving accessibility
index, traffic generation, settlement size and functional base for the case
corridors the developmental impacts of proposed KMP corridor were estimated.

Planning and design of a Multi-Modal Logistics Park (MMLP), Case study-Dadri
MMLP

The main aim of the study was to plan and prepare a conceptual layout design
of proposed Multi-Modal Logistics Park at Dadri.

Studio Assignments (2011-2012): Management and Economics Stream Studio -
Third Semester

Viability study Personal Transit System (PRT), a case study of Gurgaon

Financial and economic feasibility of PRT in Gurgaon was carried out based on
the travel characteristics, existing transport system and willingness to pay and
shift.
197


Preparation of traffic Management Plan of Sarojini Nagar

Keeping in view of nature and magnitude of the traffic problems due to intense
activities of shopping and commercial in Sarojini Nagar, a study for preparation
of Traffic Management Plan was undertaken

Studio Assignments (2011-2012): Management and Economics Stream Studio -
Second semester

Transport Plan for Nashik

The aim of the exercise was to prepare a Transport Plan for the city of Nashik. A
field trip to the city of Nashik was organized to collect necessary primary and
secondary data. The data collected was analyzed to assess existing
characteristics and identify various problems, issues and constraints. Based on
the travel patterns, network characteristics, demographic and socio economic
characteristics the base year travel demand models were developed using
CUBE software. Alternate urban development strategies for the study area were
evolved taking into account urban form and structure parameters such as size,
density, transport network etc. resulting in spatial distribution of projected
population and employment distribution. Travel demand forecasts were made
for the horizon year.

Studio Assignments (2010-2011) Engineering Stream Studio - Third Semester

Critical Appreciation of Interchanges in Delhi Case Study Ring Road

For the critical appreciation four interchanges, AIIMS (AII Indian institute of
medical institute) interchange, Dhaula Kuan Interchange, Azadpur interchange
and Moolchand interchange located along Ring Road-Delhi were considered.
Three dimensional view of AIIMS and Dhaula Kuan interchange were also made
using VISSIM software as a part of the study.

Planning and Design of an Interchange Case study Ganga Expressway

The main aim of the studio was to design an Interchange connecting Ganga
Expressway and State Highway near Sikanderabad Township of Bulandshahr
District, Uttar Pradesh.

Studio Assignments (2010-2011): Planning Stream Studio - Third Semester

Public Transportation System Access Strategies for IGI Airport, Delhi

The study aimed at suggesting strategies for public transport access for the
Indira Gandhi International Airport, Delhi particularly the new T3 Terminal. The
study involved an in-depth review of number of case studies to set the
benchmarks for the PT access systems for the airport.
198

Planning Access Transport Systems for Metro Station- a case of Delhi Gurgaon
metro Line

The main aim of the study was to plan for feeder systems connecting the Metro
Stations along Delhi Gurgaon metro line for case stating in Gurgaon. The study
involved an in depth literature review carried out to appreciate feeder system
characteristics for various metro stations globally and collate the best practices.
The main emphasis was to provide connectivity to the areas which were initially
not connected or were experiencing difficulties in accessing the case study
metro stations

Studio Assignments (2010-2011): Management and Economics Stream Studio -
Third Semester

Traffic Management Plan for New Delhi Railway Station

The aim of this study was to evolve a traffic management plan for NDRS. The key
objectives were to assess and identify traffic problems and issues at NDRS and to
evolve various strategies and alternatives of traffic management plan for NDRS.

Assessment of impact of Civic Centre on Transport Network & Traffic
Management

The civic center in Delhi is likely to attract about 11000 visitors per day which will
create immense pressure on its surrounding network. The aim of the study was to
prepare traffic management strategies for civic center keeping in new the likely
impact of it on the adjacent network.

Studio Assignments (2010-2011): Management and Economics Stream Studio
Second Semester

Transport Plan for Dehradun

This studio exercise was undertaken during the period J an 2011. The aim of the
exercise was to prepare a Transport plan for the city of Dehradun.

Percentage of students doing projects in collaboration with other
universities or industry or institute

Nil


199

29. Awards (2012-13) or recognitions received at the national and
international level by

Faculty

Dr. Sewa Ram

Commendation award for the paper presented at Institute of Civil Engineers

Commendation certificate for research on mobility characteristics of slum
dwellers, awarded by UMI 2013, MoUD.

Prof. P.K. Sarkar

Commendation Certificate for Research Paper entitled: Development
of Logit Model for improvement in the Public Transport System in Mysore
from Indian Roads (IRC).

Commonwealth Academic Staff Fellowship at New Castle upon Tyne (U.K.)
(2013)

Prof. Sanjay Gupta

Commonwealth Academic Staff Fellowship at ITS, Leeds University (U.K.) (2012)

Students Awards

Pawan Diwedi: Best thesis award amongst all Planning schools in India conferred
by Institute of Town Planners, India

Saleel Patro: Best Poster paper international student conference on environment
and sustainability 2013, organized by UNEP at Shanghai, China.

Mayank Dubey: Best theme paper and overall third best prize, UMI 2013

30. Seminars or Conferences or Workshops (2012-13) organized and the
source of funding (national or international) with details of outstanding
participants, if any.

Workshop on Methodology for data collection on capacity of roundabout, 22
August, 2013 at SPA New Delhi. (funding from Planning Commission through
CSIR-CRRI Delhi)
National Workshop on Transport Policy and Institutional Framework
Imperatives for Mega cities, 5

Nov. 2013, SPA New Delhi (75 participants)
(funding from SPA).
Workshop on sustainable transport for Mega cities, 15 J an 2011, SPA New
Delhi (funding from SPA).
Workshop on Sustainable transport system, 8 Dec 2012 at SPA New Delhi
Workshop on Transport and climate change, 15 J an 2012 at SPA New Delhi.
200

Training on Cube software application in Transport planning, 17 -21 J an 2012
at SPA New Delhi(funded by M/s Citi lab)
Talk on Sustainability, 24 J an 2012 by Dr. J it Bajpai, Ex- world bank Advisor
Coordination of Research Symposium UMI 2013, MoUD

31. Code of ethics for research followed by the departments

None

32. Student profile programme-wise:
Name of the
Programme
Application
s received
Selected
Male Female
Pass
percentage
Male Female
Master of Transport
Planning
138 14 9 100 100

33. Diversity of students

Name of
the
Programme
Percent of
students
from the
same
university
Percent of
students from
other
universities
within the
State
Percent of
students
from
universities
outside the
State
Percent of
students
from other
countries
Department of
Transport
9 0 91 0

34. How many students have cleared Civil Services and Defence Services
examinations, NET, SET, GATE and other competitive examinations? Give
details category-wise.

11 out of 23 cleared GATE

35. Student progression At institute Level

Student progression Percentage against
enrolled
UG to PG Not applicable
PG to M.Phil. Not applicable
PG to Ph.D. None
Ph.D. to Post-Doctoral None
Employed
Campus selection
Other than campus recruitment

None
None
Entrepreneurs None


201

36. Diversity of Staff
Percentage of faculty who are graduates
From the same university
100
from other universities within the State
-
from universities from other States
-
from universities outside the country
-

37. Number of faculty who were awarded M.Phil., Ph.D., D.Sc. and D.Litt.
during the assessment period:

One: Sewa Ram

38. Present details of departmental infrastructural facilities with regard to
(a) Library: Yes
(b) Internet facilities for staff and students: Yes
(c) Total number of class rooms: 2
(d) Class rooms with ICTfacility: No ne
(e) Students laboratories: 1studio
(f) Research laboratories: None

39. List of doctoral, post-doctoral students and Research associates:

From the host institution or university: 3

From other institutions or universities: 3

40. Number of post graduate students getting financial assistance from the
university.

Nil

41. Was any need assessment exercise undertaken before the
development of new programme(s)? If so, highlight the methodology.

Nil

42. Does the department obtain feedback from

Faculty on curriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation? If yes,
how does the department utilize the feedback?

Yes from time to time which is used to develop new syllabus/modify existing
course syllabus of the Department

Students on staff, curriculum and teaching-learning-evaluation and how
does the department utilize the feedback?
202


Yes on an informal basis by respective faculty members which is used to
improve learning methods and teaching practices for the benefit of students.
There is a proposal to start a formal feedback from students at school level

Alumni and employers on the programmes offered and how does
the department utilize the feedback?

Yes on informal basis as well as formally through DRC members to improve or
suggest appropriate changes in existing syllabus as well as identifying new thrust
areas

43. List the distinguished alumni of the department (maximum 10)

Dr. P.S. Rana, Ex. CMD, HUDCO
Dr. M. P Raju, MD, LEA Associates.
Dr. J it Bajpai, Former World Bank Consultant
Sh. Y.P. Sachdeva, GM, RITES
Prof. A.K. Sharma, Former Director, SPA
Sh. K. Srinath, Former Chief Urban Planner, DMRC
Ms. Anvita Anand, MD, iTrans
Sh. K. Narayana, CEO, DHV consultants
Sh. Piyush Kansal, Chief General Manager, RITES

44. Give details of student enrichment programmes (special lectures or
workshops or seminar) involving external experts.

Special Lectures

Lecture by Dr. Bajpai (World Bank) on Sustainable Development
Lecture by J AMYCA on Expressway Planning
Lecture by Prof. Nick Taylor, University College London, 25 February 2013

Workshops

Workshop on Methodology for data collection on capacity of roundabout.
22 August 2013.
National Workshop on Transport Policy and Institutional Framework
Imperatives for Mega cities, 5 November 2013 SPA ( 75 participants)

Training Programmes

Training by Ms. Citilabs on Cube software, November 2012
Training on VISSIM software, 4 to 7 March 2013
Training on MX Road software, 27 February 2013


203

45. List the teaching methods adopted by the faculty for different
programmes.

Black board as well using power points presentations besides holding
seminars involving
Presentations in theory subjects and Interactive critiques on students works
displayed on panels in the design studios

46. How does the department ensure that programme objectives are
constantly met and learning outcomes are monitored?

Teaching content and coverage to students is assessed based on feedback
from faculty and students as well as the alumni of the department besides
students academic performance.

47. Highlight the participation of students and faculty in extension activities.

Students participate in workshops, seminars and student activities such as
UTOPIA, NOSPLAN etc.

48. Give details of beyond syllabus scholarly activities of the department.

Students are exposed to practical problems of life on educational tours every
semester. They are also encouraged to visit trade exposition and exhibitions, fairs
such as Auto expo, Traffictech; IRC seminars etc. to network with industry
professionals and learn best practices

49. State whether the programme or department is accredited or
graded by other agencies? If yes, give details.

No

50. Briefly highlight the contributions of the department in generating
new knowledge, basic or applied.

The Department is well equipped with experienced faculty having wide range of
expertise in the area of Transport Plan preparation, Land Use Transport planning,
Transport Policy Formulation, Public Transport and Para Transit Systems Planning,
NMT planning, Traffic and Highway Engineering, Traffic Management, Transport
Modeling and Analysis, Logistics & Distribution Management and ITS.

A number of Masters thesis as well as Doctoral research activities have been
undertaken or are under process leading to development of new empirical
research which have been disseminated by the faculty and students at various
conferences/seminars. In addition the students have found gainful employment
after pursuing such research activities in the industry, government and NGO set
ups. Till date nearly 500 scholars have passed out from the department and are
serving the society.

204

51. Detail five major Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges
(SWOC) of the department.

Strength

Committed and experienced faculty with diverse knowledge
Access to distinguished visiting faculty (domain experts)
Focus on empirical based Research activities addressing frontiers of
knowledge
Strong links of faculty with fellow professionals and organizations
Access to huge data base and technical reports

Weaknesses

Absence of state of art software
Vacant faculty positions
Overloaded faculty with administrative works
Little time for independent research
Limited international exposure

Opportunities

Ability to participate in national and international activities
Establishment of the department as Centre of Excellence in Urban Transport
Establishment of MoU with universities and government departments
Can become a potential hub of capacity building in urban transport
Can undertake sponsored research and institutional consultancy

Challenges

Possible Stagnant absorption rate for jobs
Limited research opportunities for faculty
Competition from other institutions in job market
Limited trends in Ph.D. registration
Space constraints for expansion

52. Future plans of the department.

Capacity building has been identified as one of the important components in
both the policy initiatives, namely NUTP and J NNURM. SPA being a premiere
training institute is ideally placed to undertake capacity building activities and
training programmes in the field of urban transport. Some of these activities
proposed to be undertaken by department would involve:

Training programme for in service professionals will be organized. Some of the
areas of training could include:

Transport Planning Fundamentals
Transport Modelling
205

Traffic Management
Public Transport Planning and Management
Integrated Land Use Transport planning
Transport Infrastructure Planning and Design
Universal Accessibility
Traffic Engineering Principles
Application of Software in Transport Planning
Traffic Impact Assessment
Geometric Design

Undertaking research

The Department of Transport Planning at SPA over last four decades has
developed expertise in various fields of urban transport by undertaking research
activities, sponsored research and consultancy activities. The main thrust of the
research activity apart from conduct cutting edge research and dissemination
of research activities would also be to develop tool kits and manuals for the
benefit of the community. In addition emphasis would be to develop a reliable
data and knowledge base Conduct cutting edge research on vital national
urban transport issues. It proposes to conduct research in the following areas:

Sustainability Mobility
Land -use Transport Integration
Public Transport and Non- Motorized Transport Benchmarking
Urban Freight Logistics
Urban Road Safety Audit
Mobility of Transport Disadvantaged (Urban Poor, Women, Aged, children,
Physically challenged)
Transport and Climate Change
Urban Transport Management
Urban Transport Terminals and Interchanges
206


SUMMARY PROFILE THE DEPARTMENTOF TRANSPORTPLANNING
Particulars Details
Number of UG and PG
Students (2012-2014)
43 postgraduate students
Number of ongoing Ph.D.
Research Students
6
Number of Ph.D.
Completed in the last four
years
1
Board of Studies members Total Academicians
outside SPA-D
Corporate or Industry
Experts
8 2 2
Number of Faculty
(Regular)
Total With Ph.D. With PG With UG
4 3 1 0
Number Faculty (Visiting) Total With Ph.D. With PG
21 11 10
Number of Students Passed
(2012-2013)
Total
Students
Students
Passed
Percentage
21 21 100
Faculty Publications in the
last four years
Total Articles in Peer
Reviewed
J ournals
Other
J ournals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA
Reports
Books
37 11 23 1 2
Number of Workshop or
Conference organized in
the last four years
8
Number of Regular Faculty
Participation in Workshops,
Conference, Events in the
last four years
Total International National Others
40 8 32 0
Number of ST, SC, OBC
students in 2012 - 2013
ST: 1, SC: 3, OBC: 6
Consultancy in the last four
years
No. of Projects Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
5 Rs.15 lakh
Research Activities in the
last four years
Number of Studies Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
2 Rs.40 lakh
Number of Students who
Received Awards in the last
four years
5
Regular Faculty in
Committees or Expert
Groups
At
International
Level
At National or
State Level
Editorial
Boards
Others
3 3 2 0
Number of Special Lectures
organized in the last three
years
11


207

DEPARTMENT OF URBAN PLANNING


1. Name of the Department

Department of Urban Planning

2. Year of establishment

1955

3. Is the Department part of a School or Faculty of the university?

Yes

4. Names of programmes offered (UG, PG, M.Phil., Ph.D., Integrated Masters;
Integrated Ph.D., D. Sc., D. Litt., etc.)

P.G Programme in Urban Planning
Ph.D. in Urban Planning

5. Inter disciplinary programmes and departments involved

The Department is part of an Integrated First Semester. The
Departments involved are Departments of Urban, Environment,
Transport, Regional planning and Housing.

6. Courses in collaboration with other universities, industries, foreign institutions,
etc.

None

7. Details of programmes discontinued, if any, with reasons: None

8. Examination System: Annual or Semester or Trimester or Choice Based Credit
System: Semester System

9. Participation of the department in the courses offered by other department:

Common first semester, where the Departments involved are Urban
Planning, Regional Planning, Transport Planning Environmental Planning and
Housing.


208

10. Number of teaching posts sanctioned, filled and actual (Professors or
Associate Professors or Assistant Professors and others)

Position Sanctioned Filled Actual (including CAS
and MPS)
Professor
1 1 1
Associate Professor
2 0 0
Assistant Professor
4 0 1
Visiting Professors
- - 1
Visiting Faculty
- - 60*
Note: * Assuming average teaching load of 14 hours per faculty the 61 visiting faculty
represent 56 regular faculty

11. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, area of specialization,
experience and research under guidance

Name Qualification
s
Designation Specializatio
n
Number of
Years of
Experienc
e
Number of
Ph.D. or
M.Phil.
students
guided for
the last 4
years
Prof.(Dr.)
Sanjukkta
Bhaduri
Ph.D.
M. City
Planning
B. Arch

Professor
and HOD
Urban Planning
and
Environmental
Planning
28 2
Mr. M.
Palaniappa
n
M.A.
(Economics);
MTCP; MPS
(Population
Studies)
Assistant
Professor
Urban
Planning and
Demography
21 -
Ms.
Chidambar
a
B. Plan and
M. Plan
Assistant
Professor
Transport
Planning and
Physical
Planning
13 -
Note: Ms. Chidambara is counted in the Department of Physical Planning as she was appointed in that
Department

209

12. List of Senior Visiting Fellows, adjunct faculty, emeritus professors

Name of Visiting Faculty
and Professors
Specialization Years of
Experience
Prof. Kavas Kapadia

Urban Planning 35
Prof. B. Mishra

Urban and Regional Planning 35
Prof. S.C. Gupta

Urban Planning and
Legislation
35
Prof. J .H. Ansari Urban Planning

35
Prof. S.P. J akhanwal

Urban Management 35
Prof. C.R. Pathak Urban & Regional Planning 35

13. Percentage of classes taken by temporary facultyprogramme-wise
information?

Visiting faculty takes 57 percent of total teaching load.

14. Programme-wise Student Teacher Ratio

Particulars Theory Elective Subjects Studio Thesis
First Semester 1: 40 - 1:8 -
Second Semester 1:10 1:5 1:5 -
Third Semester 1:10 1:5 1:5 -
Fourth Semester - - - 1:3
As per notifications dated 1.7.1991

15. Number of academic support staff (technical) and administrative staff:
sanctioned, filled and actual

Academic support staff: 3
Technical staff: 2

16. Research thrust areas as recognized by major funding agencies.

Future Cities
Sustainable Development
Local Area Planning
Community Led Disaster Risk Reduction
Social Impact Assessment


210

17. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from (a) national (b) international
funding agencies and (c) Total grants received. Give the names of the funding
agencies, project title and grants received project-wise.

Prof. Sanjukkta Bhaduri: National Alternative Approach to Master Plans Funded
by Ministry of Urban Development Rs.26.43 Lakh
Community-led Disaster Risk Reduction for Mumbai Collaborative Project
Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai and Kyoto University: No Funding
received

18. Inter-institutional collaborative projects and associated grants received
(a)National collaboration (b)International collaboration

Community Led Disaster Risk Reduction for Mumbai with Kyoto University and
Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai-

19. Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST; UGC-SAP or CAS,DPE; DBT, ICSSR,
AICTE, etc.; total grants received.

None

20. Research facility or centre with

State recognition

None

National recognition

Centre for Urban Studies

Centre for Urban Disaster Studies, conceived due to increasing risks
faced in urban areas.

21. Special research laboratories sponsored by or created by industry or
corporate bodies:

Nil

22. Publications:

Number of papers published in peer reviewed journals (national or
international): 0
Monographs: None

Chapters in Books: 0


Edited Books: 1

Books with ISBN with details of publishers: 0
Number listed in International Database (For e.g. Web of Science, Scopus,
211

Humanities International Complete, Dare Database - International Social
Sciences Directory, EBSCO host, etc.): 0
Citation Indexrange or average: 0

SNIP and SJR: 0


Impact Factorrange or average: 0


H-index: 0


Department has published three articles in peer reviewed journals, 1 in
other journals.

Prof. Sanjukkta Bhaduri:

Sanjukkta Bhaduri, joint paper with Daniel Sokido on ' Urban Density and Spatial
Quality of Urban Spaces ' in the International J ournal of Innovative Research and
Studies, J uly 2013, Vol. 2 Issue 7.

Sanjukkta Bhaduri, joint paper with Swati Koduruand and Suchandra
Bardhan on Patterns of Urbanisation and environmental Quality in the
context of Indian Cities in Environment and Urbanisation Asia, Vol. 4, No.
2, 2013.

Sanjukkta Bhaduri, joint paper with Swati Koduru and Suchandra Bardhan
on Urban Environmental Studies for sustainable future; an alternative
approach in Abacus, J ournal on Architecture Conservation Urban
Studies.

23. Details of patents and income generated:

None

24. Areas of consultancy and income generated.

Local Area Plan, Prof. Sanjukta Bhaduri, Municipal Corporation of Delhi
Social Impact Assessment for urban transport projects; Prof. Sanjukta Bhaduri,
Institute of Urban Transport,
Development of Township along Ganga Expressway; Prof. Sanjukta Bhaduri and
Prof. Kavas Kapadia, J aypee Infrastructure Projects
Planning and Design of Campus, Prof. Kavas Kapadia

25. Faculty selected nationally or internationally to visit other laboratories or
institutions or industries in India and abroad:

None


212

26. Faculty serving in (a) National committees (b) International committees
(c)Editorial Boards (d) any other (please specify)

Regular faculty of the Department has been on one international committee.

Prof. Sanjukkta Bhaduri

Expert Advisory for Revision of URDPFI Guidelines
Member of Working Group on Urban Disaster Management, UNDP, India
Expert in the Selection Committee for Town Planners in UPSC and Rajasthan
Public Service Commission

Prof. Kavas Kapadia

Member, Chairman Strategic Action Group of DDA for mid review of Delhi
Master Plan, 2021
Member, Expert Committee on Architecture & Town Planning Education, set up
by MHRD for drafting Road Map on education in 12
th
Plan
Member, Special Committee to evaluate letters for Intent on Design of New
Capital for Ranchi, J harkhand GRDA (2009-10)
Member and organizing Committee Congress in Russia, Pern 2012 for
ISOCARP (international Society of City and Regional Planners).

27. Faculty recharging strategies (UGC, ASC, Refresher or orientation programs,
workshops, training programs and similar programs).

Faculty recharging strategies include sponsored research, attending national and
international seminars and conference, training programmes.
28. Student projects

Percentage of students who have done in-house projects including inter -
departmental projects:

All the students of the first semester are part of the integrated course with 4 other
planning departments.

Percentage of students doing projects in collaboration with other universities
or
industry or institute:

Nil

29. Awards or recognitions received at the national and international level by

Faculty

None

213


Doctoral or post- doctoral fellows

None

Students

Two Students won first prize in competition of conference Municipalika and
won the first prize

30. Seminars or Conferences or Workshops organized and the source of funding
(national or international) with details of outstanding participants, if any.

Roundtable discussion on Relevance of Master Plans, May 2009
International Workshop on Social and Sustainable Revitalization of Historical
Urban Areas in India, September 2009, jointly organized with UNESCO
International Workshop on Disaster Risk Management for mega-cities, J anuary
2010, in collaboration with Kyoto University, J apan & Municipal Corporation of
Greater Mumbai
Roundtable discussion on Future of Master Plans, March 2010
Workshop on Beyond Master Plans, March 2010
National Workshop on Alternative Approaches to Master Plan, March 2012
Reflections on Local Area Plan, September 2013

31. Code of ethics for research followed by the departments.

Referencing Procedures and Acknowledgements are strictly enforced for
the postgraduate dissertations, doctoral thesis and other research
documents

32. Student profile programme-wise:

Name of the
Programme

Applications received


Selected


Pass percentage


Male Female Male Female Male Female
Master of
Urban
Planning
181
111 17
14
0 0
Ph.D.
1
1 1
1



214

33. Diversity of students (2012-2013)
Name of the
Programme
Percent of
students
from the
same
university
Percent of
students from
other
universities
within the State
Percent of
students from
universities
outside the
State
Percent of
students
from other
countries
Master of Urban
Planning 8 6 17 0
Ph.D.
0 1 1 1

34. How many students have cleared Civil Services and Defence Services
examinations, NET, SET, GATE and other competitive examinations? Give
details category-wise.

Students appear for GATE before getting admitted to the course.

35. Student progression

Student progression Percentage against enrolled
UG to PG -
PG to M.Phil. None
PG to Ph.D. -
Ph.D. to Post-Doctoral Not applicable
Employed

Campus selection

Other than campus recruitment
100
Entrepreneurs -

36. Diversity of staff

Percentage of faculty who are graduates
From the same university
33
From other universities within the State
None
From universities from other States
66
From universities outside the country
PG: 75

37. Number of faculty who were awarded M.Phil., Ph.D., D.Sc. and D.Litt. during the
assessment period

None
215


38. Present details of departmental infrastructural facilities with regard to (a)
Library (b) Internet facilities for staff and students (c) Total number of
classrooms (d) Classrooms with ICTfacility (e) Traditional Material lab:

(a) Yes (c) Three

(b) Yes (d) None (e) None

39. List of doctoral, post-doctoral students and Research Associates ( a) from the
host institution or university (b) from other institutions or universities

Ongoing Ph.D. Research:


Name of the
candidates
Nationality and
Organization
Topic
Shri Sunil Sehgal Indian,
CPWD
Land Use Planning in the
context of MRS for City of
Delhi
Bipasha Kumar Indian,
Sharda University
Dynamics of Disaster Risk in
Urban Villages
Daniel Lirebo Sokido Ethiopian,
Civil Service University
Urban Density & Spatial
Quality of Urban Spaces in
Metropolitan Area-The
Case of Addis Ababa:
Ethiopia
Nilanjana Dasgupta
Sur
Indian,
SPA Delhi Faculty
Knowledge Networking for
Capacity Building

No student has completed Ph.D. in the last 4 years.

40. Number of postgraduate students getting financial assistance from the
university.

Not applicable

41. Was any need assessment exercise undertaken before the development of
new programme (s)? If so, highlight the methodology.

The programme syllabus was revised and needs assessment was made based on
the feedback of former students, views of professionals and academicians.

42. Does the department obtain feedback from

a) Faculty on curriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation? If yes, how
does the department utilize the feedback?
216

b) Students on staff, curriculum and teaching-learning-evaluation and how
does the department utilize the feedback?
c) Alumni and employers on the programmes offered and how does the
department utilize the feedback?

Feedback forms to make assessment of the facultys teaching capabilities are filled
up by the students.

43. List the distinguished alumni of the department (maximum10)


Prof. B. Mishra Retired Professor and HOD,
Department of Regional Planning
Visiting Professor, SPA
Prof. J .H. Ansari Former Director and HOD,
Department of Physical Planning,
SPA Delhi
Visiting Faculty
Shri J .K. Mittoo Former Prof., Department of
Transport Planning, SPA Delhi
Consultant
Prof. Kavas Kapadia Retd. Professor and HOD,
Department of Urban Planning,
SPA, Delhi
Visiting Professor, SPA
Shri K.B. J ain Former HOD at CEPT, Ahmedabad
Dr. Mahavir HOD, Department of Regional and Environmental Planning,
Former HOD, Department of Physical Planning
Dr. N. Sridharan Director, SPA Vijayawada; Former HOD, Department of
Regional Planning SPA, Delhi
Shri S.C. Gupta Former Additional Commissioner,
DDA, Delhi
Visiting Faculty, SPA
Dr. Sanghamitra
Basu
Prof. IIT, Kharagpur and Member, National Monuments
Authority

44. Give details of student enrichment programmes (special lectures or
workshops or seminar) involving external experts. (last one year)

Special lectures were organized for enrichment of students and these lectures were
delivered eminent professionals listed below:

Dr. Rakesh Ranjan, Planning Commission,
Prof. Norio Okada, Kyoto University,
Municipal Commissioner, Nanded
Dr. Bhawani Shankar Tripathy, Mission Gurgaon Development

45. List the teaching methods adopted by the faculty for different programmes.

The courses are delivered through lectures; reading assignment based discussions,
best practices and case study discussions and presentations; tutorial, field surveys.
The programme focuses on various forms of planning processes and exposes the
217

students to new techniques such as project planning and informational technology
including the GIS.

Studio based Learning
The studio-based teaching is a unique pedagogy practiced by the School, which
is well-appreciated at national and international levels. The studio course is field-
based learning and is designed so as to enable students to collate, analyze and
examine real-life contexts in City Planning and tackle issues and problems within
existing constraints and come up with pragmatic solutions. It is also designed to be
student-centric, wherein the students are only provided a broad outline of the
studio exercise and group sub-divisions.
Students are expected to design, develop, evolve, coordinate and present. These
exercises facilitate participatory learning through whole-class discussion,
cooperative learning, and peer-partner learning. The studio programmes are linked
up with the theory subjects in each semester. The focus of the second semester
studio exercise is on Planning while that of the third semester is on project planning,
management and governance. The final semester includes individual research work
in the form of Thesis.
46. How does the department ensure that programme objectives are
constantly met and learning outcomes are monitored?

Through Students feedback and continued discussion with faculty members the
programme objectives are checked. J ury consisting of eminent professionals review
and monitor the learning outcomes of the student every semester.

47. Highlight the participation of students and faculty in extension activities.

Faculty: community engagement and meeting with community in Dharavi for
community led disaster risk reduction plan.

Students: Participation in Urban Sambad an exhibition ; participation of students
in exhibition held at Mysore, India Urban Conference by J anaagraha; Participation
in Municipalika- Conference; Participation in Logo Design competition for Punj
Lloyd Group

48. Give details of beyond syllabus scholarly activities of the department.

Faculty: Participation in community discussions for disaster risk reduction plan at
Dharavi
Students: Participation in competitions (as mentioned above in point 46);
Participation in SPA activities- Athlos, Utopia, Mini Utopia, Convocation day
programme; Foundation week programme and events

218

49. State whether the programme or department is accredited or graded by
other agencies? If yes, give details.

No formal recognition, but the revised syllabus has been appreciated by other
institutes and organizations.

50. Briefly highlight the contributions of the department i n generating new
knowledge, basic or applied.

Through revised curriculum, developed Knowledge base on implementation of
plans through Detailed Project Reports
Through research studies developed Alternative approach to Master Plans
Through collaborative project developed Planning approach for Community
Led Disaster Risk Reduction Plan

51. Detail five major Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges
(SWOC) of the department.

Strengths

It is the first department in India
in the field of urban planning
Also the first Planning
Department in the School.
Renowned as the leader in
urban planning education in
India.
Also recognized globally for its
quality education.
Has qualified faculty having
appropriate specializations
Has a pool of experts from
academia, industry and allied
professional fields who come as
visiting faculty.
Prime location in the capital
city, which brings the brightest
talents to the department both
in terms of students and faculty.
Recognition by various
Ministries in GOI brings
interesting research and
consultancy projects to the
Department.

Opportunities

Situated in Delhi, it can tap
many experts both Indian and
International
Can play as the key leader,
innovator and advocate in the
field.
Location in Delhi offers
tremendous opportunities of
exploring complex and varied
dimensions of the urban
phenomenon.
Collaboration with the
concerned Ministries, central
and state agencies can further
catapult its eminence.
Collaboration with other
Universities of Higher learning
from both India and abroad
could broaden the resource
base (knowledge, manpower)
The interface with science and
technology can open up new
horizons in areas of research
and teaching
Can explore new avenues in
imparting distance-learning, e-
education and vocational
training
219

The pool of alumni
Can create think-tanks and
become a resource and
knowledge hub in the field.
Weaknesses

Additional faculty and staff
positions recruitment is under way.
Some additional space and
infrastructure would be an added
advantage.
The Department facilitates
students placement and ways to
devise an official placement cell
has been initiated.
Challenges

The key challenge is to retain
the premier urban planning
department tag, given the
numerous Planning Schools
opening up in the country and
with foreign universities going
to come up in near future.
Establish the department as
leader in urban planning
education globally
Attract international level high-
quality students to the
department.
Establish community
engagements and partnerships
Establish foothold in the public
and private sectors

52. Future Plans of the Department

Ensure and maintain quality of education so as to be at par with institutions
worldwide
Strengthening linkages and collaborations with other education institutions of
higher education in India and abroad
Introducing new courses
Strengthening the Centre for Urban Disaster Studies
Sustained research in the field of urban planning, development and
management
Setting up of Knowledge Centre.



220

SUMMARY PROFILE THE DEPARTMENTOF URBAN PLANNING
Particulars Details
Number of UG and PG
Students (2012-2014)
62 postgraduate students
Number of ongoing Ph.D.
Research Students
4
Number of Ph.D. Completed
in the last four years
0
Board of Studies members Total Academicians
outside SPA-D
Corporate or Industry
Experts
5 4 1
Number of Faculty (Regular) Total With Ph.D. With PG With UG
2 1 1 0
Number Faculty (Visiting) Total With Ph.D. With PG
59 12 47
Number of Students Passed
(2012-2013)
Total
Students
Students Passed Percentage
31 31 100
Faculty Publications in the last
four years
Total Articles in Peer
Reviewed
J ournals
Other
J ournals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA
Reports
Books
3 3 0 0 0
Number of Workshop or
Conference organized in the
last four years
7
Number of Regular Faculty
Participation in Workshops,
Conference, Events in the last
four years
Total International National Others
54 3 51 0
Number of ST, SC, OBC
students in 2012 - 2013
ST: 2, SC: 4, OBC: 8
Consultancy in the last four
years
No. of Projects Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
5 Rs.1.17 crore
Research Activities in the last
four years
Number of Studies Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
1 Rs.26.43 lakh
Number of Students who
Received Awards in the last
four years
3
Regular Faculty in
Committees or Expert Groups
At
International
Level
At National or
State Level
Editorial
Boards
Others
1 2 0 0
Number of Special Lectures
organized in the last three
years
4

221

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURAL CONSERVATION


1. Name of the Department:

Department of Architectural Conservation

2. Year of establishment:

1986

3. Is the Department part of the School or Faculty of the university?

The Department is a part of the School (SPA Delhi, a deemed to be a University)

4. Names of programmes offered (UG, PG, M.Phil., Ph.D., Integrated Masters;
Integrated Ph.D., D. Sc., D. Litt., etc.)

P.G Programme in Architectural Conservation
Ph.D. in Architectural Conservation

5. Interdisciplinary programmes and departments involved

The approach of the masters programme in Architectural Conservation is
interdisciplinary and it has emerged from the multidisciplinary historical focus.
Other disciplines include planning, chemistry of traditional materials, archaeology,
heritage site management, environmental and ecological planning, sustainable
development, sociology and anthropology; building fabric and structural
conservation.

6. Courses in collaboration with other universities, industries, foreign
institutions, etc. :

None

7. Details of programmes discontinued, if any, with reasons :

Nil

8. Examination System: Annual or Semester or Trimester or Choice Based Credit
System :

Semester System

9. Participation of the department in the courses offered by other
departments:

The department participates in certain Semester Courses and electives
offered by other departments of the School

222


10. Number of teaching posts sanctioned, filled and actual (Professors or
Associate Professors or Assistant Professors and others)

Positions Sanctioned Filled Actual (including
CAS and MPS)
Professor
1 1 2
Associate Professor
1 1 1
Assistant Professor
1 1 1
Others
0 0 0
Visiting Faculty
34 ( 3.35 )+
Note: Assuming on average 14 hours of teaching load for visiting faculty, it works out to be 3.35
regular faculty.

11. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, area of
specialization, experience and research under guidance

Name Qualifications Designation Specialization Number of
Years of
Experience
Number
of Ph.D.
or M.Phil.
students
guided
for the
last 4
years
Nalini
Thakur
M. A
Conservation
ARC
(ICCROM),
B. Arch
Professor
and HOD
Architectural
Conservation
32
2 scholars
complete
d and
2 scholars
are being
supervise
d
Priyaleen
Singh
Ph.D.
M.A.
Conservation
Certificate
course, ,
Florence , Italy
M.L. Arch.,
B. Arch



Professor Architectural
Conservation
29
1
complete
d and
1ongoing
Anuradha
Chaturvedi
M. A
Conservation,
B. Arch

Associate
Professor
Architectural
Conservation
26 None
Lakshmi
Priya T.
M. A
Conservation,
B. Arch

Assistant
Professor
Architectural
Conservation
11 None

223


Visiting Faculty of the Department are recognized in their respective
domain areas and they are considered to be experts and specialists in
the fields of Planning, Cross-cultural Studies, Architectural History,
Archaeology and Museology, Adaptive Reuse and Upgradation,
Traditional Materials Sciences, Structural Engineering, etc. Out of 34
visiting faculty 11 hold Ph.D. degrees and 23 are Postgraduates from
prominent universities. Their average experience is about 25 years.

Currently the Department has admitted two Ph.D. scholars. The topics for
the research are Inspired Architecture: the Architectural Traditions of
Masjids, Aastans and Khanqahs of Kashmir, and Conservation of Stone.

12. List of senior visiting fellows, adjunct faculty, emeritus professors
Name of the Visiting Faculty Subject
Dr. B.N. Tandon
Retired, Director (Science ),
Archeological Survey of India
Chemistry of Traditional Building
Materials
Prof. Dr. S.C. Malik
Professorial UGC Research Scientist in
Anthropology ( Retired)
Foundation Course: Holistic
approach to Indian Civilization
Studies
Dr. B.M. Pande
Retired, Director (Archaeology)
Archaeological Survey of India
Archaeology
Dr. A.K. Das
Retired, Director, National Museum
Museology
Dr. Prof Nina Rao
Tourism Expert
Visiting Professor
J amia Milia Islamia University
Cultural Tourism and Studio
Prof Muni Ganju
Renowned Architect
Research Paper
Prof. Revathy Kamath
Renowned Architect (Vernacular
Designs)
Ghalibs Studio

13. Percentage of classes taken by visiting faculty programme-wise
information:

50 percent classes are taken by the visiting faculty.

14. Programme-wise Student Teacher Ratio :

1: 20 lectures, 1: 5 to 1: 8 studios and for guided courses it is 1: 3 thesis

15. Number of academic support staff (technical) and administrative staff:
sanctioned, filled and actual :

Two

224

16. Research thrust areas as recognized by major funding agencies.

Approach to research for education: Heritage site protection and management is
an emerging area. Therefore the focus has been based on existing heritage on the
ground across the country guided by our Constitution.
Research on the Indian Cultural Landscape defining its nature and qualities.
Research on Heritage Management Integrated Management Plans and
Traditional Management.
Conserving historic gardens: The Indian Context.

17. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from (a) national (b) international
funding agencies and (c) Total grants received. Give the names of the funding
agencies, project title and grants received project-wise.

The faculty is engaged in projects, which are generally research based.

18. Inter-institutional collaborative projects and associated grants received (a)
National collaboration (b) International collaboration

International Collaboration for the Swedish Strategic Meeting, 2012
Long term MoU with Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU)
Innovation Cluster project with J esus and Mary College, Delhi University
MoU with INTACH Delhi

19. Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST; UGC-SAP or CAS, DPE; DBT, ICSSR,
AICTE, etc.; total grants received :

None

20. Research facility or centre with State recognition,
National recognition:


Centre for Conservation Studies, in SPA since 1979.
A National Heritage and Science Center as a design and innovative hub is being
set up funded by Ministry for Human Resources Department, Government of
India.

21. Special research laboratories sponsored by or created by industry or corporate
bodies :

None

225

22. Publications:
Number of papers published in peer reviewed journals (national or
international) : 18
Monographs -1
Chapters in Books: 11
Edited Books: 3

Books with ISBN with details of publishers

Number listed in International Database (For e.g. Web of Science,
Scopus, Humanities International Complete, Dare Database -
International Social Sciences Directory, EBSCO host, etc.)
Citation Index range or average

SNIP


SJR


Impact Factor range or average


H-index


Name of Faculty Publications in the (last 4 years)
Books Papers
1. Prof. Nalini Thakur 1 Edited and 1 Co -
Edited , 1 Guest
Edited
3 National, 2 International
2. Prof. Dr. Priyaleen Singh 1 Book authored 8 National, 5 International
3. Ms. Anuradha Chaturvedi 1 Reader 4 National
4. Ms. T. Lakshmi Priya 1 International

Major Publications in the last 4 years:

Prof. Nalini Thakur

Thakur, N. (2012) Managing Cultural Landscapes, in Ken Taylor and J ane Lennon
(Eds.) The Indian Cultural landscape Protecting and Managing the Physical and
Metaphysical Values, Routledge, London.

Thakur, N. (2013) Charminar Promenades the Essence and Reality of the
Heritage Movement in India in Space Matters and NTNU (Eds.) Bhopal 2011
Landscapes of Memory, New Delhi.

Prof. Priyaleen Singh

Singh, P. (2012) Lahore Nu Salaam in Pervaiz Vandal (Ed.) Memories of Lahore in
Lahore: Portrait of a City, THAAP Publications, Lahore.

Singh, P. (2013) Demystifying Conservation in Piplani in Centre for Conservation
Studies (Ed.) Imagining Conservation: The Next 20 Years, Centre for Conservation
Studies, University of York, York.

226

Ms. Anuradha Chaturvedi

Chaturvedi, A. (2012) Urban Cultural Landscape of Leh, Ladakh, SPACE SPA
J ournal of Planning and Architecture, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp. .

Chaturvedi, A. (2013) Historic Water Management Systems in India, A paper
presented at the 7th World Archaeological Congress, Dead Sea, J ordan. J anuary
13-18.


23. Details of patents and income generated:

None

24. Areas of consultancy and income generated

Prof. Nalini Thakur

Integrated Management Plan for Hampi World Heritage Site: State of Karnataka
and Archaeological Survey of India, 2009 to till date
Ahmedabad Walled City World Heritage Nomination dossier: Ahmedabad
Municipal Corporation and CEPT, 2011-2012
Heritage Impact Assessment for Metro Line 6 from Central Secretariat to Kashmiri
Gate, Delhi Metro Railway Corporation, 2012-2013

Prof. Dr. Priyaleen Singh

Presidents Estate, New Delhi: Conservation Management Plan, Indian National
Trust for Art and Cultural Heritage (INTACH), 2013
Baoli in Farrukhnagar, Haryana and Monuments of Gwalior Fort: Preparation of
bye laws for regulated area around ASI protected sites, for National Monuments
Authority, March 2013
Conservation of Rai Praveen Garden, Orchha: Initial Assessment report. , Cultural
Resource Conservation Initiative (CRCI), Delhi and World Monuments Fund
(WMF) 2012
Delhi- World Heritage City: Nomination dossier : INTACH, Delhi Chapter, 2012
Revitalization of Kolkata River front: Concept plan, RITES, 2012
Environmental upgradation of 15 State protected monuments of Delhi, Delhi
Chapter INTACH (Indian National Trust for Art and Cultural Heritage) and State
Department of Archaeology, Delhi, 2010
Ellora, World Heritage Site: Comprehensive Conservation Management Plan,
CRCI, Delhi and ASI collaborative project, 2010
Anglo Sikh battles Memorial sites: Sabraon, Misriwal, Mudki, Ferozshah (Punjab),
Punjab Heritage Tourism board, Govt of Punjab, J anuary 2009
Revitalization of Chandni Chowk, Shahjahnabad, Abhimanyu Dalal architects,
2009

227

Anuradha Chaturvedi

Cultural resource conservation consultant for Master Plan for Mt Abu Eco-
Sensitive Zone, Rajasthan Government, 2011
Proposal for Conservation and Environmental Upgradation of Sarai, Katra and
Garden at Mahram Nagar, Shahjahnabad Redevelopment Corporation, 2011

Total amount received: INR 12,60,855

25. Faculty selected nationally or internationally to visit other
laboratories or institutions or industries in India and abroad

As part of the bilateral Indian delegation of heritage experts, the faculty visited
Taichung for technical heritage conservation organized by NIAS Bangalore.

26. Faculty serving in (a) National (b) International committees (c) Editorial Boards (d)
any other (please specify)

Name of Faculty Faculty Serving in various committees
National International Editorial
boards
Others
Prof. Nalini Thakur 13 - 3 1
Prof. Dr. Priyaleen Singh 9 1 (Peer
Review
Board)
- 3
Ms. Anuradha Chaturvedi 6 1 - -
Ms. T. Lakshmi Priya 1 - - -

Regular faculty at the Department is on 29 national committees, 2 International,
and 3 editorial boards and 4 other committees. Some of the important committees
are as follows:

Prof. Nalini Thakur is a member of the Advisory Council of Indian Trust for Rural
Heritage and Development, (ITRHD), Expert Committee constituted by the
Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) for the ASI, National Culture Fund (NCF), Steel
Authority of India (SAIL) project for the conservation of Lodhi Garden Tombs,
Member Technical Committee for Champaner Pavagadh Archaeological Park
Management Plan 2012 and several others.

Dr. Priyaleen Singh is a member of Advisory Committee on World Heritage Matters,
appointed by Ministry of Culture, Government of India, Standing Technical
Committee on Maintenance of Heritage Character and Development of
Parliament House Complex, appointed by Lok Sabha Secretariat, New Delhi,
Technical Committee titled World Monuments Fund for MPMP project, Member on
Peer Review Committee of the THAAP J ournal, Lahore.

Ms. Anuradha Chaturvedi is a member of the International Scientific Committee for
the 7th World Archaeological Congress, Dead Sea, J ordan, Ministry of Culture

228

Committee on Rabindra Centers in India.

27. Faculty recharging strategies (UGC, ASC, Refresher or orientation programs,
workshops, training programs and similar programs).

Faculty recharging strategies include funded professional development, attending
national and international seminars, conferences, and conducting research to
produce new knowledge. Regular faculty have attended 14 international, 26
national, and 2 other programs in the last 4 years.

28. Student projects
Percentage of students who have done in-house projects including
inter- departmental projects:

For the first semester a joint studio with the Departments of Urban Design and
Landscape Architecture was conducted and 100 percent students of the
first semester participated in this project.

Percentage of students doing projects in collaboration with other
universities or industry or institute:
None
29. Awards or recognitions received at the national and international level by
Faculty
Doctoral or post- doctoral fellows

Students

Students: T.J . Manickam award for the thesis project of the Architectural
Conservation Department: Ms. T. Lakshmi Priya and Ms. J inisha J ain

Faculty Awards

Dr. Priyaleen Singh: Awarded Summer Fellowship at Dumbarton Oaks,
Washington DC by Trustees of Harvard, University J une 2009 August 2009.

30. Seminars or Conferences or Workshops organized and the source of funding
(national or international) with details of outstanding participants, if any.

Indo Swedish Fund from the Swedish Arts Council to explore and share regional
heritage management knowledge, funded by the Swedish Arts Council, 2012
Post Industrial Heritage Site Conservation - Maan and TICIH , December 2012
Dialogue Sessions with the National Monuments Authority for heritage values
maintenance within 100 and 200 meters radius of a building, 2012-2013

31. Code of ethics for research followed by the departments:

As per SPA rules and regulations.

229

32. Student profile programme-wise:
Master of Architectural
Conservation
Applications
received


Selected


Male Female
Pass
percentage

Male Female
2009-2010 to 2010-2011 20 2 9 100 100
2010-2011 to 2011-2012 38 4 5 100 100
2011-2012 to 2012-2013 51 - 9 100 100
2013-2014 to 2014-2015 53 4 10 -
Ph.D. - - - - -

Masters program had students from all over India. Student and alumni profile of
the Department of Architectural Conservation is reflective of the diversity of the
country as well as equal regional representation, with the majority of the students
having obtained their B. Arch. Qualifications (basic degree) from Schools of
Architecture located in all parts of the country. In recent years, there have also
been foreign students from countries such as Thailand, Iran, Kazakhistan, who have
enrolled for this programme. In terms of gender ratio, a majority of the students
(ranging from 80-60 percent of the class strength) in many semesters comprises of
women architects.

33. Diversity of students (Details of session 2012-2014)

Name of the
Programme
(Refer to
question
number 4)
Percent of
students
from the
same
university
Percent of
students from
other
universities
within the State
Percent of
students from
universities
outside the
State
Percent of
students
from other
countries
Master of Arch.
Conservation
2 -- 98 --
Ph.D. 50 -- 50 --

34. How many students have cleared Civil Services and Defence Services
examinations, NET, SET, GATE and other competitive examinations? Give
details category-wise.

GATE: 2012-2014: 8, 2010-2012: 4

230

35. Student progression

Student progression Percentage against enrolled
UG to PG Entry stage
PG to M.Phil. Not applicable
PG to Ph.D. High percent
Ph.D. to Post-Doctoral Not applicable
Employed
Campus selection

Other than campus recruitment


100 percent from outside the
Entrepreneurs 65+percent

36. Diversity of Staff
Percentage of faculty who are graduates 100
From the same university
75
From other universities within the State
None
From universities from other States
25
From universities outside the country
75

37. Number of faculty who were awarded M. Phil, Ph.D., D.Sc. and D.Litt. during
the assessment period:

Only former Research Associate of Department received her Ph.D. in
December 2013 in Heritage Law and J urisprudence, which was
departments one of the thrust areas.

38. Present details of departmental infrastructural facilities with regard to (a)
Library (b) Internet facilities for staff and students (c) Total number of class
rooms (d) Class rooms with ICT facility (e) Traditional Material lab:

(a) Library of the department (b) yes (c) Three (d) None (e) One

39. List of doctoral, postdoctoral students and Research Associates (a) from
the host institution or university (b) from other institutions or universities:

None

40. Number of postgraduate students getting financial assistance from the
university:

GATE: 8

231

41. Was any need assessment exercise undertaken before the development
of new programme (s)? If so, highlight the methodology.

Not applicable. Thorough assessment was done when the
Department started in 1986 and it has evolved over a period of time.

42. Does the department obtain feedback from
a) Faculty on curriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation? If yes, how
does the department utilize the feedback?
b) Students on staff, curriculum and teaching-learning-evaluation and how
does the department utilize the feedback?
c) Alumni and employers on the programmes offered and how does the
department utilize the feedback?

IQAC is making efforts to formalize the system of feedback securing feedback
from students on teaching learning processes. Presently there is an informal system
of feedback obtained from the students. The Department is in the process of
modifying its syllabus and curriculum, the feedback obtained will be incorporated
into decision making processes.

43. List the distinguished alumni of the department (maximum 10)

Ajay Khare Director, SPA, Bhopal
Rohit J igyasu ICOMOS Chairman, India
Vikas Dilawari Leading Conservation Professional
Gurmeet Rai Leading Conservation Professional
Abha Narain Leading Conservation Professional
Kailash Rao Conservation Chair, Manipal University
N. Ramaswamy Professor
Madhuri Desai Professor, University of Pennsylvania
Manish Chalana Professor University of Washington at Seattle
Divay Gupta Director, AH Division, INTACH

Alumni of the Department have all been engaged in working on significant
Conservation and heritage management projects for World Heritage Sites, Historic
settlements, structures and complexes in India and Abroad, many of which have
been recognized internationally. Many alumni have received UNESCO Asia Pacific
awards for conservation such as Gurmeet Rai, Abha Narain, Vikas Dilawari and
Munish Pandit.

44. Give details of student enrichment programmes (special lectures or
workshops or seminar) involving external experts.

Streams weekly special lecture in the Department is regularly organized. In the last
three years 41 special lectures have been organized. Students are also
encouraged to participate and give papers in seminars, workshops organized by
other departments or this department.

232

45. List the teaching methods adopted by the faculty for different
programmes.

Field visits and surveys for all studio projects
Experts as visiting faculty, review assessments and juries
Exposure to clients and stakeholders
Attending workshops, seminars, training programs

46. How does the department ensure that programme objectives are
constantly met and learning outcomes are monitored?

The department has adopted and evolved a teaching model which
ensures effective learning and monitoring through the studio exercises. A
cyclic method of teaching and learning has been adopted in the studios. Field
studies and case studies of standing and living heritage is a focus. Teaching models
are developed through knowledge systems approach. We also use integrated
models for holistic teaching. The teaching method is ahead of its times, and studios
are well organized, structured and planned. Interdisciplinary Processes for effective
heritage Management has been adopted in our studio exercises. Studio projects
are experimental and therefore we have tracked them closely as teachers.
Continuous tracking and monitoring happens and the whole becomes the
dialogue.

Site-based Conservation Studio projects are a crucial component of the holistic
and integrated approach to education at the Department of Architectural
Conservation. All studio exercises, based on exhaustive site studies, encourage the
development of practical, innovative approaches to addressing real-world
heritage conservation and sustainable development challenges in different
regional contexts; and are intended to ensure integration between emerging issues
and the application of theoretical understanding, participatory methodologies and
interdisciplinary techniques by the students. The Guided Studio Programme is
carefully formulated over three consecutive semesters to simultaneously

Enable students (qualified architects) to develop methods and hone specific
skills for devising appropriate conservation and sustainable development
interventions in heritage areas of increasing scales and complexity ranging
from historic sites to heritage towns and cultural landscapes,
Contribute to enrichment of knowledge base related to research thrust areas
of the Department - heritage impact assessment, heritage economics,
adaptive reuse, risk preparedness
Provide policy and planning support for government initiatives in the area of
heritage conservation and management.

First Semester Studio Projects are focused on interrelated conservation aspects of
the heritage of Delhi, and enable students to identify, inventory and document
heritage resources, and devise innovative, realistic conservation strategies for the
defined Site and Area level. Second Semester Urban Conservation Studio Projects
introduce students to an integrated urban systems approach for understanding
historic settlements and formulating sustainable Conservation and Heritage

233

Management Plans & Development Guidelines for living heritage settlements and
Historic Cities in different parts of India. Third Semester Cultural Landscape Studio
Projects consider sustainable integrated planning and management strategies for
Cultural Landscapes and Historic Urban Landscapes as a significant cultural
resource of Coastal Areas, Mountain regions, Semi-arid regions of the Deccan and
Rajasthan.

47. Highlight the participation of students and faculty in extension activities :

Recently the first semester took part in Cycling Rally for Awareness on Barapulla
River in explaining the site to the group. Students have participated in Sankalp,
Mini Utopia and other performing arts.

48. Give details of beyond syllabus scholarly activities of the department :

The mission is to participate in other colleges to spread conservation awareness
that maintains heritage values. Students are encouraged to contribute conference
papers and participate in competitions, research and experiments.

49. State whether the programme or department is accredited or graded by
other agencies? If yes, give details :

No

50. Briefly highlight the contributions of the department in generating new
knowledge, basic or applied.

Knowledge about Indian historic cities and historic buildings
Techniques and methodologies to study conservation and heritage
Knowledge created through thesis projects and other studio assignments
Fundamental knowledge about heritage area through its rediscovery

234

51. Detail five major Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges
(SWOT) of the department.

Strengths
It is the first department in India
that has sound past and
foundation
Has qualified faculty having
appropriate specializations
Delhi gives access and can tap
many experts both Indian and
international
Situated in such a historic
capital with much heritage is
inspiring and good for
education
Opportunities
Dialogue with mandated
agencies in culture, habitat
and development
Collaboration with central and
state agencies
Collaboration with IITs and
universities of higher learning
Interface with science and
technology to develop new
areas of research and teaching
Weaknesses
Architectural conservation is yet
to be recognized as a critical
discipline
Weakness due to inadequate
legal framework for living
architectural heritage.
There is more need for expertise
especially in the technological
fields
Not recognized in the market
place
Challenges
Establishing foothold in the
public and private sectors
Establishing foothold within the
urban and regional
development sector
Addressing through innovations
and alternative methods to
compensate inadequacies of
legal and other systems

52. Future plans of the department

Bringing conservation to every Mohalla and Neighbourhood decentralization
Introducing new specialized courses developed from built heritage research
studies
Introducing new interdisciplinary methods of working in urban, rural and regional
habitat of the country
Strengthening linkages and collaborations with other education institutions of
higher education to advance living heritage research and interventions

235

SUMMARY PROFILE DEPARTMENTOF ARCHITECTURAL CONSERVATION
Particulars Details
Number of UG and PG
Students (2012-2014)
24 postgraduate students
Number of ongoing Ph.D.
Research Students
2
Number of Ph.D. Completed
in the last four years
1
Board of Studies members Total Academicians
outside SPA-D
Corporate or Industry
Experts
9 4 1
Number of Faculty (Regular) Total With Ph.D. With PG With UG
4 1 3 0
Number Faculty (Visiting) Total With Ph.D. With PG
34 11 23
Number of Students Passed
(2012-2013)
Total
Students
Students Passed Percentage
9 9 100
Faculty Publications in the last
four years
Total Articles in Peer
Reviewed
J ournals
Other
J ournals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA
Reports
Books
30 18 5 3 4
Number of Workshop or
Conference organized in the
last four years
3
Number of Regular Faculty
Participation in Workshops,
Conference, Events in the last
four years
Total International National Others
42 14 26 02
Number of ST, SC, OBC
students in 2012 - 2013
Total: 2, OBC: 1, SC: 1


Consultancy in the last four
years
No. of Projects Amount (Rs. in Lakhs)
14 Rs. 12,60,885
Research Activities in the last
four years
Number of Studies Amount (Rs. In Lakhs)
None None
Number of Students who
Received Awards in the last
four years
None
Regular Faculty in
Committees or Expert Groups
At
International
Level
At
National/State
Level
Editorial
Boards
Others
2 29 3 4
Number of Special Lectures
organized in the last three
years
41

236
DEPARTMENT INDUSTRIAL DESIGN
1. Name of the Department:
Department of Industrial Design
2. Year of establishment
1992
3. Is the Department part of a School or Faculty of the university?:
The department is part of theSchool
4. Names of programmes offered (UG, PG, M. Ph i l ., Ph.D., Integrated Masters;
Integrated Ph.D., D.Sc. D.Litt., etc.):
Postgraduate Programme
5. Interdisciplinary programmes and departments involved:
Nil
6. Courses incollaborationwith other universities, industries, foreigninstitutions,
etc.:
Nil
7. Details of programmes discontinued, if any, with reasons:
Not applicable
8. ExaminationSystem: Annual or Semester or Trimester or Choice Based
Credit System:
Semester System
9. Participationof the department inthe courses offered by other departments:
None
237
10. Number of teaching posts sanctioned, filled and actual (Professors or
Associate Professors or Assistant Professors and others)
Position Sanctioned Filled Actual (including
CAS andMPS)
Professor 01 00 01
AssociateProfessors 01 01 01
Asst. Professors 03 02 02
Others (Visiting)
Faculty)
- - 18
11. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, area of specialization,
experience and research under guidance
Name Qualifications Designation Specialization Number of
Years of
Experience
Number
of Ph.D.
or M.Phil.
students
guided
for the
last 4
years
Manoj
Mathur*
B. Arch Professor Architectural
Design
31 Nil
Parag
Anand
Meshram
B. Tech.
M. Des.
Associate
Professor
EcoDesign
17
Nil
Krity
Gera
B. Arch.
M. Arch. (ID)
Assistant
Professor
Integration
Design 6
Nil
Aditi
Singh
B. Arch.
M. Arch. (ID)
Assistant
Professor
Experience
Design 7 Nil
Note: *Prof. Manoj Mathur is counted in theDepartment of Architecture.
12. List of senior Visiting Fellows, adjunct faculty, emeritus professors
Name Qualifications Year College Expertise and Research
Interest
Dr. Vinod
Gupta
B. Arch
Ph.D.
1969
1990
SPA, New Delhi
IIT, Delhi
Energy and Habitat,
Frugal Design, Furniture
M. Bilal
Abid
Diploma (Ind.
Des.)
1980 NID
Ahmedabad
Product Analysis, Manu
processes
Prof. Lalit
K. Das
B. Tech. (Civil)
M. Tech. (Des.
Eng.)
M.A. (ID)
1969
1971
1974
IIT, Kanpur
IIT, Delhi
RCA, London
Design Education,
Strategic Design
Management
238
13. Percentage of classes takenby temporary facultyprogramme-wise
information, M. Des. :
55 percent
14. Programme-wise Student Teacher Ratio:
1: 5
15. Number of academic support staff
Technical: sanctioned- 03, filled 01 andactual 01
Administrativestaff sanctioned- 03, filled 02 andactual 03
16. Research thrust areas as recognized by major funding agencies:
Nil
17. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from ( a) National - Nil
(b) International funding agencies Nil and (c) Total grants received - Nil.
Give the names of the funding agencies Not applicable, Project title Not
applicableand grants received project-wise Not applicable
18. Inter-institutional collaborative projects and associated grants received
a)National collaboration Not applicable
b) International collaboration- Not applicable
19. Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST; UGC-SAP or CAS, DPE; DBT, ICSSR,
AICTE, etc.; total grants received.
Nil
20. Research facility or centre with
State recognition: Nil
National recognition: Nil
International recognition: Nil
21. Special research laboratories sponsored by or created by industry or
corporate bodies: Nil
239
22. Publications:
Number of papers published inpeer reviewed journals (national or
international): Nil
Monographs: Nil
Chapters inBooks: Nil
Edited Books: Nil
Books with ISBNwith details of publishers : Nil
Number listed in International Database(For e.g. Web of Science, Scopus,
Humanities International Complete, Dare Database - International
Social Sciences Directory, EBSCO host, etc.): Nil
CitationIndexrange or average: Nil

SNIP: Nil

SJR: Nil
Impact Factorrange or average: Nil

H-index: Nil
23. Details of patents and income generated :Nil
24. Areas of consultancy and income generated:
1 - MMTC GoldCoin, Rs.2 Lakh
25. Faculty selected nationally or internationally to visit other laboratories or
institutions or industries inIndia and abroad
ParagAnandMeshram visited theRoyal Melbourne Institute of Technology,
Melbourne, Australia
26. Faculty serving in (a) National committees:
Manoj Mathur
i. Undergraduate Studies Board of Council of Architecture
ii. Bureau of Indian Standards Technical Committee onAluminum
Doors andWindows
iii. Department of Science and Technology, Govt. of India Evaluation
Committee for Technology Interventions for the Disabled and Elderly
Programmeor TIDE
(b)International committees: Nil
(c)Editorial Boards: Nil
(d) Any other (please specify): Nil
27. Faculty recharging strategies (UGC, ASC, Refresher or orientationprograms,
workshops, training programs and similar programs).
Nil
240
28. Student projects
Percentage of students who have done in-house projects including inter-
departmental projects: 100
Percentage of students doing projects incollaborationwith other
universities or industry or institute: 100
29. Awards or recognitions received at the national and international level by
Faculty: ParagAnandMeshramandAditi Singh, Red Dot Design Award
2013
Doctoral or post-doctoral fellows: Nil
Students: Washrooms and Beyond National Award 2013, Dorset Product
Design Award 2013, SPA Bhopal National Student Design Award 2012,
Visualization Marathon Award 2012
30. Seminars or Conferences or Workshops organized and the source of funding
(national or international) with details of outstanding participants, if any.
Workshop on Future Directions in Industrial Design Education
31. Code of ethics for research followed by the departments
As per SPA Delhi rules and regulations
32. Student profile programme-wise:
Name of the
Programme
Applications
received
Selected
Male Female
Pass percentage
Male Female
M. Design 46 8 9 29.5 30
33. Diversity of students
Name of the
Programme
Percent of
students from
the same
university
Percent of
students from
other
universities
withinthe State
Percent of
students from
universities
outside the
State
Percent of
students
from other
countries
M. Design 5 5 90 --
241
34. How many students have cleared Civil Services and Defence Services
examinations, NET, SET, GATE and other competitive examinations? Give
details category-wise.
None
35. Student progression
Student progression Percentageagainst enrolled
UG toPG NA
PG toM.Phil. Nil
PG toPh.D. Nil
Ph.D. toPost-Doctoral NA
Employed
Campus selection
Other thancampus recruitment
60
20
Entrepreneurs 20
36. Diversity of staff
Percentageof faculty who aregraduates 100
Fromthesameuniversity 25
Fromother universities withintheState 50
Fromuniversities fromother States 25
Fromuniversities outsidethecountry --
37. Number of faculty who were awarded M.Phil., Ph.D., D.Sc. and D.Litt. during the
assessment period
Nil
38. Present details of departmental infrastructural facilities with regard to
(a)Library: Part of Architecture Library
(b)Internet facilities for staff and students: Available
(c)Total number of classrooms: 2
(d)Class rooms with ICT facility: Nil
(e)Students laboratories: 1 Workshop
(f)Research laboratories: Nil
242
39. List of doctoral, post-doctoral students and Research Associates
(a) Host institution or university: Nil
(b) From other institutions or universities: Nil
40. Number of postgraduate students getting financial assistance from the
university.
13
41. Was any need assessment exercise undertaken before the development of
new programme(s)? If so, highlight the methodology.
Not applicable
42. Does the department obtainfeedback from
a) Faculty o n curriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation? If yes,
how does the department utilize the feedback?
Yes, feedback received is used to recalibrate exercises on an ongoing basis and
from time to time affecting changes in the curriculum with the consultation of the
BoS.
b) Students onstaff, curriculum and teaching-learning-evaluationand how
does the department utilize the feedback?
As above
c) Alumni and employers on the programmes of f ered and how does the
department utilize the feedback?
As above
243
43. List the distinguished alumni of the department(maximum10)
Anubha Kakroo Director, Design and Cultural Insights
Future Brands Ltd., New Delhi, India
Amit Sharma Founder and Director
Axiom India, New Delhi, India
Milind Gujarkar Founder and Director
Miling Gujarkar and Associate, Nagpur, India
Rajkumar Pallanivel Senior Consultant, User eXperienceDesign
Thought Works, Bangalore, India
Debjyoti Rudra Founder and Director
RandB Associate, New Delhi, India
Akhil Lau Acoustic Consultant
Aurecon, Sydney, Australia
Shruti Parikh Director
Desmania Design, New Delhi
Neha Moudgil Co-Founder andGlobal UX Design Head
Techved Consulting, Mumbai, India
Nitika Devgan Product Designer
Pantaloon Retail India Ltd., Mumbai, India
44. Give details of student enrichment programmes (special l ect ures or
workshops or seminar) involving external experts.
Copper Design Workshop-International Copper Council
Ethnography Workshop- WE School of Management
45. List the teaching methods adopted by the faculty for different programmes.
Studio Projects, Lectures, AV Presentations, Study Tours, Seminar, Research Writing
assignments
46. How does t he department ensure that programme objectives are
constantly met and learning outcomes are monitored?
By periodic internal assessment and end-semester external examination
47. Highlight the participation of students and faculty inextensionactivities.
Engagement with crafts persons for interpretation of traditional skills into modern
everyday products (annually)
48. Give details of beyond syllabus scholarly activities of the department.
Participation in National DesignInnovation Hub of SPA Delhi
244
49. State whether the programme or department is accredited or graded
by o t h e r agencies? If yes, give details.
Not applicable
50. Briefly highlight the contributions o f the department i n generating new
knowledge, basic or applied.
Department has extensive repertoire of Conceptual understanding of habitat and
mobility requirements of urban poor and dispossessed, assistive products for elderly
and differently-abled, infrastructure issues such as solid waste management and
water scarcity at the user interface, efficiency in out-of-home food preparation
and distribution, space-saving furniture etc.
51. Detail five major Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges
(SWOC) of the department.
Strengths
Part of Architecture School- Institute of National importance
All-India character of students and Faculty
Hands-on problem solving for real-life marketable products
Emphasis on out-of-campus interaction with industrial design eco-
system
Social Design approach
Weaknesses
Inadequate floor space for expansion and induction of new
programmes.
Physical infrastructure is outdated for empirical research and
development
IT enabled teaching is yet to be introduced in the School
Incomplete faculty, including absence of HOD with domain
specialization
Logistical difficulties in running a 24 x 7 system
245
Opportunities
Availability in the city of visiting faculty with diverse expertise
Networking with sponsors for research and design projects
Nation-wide climate for enhanced investment in the field of design
Increasing recognition of Industrial Design as an independent
discipline apart from Engineering, Advertising and Marketing
Increasing awareness among undergrads about the advantages of
post-graduate design education
Challenges
Low priority department within the institution
Lack of visibility and awareness outside the institution
Proliferation of Design Schools on the private sector around the NCR
in collaboration with foreign universities may dilute resource
availability.
Rampant misuse andmisinterpretation of the term design in public
discourse leading to blurred public perception of Industrial Design in
the context of Planning and Architecture
Lack of an internal eco-system in the institution for taking up
profitable live industrial projects using the collective expertise
available across departments.
We may like to see design as an enterprise that improves the human condition
not only through the end-products and services that are put out in the market,
but also in the very process through which these are generated. Spanning across
Street-vending, public transportation, school and office requisites, these projects
cover a wide range of issues confronted by the common man. We shall
vigorously pursue an agenda that renews our commitment tothis vision.
246
52. Future Plans of the Department
Collaboration with international and national universities, to enable facilitating
exchange of knowledge and to increase prospects of interaction between
institutes
Setting up the Centre of Design Excellence
Providing Design Advisory to Central as well as State Government
Organizations.
Setting up a Knowledge and Research hub by creating a centralized digital
database for all things design and habitat related. This will be part of the
National innovation andDesign Hub.
Creating a marketing channel to bridge the gap between industrial and
corporate needs and the academia.
247
SUMMARY PROFILE THE DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL DESIGN
Particulars Details
Number of UG and PG
Students (2012-2014)
35 postgraduatestudents
Number of ongoing Ph.D.
Research Students
0
Number of Ph.D. Completed
in the last four years
0
Board of Studies members Total Academicians
outside SPA-D
Corporate or Industry
Experts
7 2 2
Number of Faculty (Regular) Total With Ph.D. With PG With UG
3 0 3 0
Number Faculty (Visiting) Total With Ph.D. With PG
18 1 17
Number of Students Passed
(2012-2013)
Total
Students
Students
Passed
Percentage
14 14 100
Faculty Publications in the
last four years
Total Articles in Peer
Reviewed
Journals
Other
Journals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA
Reports
Books
0 0 0 0 0
Number of Workshop or
Conference organized in the
last four years
4
Number of Regular Faculty
Participation in Workshops,
Conference, Events in the last
four years
Total International National Others
10 3 7 0
Number of ST, SC, OBC
students in 2012 - 2013
Total: 7
Consultancy in the last four
years
No. of Projects Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
One Rs.2 lakh
Research Activities in the last
four years
Number of Studies Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
None Nil
Number of Students who
Received Awards in the last
four years
29
Regular Faculty in
Committees or Expert Groups
At
International
Level
At National
or State
Level
Editorial
Boards
Others
0 1 0 0
Number of Special Lectures
organized in the last three
years
18
Note: There are 18 visiting faculty. Assuming 14 hours onaverage workload, how many regular faculty they
represent?
248

DEPARTMENT OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE


1. Name of the Department

Department of Landscape Architecture

2. Year of establishment

1972

3. Is the Department part of a School or Faculty of the university?

Department is part of the School

4. Names of programmes offered (U.G., P.G., M.Phil., Ph.D., Integrated Masters;
Integrated Ph.D., D.Sc. D.Litt., etc.)

Postgraduate degree in Landscape Architecture
Ph.D. in Landscape Architecture

5. Interdisciplinary programmes and departments involved

Not Formalized

6. Courses in collaboration with other universities, industries, foreign institutions,
etc.

None

7. Details of programmes discontinued, if any, with reasons

Landscape Architecture course was started with an associated course
known as Pre-Landscape Architecture Course. This was to facilitate the
admission of students who had graduated in botany, agriculture, zoology,
forestry, geology and geography. This course was discontinued in 1981
because it was realized that the one year course was not able to provide the
students (with graduation in science subjects)the required proficiency in drawing
and the students were not able to become familiar with the methods and
techniques of landscape design, which is the core of landscape architecture.

8. Examination System: Annual or Semester or Trimester or Choice Based c redit
System

Semester System


249

9. Participation of the department in the courses offered by other Departments

The departmental faculty is invited to offer lectures and assist in the studio
guidance in both the post graduate and under graduate departments.
Although there is no forma mechanism

10. Number of teaching posts sanctioned, filled and actual (Professors, Associate
Professors, Asst. Professors others)
Position Sanctioned Filled Actual (including
CAS and MPS)
Professor
2 2 2
Associate Professor
1 -
Assistant Professor
- 1 1
Visiting Faculty
- 24 (5)*
Note : *Assuming average 14 hours teaching load for visiting faculty it works out to be
5 regular faculty.

11. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, area of Specialization:
Experience and Research under Guidance

Name Qualifications Designation Specialization Number of
Years of
Experience
Number of
Ph.D. or
M.Phil.
students
guided for
the last 4
years
Rommel
Mehta

B.Arch., PG
Diploma in LA,
Ph.D.
Professor
and Head
Site Planning,
Landscape
Design,
Landscape
Engineering
38 Nil
Surinder
Suneja
B.Sc. PG
Diploma in LA,
Ph.D.
Professor Landscape
Design, Micro
climate
36 Nil
Aarti
Grover
B. Arch., MLA Assistant
Professor

4 Nil

12. List of senior Visiting Fellows, adjunct faculty, emeritus professors

A substantial percentage of classes are being taken with the help of visiting
faculty. Their contribution is useful in introducing the students to a variety of design
inputs which and imparts an understanding of the professional environment which
awaits them. The visiting faculty is composed of persons with pure academic
250

background as well as successful professionals practicing landscape architecture.
Some of the main visiting faculty members are:

Name of visiting faculty Work Experience
in Years
Subjects taught
Prof. Dr. C.K. Varshney 25 Ecology and ecosystem analysis,
Landscape resources and
Prof. Dr. Gauhar
Mahmood
25 Geology, Geomorphology,
Hydrology
Sh. P.S. Uttarwar 25 Remote sensing, Landscape
information system and GIS
Ms. Savita Punde 20 Landscape design
Sh. Sachin J ain 20 Landscape design
Sh. H.S. Madan 25 Landscape design
Ms. Nandini Rewari 25 Landscape design


13. Percentage of classes taken by temporary (visiting) facultyprogrammewise
information:

72 percent

14. Programme-wise Student Teacher Ratio:

Thesis studio: 1:5
Landscape studio: 1:8
Theory subject: 1:30

15. Number of academic support staff

Filled: 2, One assistant and one Peon

16. Research thrust areas as recognized by major funding agencies

Zoo Planning
Green Buildings

17. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from (a) National Nil (b)
International funding agencies- Nil and (c) Total grants received- Nil. Give the
names of the funding agencies, project title and grants received project-wise

Prof. Rommel Mehta
Project: Guidelines on Principles of Zoo Designing for Zoos in India
Grant Received: Rs.11 lakhs
Funding agency: Central Zoo Authority

18. Inter-institutional collaborative projects and associated grants received a)
251

National collaboration Not applicable b) International collaboration:

None

19. Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST; UGC-SAP or CAS, DPE; DBT, ICSSR,
AICTE, etc.; total grants received.

None

20. Research facility or center with

State recognition- Nil
National recognition-
Nil

International recognition- Nil

21. Special research laboratories sponsored by or created by industry or
corporate bodies:

None

22. Publications:
Number of papers published in peer reviewed journals (national for
international): Nil
Monographs: Nil

Chapters in Books: One

Edited Books: One
Books with ISBN with details of publishers: Nil
Number listed in International Database (For e.g. Web of Science, Scopus,
Humanities International Complete, Dare Database- International Social
Sciences Directory, EBSCO host, etc.): None

Citation Indexrange or average: Nil


SNIP: Nil


SJR: Nil


Impact Factorrange or average: Nil


H-index: Nil


23. Details of patents and income generated:

None

24. Areas of consultancy and income generated:

Prof. Rommel Mehta

Proposed township at Nurmaligarh for Nurmaligarh Refinery LTD, Assam.
BORL Township, Bina, M.P (Hostel Block)
Landscape Consultant for, for J NB Project, First Green Building in the country for
Ministry of External Affairs, Government of India.
Landscape Consultant for NHAI for Badarpur Flyover.
252

Landscape Consultant for Panipat elevated Flyover at Panipat for L and T.

Prof. Surinder Suneja

Landscape Consultant for, for J NB Project, Ist Landscape Consultant for, for
J NB Project, External Affairs, under public domain, Government of India
Landscape Consultant for NHAI for Badarpur Flyover
Landscape Consultant for Panipat elevated Flyover at Panipat for L and T
Total fee of consultancy for last four year is Rs.85.22 lakhs

25. Faculty selected nationally or internationally to visit other laboratories or
institutions or industries in India and abroad:

Three

26. Faculty serving in:

a) National committees:
b) International committees:
c) Editorial Boards:
d) Any other (please specify)

Prof. Dr. Rommel Mehta

Member, Sub Committee on Zoo Designing of Central Zoo Authority.
Expert, Departmental Research Committee of Department of Architecture, NIT
Patna
Member Board of Studies, School of Architecture & Landscape Design, Shri
Mata Vaishno Devi University, J and K.
Expert, Departmental Research Committee of Department of Architecture,
Deen Bhandu Chotu Ram University of Science and Technology, Murthal.
Advisor, Delhi Urban Art Commission
Member, Heritage Advisory Committee, NDMC

Prof. Dr. Surinder Suneja

Fellow Indian Society of Landscape Architects Association.
Fellow Member of Bhoo Vigyan.
Life Member I.I.P.A., New Delhi.
Member, Expert Committee on Zoo Planning and Zoo Designing, Central Zoo
Authority

27 Faculty recharging strategies (UGC, ASC, Refresher or orientation programs,
workshops, training programs and similar programs)

Prof. Dr. Rommel Mehta

Google Sketchup 3D Animation Applications in Architecture, Landscape and
Urban Design
253

Geo Modeling on Google Earth Pro
Mastering Google Sketchup Pro Terrain Modeling

28. Student projects

Percentage of students who have done in-house projects including inter-
departmental projects

None

Percentage of students doing projects in collaboration with other
universities or
industry or institute

None

29. Awards or recognitions received at the national and international level by

Faculty: None

Doctoral or post- doctoral fellows: None


Students:

Vinay Singh and Surabhi Sanyal won a special mention certificate in the
students competition organized by Landscape Foundation students
competition. Topic: Threat to Barapullah Nala


Sh. Sujoy Das, a student during 2011-2013, won the first prize of Rs. 50,000
(Topic- Memory of Khoai)

Ms. Nidhi J aiswal, Ms. Kajoli Kerketta and Ms. Shikha Sharma, students
during 2011-13, won the second prize of Rs. 30,000 (Topic - Samsaara).
The competition was organized by Landscape Foundation, India.

30. Seminars, Conferences, Workshops organized and the source of funding
(national, international) with details of outstanding participants, ifany.

Department organized a workshop
on Zoo Planning and Architecture
February 2013. The workshop was funded by the Central Zoo Authority.
Some of the prominent personalities which attended the workshop
included Sh. B.S. Bonal (Member Secretary, Central Zoo Authority), Mr.
S.K. Patnaik (IFS, Retired), and Mr. J oe Coe (An internationally
acknowledged zoo experts).

The Department of Landscape Architecture has conducted and
coordinated 2 and days National level Orientation workshop on Zoo
Designing and Landscape Architecture for the Zoo Engineers, Zoo
Architects and Zoo Consultant/Entrepreneur from 24th to 26th February
254

2012 at India Habitat Centre, New Delhi, under the coordination of Prof.
Dr. Surinder Suneja.

31. Code of ethics for research followed by the departments

None

32. Student profile programme-wise:
Name of the
Programme

Applications
received
Selected
Male
Female
Pass percentage
Male Female
Department of
Landscape Architecture
96 6 15 -

33. Diversity of students
Name of the
Programme
(refer to
question no.4)
Percent of
students
from the
same
university
Percent of
students from
other
universities
within the
State
Percent of
students from
universities
outside the
State
Percent of
students from
other
countries
Department of
Landscape
Architecture
0 0 100 0

34. How many students have cleared Civil Services and Defence services
examinations, NET, SET, GATE and other competitive examinations? Give
details category-wise.

Not applicable

35. Student progression:

Students progression Percentage against enrolled
UG to PG Not applicable
PG to M.Phil. Not applicable
PG to Ph.D. Nil
Ph.D. to Post-Doctoral Not applicable
Employed
Campus selection
Other than campus recruitment
6
Entrepreneurs Not applicable



255

36. Diversity of staff
Percentage of faculty who are graduates
From the same university 1
From other universities within the State 1
From universities from other States 1
From universities outside the country Nil

37. Number of faculty who were awarded M.Phil., Ph.D., D.Sc. and D.Litt. during the
assessment period

None

38. Present details of departmental infrastructural facilities with regard to
(a)Library: No formal departmental library
(b)Internet facilities for staff and students: Internet facilities available to the
faculty students and staff
(c) Total number of classrooms: 3
(d)Classrooms with ICTfacility: Nil
(e) Students laboratories: Ni)
(f) Research laboratories: Nil

39. List of doctoral, post-doctoral students and Research Associates
a) From the host institution or university: Nil
b) From other institutions or universities: Nil

40. Number of postgraduate students getting financial assistance from the
university.

Not applicable

41. Was any need assessment exercise undertaken before the development of
new programme(s)? If so, highlight the methodology

Not applicable

42. Does the department obtain feedback from

a. Faculty on curriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation? If yes, how
does the department utilize the feedback?
b. Students on staff, curriculum and teaching-learning-evaluation and how
does the department utilize the feedback?
c. Alumni and employers on the programmes offered and how does the
department utilize the feedback?

The department obtains feedback from the faculty, visiting faculty and the alumni
through regular discussions. The feedback gathered is discussed within the
256

departmental faculty and organized to upgrade or improve the syllabus. From the
feedback received the type and locations of the studio problems are also related
to the contemporary live projects and concerns thereby giving the students an
opportunity to relate themselves to the practical realities of the profession of
landscape architecture.

43. List the distinguished alumni of the department (maximum10)

Mr. Promod Kureel Member of Parliament, Rajya Sabha
Ms. Savita Bhandari, Additional Commissioner Landscape, Delhi
Development Authority.
Mr. Santosh Kumar, Director, Horticulture, PWD, Delhi.
Mr. A.K. Nag Former Chief Architect, MCD, Delhi.
Mr. Minesh Parikh, Chairman, Delhi Chapter, Indian Society of Landscape
Architecture.
Mr. Sachin J ain, President, Indian Society of Landscape Architecture.

44. Give details of student enrichment programmes (special lectures
Or workshops or seminar) involving external experts.

Regular special lectures are organized for the students both within the institution
and during the site visits related to the studio problems.

45. List the teaching methods adopted by the faculty for different Programmes

Lectures
Studio discussion
Through use of audio visual means.
Regular site visits to work sites and nurseries

Although the intake for landscape course is only limited to architects, a large
number of subjects which are a part of landscape architecture course, are
significantly different and new. The students are required to take those courses and
acquire knowledge and skills to be used in an interdisciplinary form in landscape
design studio projects.

The courses are varied in content, concepts and objectives. They range from pure
science courses (such as geology, plant systematics, hydrology & geomorphology)
to mathematical based (such as landscape engineering) besides subjects such as
theory of landscape design.
Another fact peculiar to landscape architecture studio project is the tremendous
variation in the scale and location of landscape projects.

The studio problems are therefore, carefully structured over these semesters in a
graded sequence of increasing scale and complexity. The nature of variables
ranges from those relating to nature and ecology to grading of roads & project
sites. Since many of the subjects are new, the students begin studio exercises with
understanding of materials and basic design jargon. This enables them to engage
257

in articulate design documents; an essential pre-requisite to good landscape
design.
Landscape design includes natural elements such as plants and landforms which
are distinctly different from all that the students were introduced to and
experienced in their architecture course. Unique to landscape studios is to
inculcate in the students at an early stage, the ability to graphically represent
nonlinear elements such as landforms and to be able to use them as design tools.

The following are representative examples of the studio exercised undertaken:

First Semester
Study of elements of landscape
Urban open spaces
Childrens plan area
Biodiversity park, Gurgaon

Second Semester

Urban open space pattern
Sanjay lake
Astha Kunj
Ajmal Khan Park
All India Institute of Medical Sciences
Purana Quila
Yamuna river front
Connaught Place
Hauz Khas
J ahanpanah forest
Mehrauli archeological park

Third Semester

Road Landscape
Institutional landscape of the Mysore University

46. How does the department ensure that programme objectives are constantly met
and learning outcomes are monitored?

The monitoring is carried out by regular and often detailed discussions, with the
students and thereby ascertaining the effectiveness of the programs being offered.
Discussions are also held with the professionals and academicians where alumni are
employed to find out the competence and professional utility to determine whether
the program objective has been met.

47. Highlight the participation of students and faculty in extension Activities

Extension activities are not formally inbuilt in the departmental programs or syllabus.
But the faculty regularly participates in workshops of related institutions and
departments such as the CPWD, CZA, etc. The faculty members regularly serve as
258

members various committees; government and of various institutions or universities
related to landscape architecture. The faculty also contributes knowledge by writing
articles in Hindi newspapers.

48. Give details of beyond syllabus scholarly activities of the department

The departmental faculty regularly assists sister departments within the school and
other institutions in their teaching activities.

Prof. Rommel Mehta contributed a chapter on Landscape Engineering in the book
titled Landscape Architecture in India: A Reader published by LA J ournal of
Landscape Architecture 2013.

Prof. S. Suneja

Edited the book titled Zoo designing and Landscape Architecture, published by
CZA, New Delhi and SPA, New Delhi. The following presentations were done:

Paper on Landscape Planning and Zoo Architecture, China.
Talk and poster presentation titled: Micro climatic determinants for designing
comfortable open spaces in hot- humid climate zone, Switzerland.
Relevance of landscape in design of open spaces in Indian context, South Africa.

Completed an assignment on Green Building of Nehru Bhawan, Ministry of External
Affairs. Landscape competition for herbal cum medicinal garden at NOIDA

Prof. Rommel Mehta presented a paper at the International Conference on
Sustainable Built Environments held at Kandy, Sri Lanka from 11th 15th December,
2010.


49. State whether the programme or department is accredited or graded by
other agencies? If yes, give details.

Not applicable

50. Briefly highlight the contributions of the department in generating new
knowledge, basic or applied.

The department has, over the years, made substantial contributions in evolving the
discipline of landscape architecture in India both academically and in professional
practice. New courses have been devised and revised to cater to the professional
and national needs. The department has played a pioneering role developing
subjects such as Landscape Engineering. The department has over the years
generated a substantial knowledge and data base on various locations within the
country where the students have conducted their studio problems.


259

51. Detail five major Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges (SWOC)
of the department.

Strengths

Academically and professionally experienced and highly qualified faculty a
network of highly placed alumni.

Weaknesses

Lack of space for expansion, which is now a priority considering the
prominence and importance that the discipline is acquiring both in the
academic and professional areas. This deficiency is restricting the growth
that the department requires to maintain its primacy in the national
academic circles.

Opportunities

With the encouragement and resources being made available by the
Government and the Schools Administration all ideas for the development
of the department, and the faculty can be converted to reality. There is a
nascent potential for extensive national and international interaction which
can materialize. This is the kind of exposure which is now required in the
contemporary scenario.

Challenges

The major challenge for the department in near future will be to expand
and relate the development of the department with the national and
societal contemporary and future needs. To get and retain knowledgeable,
qualified and dedicated faculty for the growth and expansion of the
department.

52. Future plans of the department

To start an undergraduate program in Landscape Architecture


260

SUMMARY PROFILE THE DEPARTMENTOF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
Particulars Details
Number of UG and PG
Students (2012-2014)
49 postgraduate students
Number of ongoing Ph.D.
Research Students
0
Number of Ph.D. Completed
in the last four years
0
Board of Studies members Total Academicians
outside SPA-D
Corporate or Industry
Experts
9 3 3
Number of Faculty (Regular) Total With Ph.D. With PG
3 2 3
Number Faculty (Visiting) Total With Ph.D. With PG
24 4 20
Number of Students Passed
(2012-2013)
Total
Students
Students Passed Percentage
17 17 100
Faculty Publications in the last
four years
Total Articles in Peer
Reviewed
J ournals
Other
J ournals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA
Reports
Books
4 0 3 1 0
Number of Workshop or
Conference organized in the
last four years
2
Number of Regular Faculty
Participation in Workshops,
Conference, Events in the last
four years
Total International National Others
6 3 3 0
Number of ST, SC, OBC
students in 2012 - 2013
Total: 17

Consultancy in the last four
years
No. of Projects Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
4
Research Activities in the last
four years
Number of Studies Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
1
Number of Students who
Received Awards in the last
four years
None
Regular Faculty in
Committees or Expert Groups
At
International
Level
At National or
State Level
Editorial
Boards
Others
0 2 0 0
Number of Special Lectures
organized in the last three
years
None




261

DEPARTMENT OF URBAN DESIGN


1. Name of the Department

Urban Design

2. Year of establishment

PG degree started from 1979-1980

PG Diploma in Urban Design started in 1970

3. Is the Department part of a School or Faculty of the university?

The Department is part of the School

4. Names of programmes offered (UG, PG, M.Phil., Ph.D., Integrated Masters;
Integrated Ph.D., D.Sc. D.Litt., etc.)

Masters in Urban Design (MUD) and PhD.

5. Interdisciplinary programmes and departments involved

Faculty drawn from other departments of Architecture, Building Engineering
and Management, Urban Planning for teaching specialized subjects
Every semester students are given an elective option to attend module or
subject from other departments of the School

6. Courses in collaboration with other universities, industries, foreign institutions,
etc.

Ph.D. in collaboration with the University of Florence, Italy

7. Details of programmes discontinued, if any, with reasons

Not applicable

8. Examination System: Annual or Semester or Trimester or Choice Based Credit
System

Semester system

9. Participation of the department in the courses offered by other departments

Elective subjects from other departments are offered every semester to the
students

262

10. Number of teaching posts sanctioned, filled and actual (Professors or
Associate Professors or Assistant Professors and others)

Designation Sanctioned Filled Actual (including
CAS and MPS)
Professor 1 1 1
Associate Professor 1 1 1
Assistant Professor 2 1 1
Others - - -
Visiting Faculty - - 19 (7)*
Note: *Assuming average teaching load of 14 hours per faculty, 19 visiting faculty represent 7 regular faculty.

11. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, area of specialization,
experience and research under guidance

Name Qualifications Designation Specialization

Number of
Years of
Experience
Number of Ph.D.
or M. Phil
students
guided for the
last 4 years
Mandeep
Singh*
MUD Professor of
Architecture
and HOD
Urban Design 30 0
Ranjit Mitra PG Diploma in
Urban Design
Professor Urban Design 40 7
Arunava
Dasgupta
M. Arch (Urban
Design)
Associate
Professor
Urban Design 26 0
Manu
Mahajan
M. Arch.(Urban
Design)
MSc(Dev and
Pl i )
Assistant
Professor
Urban Design 13 0
Note: *Prof. Mandeep Singh is counted in the Department of Architecture.

263

12. List of senior Visiting Fellows, adjunct faculty, emeritus professors

Key visiting faculty members are:

Name of
Visiting Faculty
Educational
Qualifications
Number of
Years of
Experience
Subjects Taught
Ujan Ghosh M. Arch., University
of Pennsylvania, US
35 Urban Design and
City Planning
Sanjay
Kanvinde
M. Arch., Rice
University, US
30 Urban Design
Abhimanyu
Dalal
M. Arch., Harvard
University, US
30 Urban Design

13. Percentage of classes taken by temporary (visiting) facultyprogramme-wise
information

65 percent

14. Programme-wise Student Teacher Ratio:

1:20 for lecture
1:5 for studio
1:3 for Thesis

15. Number of academic support staff (technical) and administrative staff:
sanctioned, filled and actual:

Two

16. Research thrust areas as recognized by major funding agencies:

Urban Design and Development for Hill Settlements, Government of Himachal
Pradesh, Budget- Rs.25 lakhs
Some recent completed and ongoing Ph. D. are:
Monzezi, M. Proportion of enclosed open space in New Towns of Iran,
Completed, 2013
Rosselli, C. Learning from Indian Urbanism, Submitted, 2013
Mona, Constructing Inclusive City Morphology, Ongoing
Fatemah, K, Urban Types in rapidly urbanizing cities, Ongoing
Choudhry, D., Environmental Psychology a determinant of urban space,
Ongoing
Dasgupta, A., Settlement Structure, built form and transformation in urbanizing
villages, (Ongoing)


264

17. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from (a) national (b) international
funding agencies and (c) Total grants received. Give the names of the funding
agencies, project title and grants received project-wise.

Project Title: Assessment of Built Environment and Design Directions for Future
Development for Bharmour, Kalpa and Sangla Villages, Department of Town
and Country Planning, Government of HP Total Grant: Rs. 25 lakhs approx.

18. Inter-institutional collaborative projects and associated grants received
(a)National collaboration (b)International collaboration

International Collaboration: Chance to Sustain Funded by European Union
administered by University of Amsterdam

19. Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST;UGC-SAP or CAS,DPE;DBT,ICSSR,
AICTE, etc.; total grants received:

None

20. Research facility or centre with

Research facility available in the form of space for research scholars
State recognition

None

National recognition

None

International recognition

None

21. Special research laboratories sponsored by or created by industry or
corporate bodies:

None

22. Publications:
Number of papers published in peer reviewed journals (national or
international): 3
Monographs: 0
Chapters in Books: 0

Edited Books: 0


Books with ISBN with details of publishers: 0

Number listed in International Database (For e.g. Web of Science, Scopus,
Humanities International Complete, Dare Database - International Social
265

Sciences Directory, EBSCO host, etc.): 0

Citation Indexrange or average: 0


SNIP: 0


SJR: 0

Impact Factor range or average: 0

H-index: 0


23. Details of patents and income generated:

None

24. Areas of consultancy and income generated:

Urban Design and City Planning for State, Central Government and Agencies or
Departments:

Hoogly River front Development, Kolkata Municipal Corporation: Prof. Ranjit
Maitra and Prof. A. Dasgupta
Manali Vision Document, Govt. of Himachal Pradesh: Prof. A. Dasgupta
Proposed Head-office of Central Information Commission, new Delhi; Central
Information Commission, Govt. of India, Prof. K.T. Ravindran and Prof. A.
Dasgupta
Assessment of Built Environment and design Directions for Future Development
in Bharmour, Kalpa and Sangla; Govt. of Himachal Pradesh, Prof. A. Dasgupta
Design Consultancy Fee: Rs.65 Lakh for the last four years

25. Faculty selected nationally or internationally to visit other laboratories or
institutions or industries in India and abroad:

Three

26. Faculty serving in (a) National committees: (b) International committees (c)
Editorial Boards: 1 (d) any other (please specify) 3

Prof. Ranjit Mitra, Advisor, Delhi Urban Arts Commission
Prof. Ranjit Mitra and
Arunava Dasgupta
, Founder Member, Institute of Urban
Designers, India

Arunava Dasgupta,
Heritage Advisory Committee, Govt. of Himachal Pradesh

Arunava Dasgupta,
Editorial Board Member, J ournal of Landscape Architecture, India
Prof. Ranjit Mitra, Founder Member, India Design Council
Prof. Ranjit Mitra, Member, editorial board 'J ournal of Urbanism - International
Research on Place making and Urban Sustainability'

27. Faculty recharging strategies (UGC, ASC, Refresher or orientation programs,
workshops, training programs and similar programs).

Collaboration with national and international universities is in place, wherein every
year student and faculty exchange is undertaken for knowledge sharing in the form
266

of J oint exercises and workshops. In past following have been undertaken to
expose faculty to newer ideas:


Year 2013: J oint Workshop held at Delhi among students of University of Florence and
Third Semester Students of the Department, September 2013
Year 2012-2013: J oint workshop with KRIVA, Mumbai at Mumbai
Year 2011: Workshop on Student Works, Florence, J une-J uly 2011
Year 2010-2011: J oint Studio with Morgan State University USA

28. Student projects

Percentage of students who have done in-house projects including inter-
departmental projects

50 percent - J oint project with two other departments of the school


Percentage of students doing projects in collaboration with other universities or industry
or institute

100 percent - Joint projects with other colleges or universities of India and abroad


29. Awards or recognitions received at the national and international level by

Faculty

Nil

Doctoral or post-doctoral fellows

Nil

Students

Nil

30. Seminars or Conferences or Workshops organized and the source of funding
(national or international) with details of outstanding participants, if any.

We did one with ISOLA and IUD in IIC.

31. Code of ethics for research followed by the departments Code of Practices,

Guidelines, rules and regulations of SPA Delhi are followed


267

32. Student profile programme-wise:

Name of the
Programme

Application
s received
Selected
Male Female
Pass percentage
Male Female
MUD 200 20 20 100 100

33. Diversity of students

Name of the
Programme
Percent of
students
from the
same
university
Percent of
students from
other
universities
within the State
Percent of
students from
universities
outside the
State
Percent of
students
from other
countries
MUD 10 0 80 10

34. How many students have cleared Civil Services and Defence Services
examinations, NET, SET, GATE and other competitive examinations? Give
details category-wise.

40 percent

35. Student progression:
Student progression Percentage against enrolled
UG to PG Not applicable
PG to M.Phil. Not applicable
PG to Ph.D. 5
Ph.D. to Post-Doctoral Not applicable
Employed
Campus selection

Other than campus recruitment
100
Entrepreneurs 50

36. Diversity of staff

Percentage of faculty who are Graduates Postgraduates
From the same university 25 100
From other universities within the
State
00 00
From universities from other States 75 00
From universities outside the
country
00 25


268

37. Number of faculty who were awarded M.Phil., Ph.D., D.Sc. and D.Litt. during the
assessment period:

One: Prof. Mandeep Singh completed his Ph.D.

38. Present details of departmental infrastructural facilities with regard to
(a)Library (b)Internet facilities for staff and students c)Total number of
classrooms (d) Classrooms with ICTfacility(e) Students laboratories (f) Research
laboratories:

Internet is available to all faculty, students and staff, ICT-enabled lecture cum
studios

39. List of doctoral, post-doctoral students and Research Associates (a) from the
host institution or university (b)from other institutions or universities:

Five

40. Number of postgraduate students getting financial assistance from the
university.

Nil

41. Was any need assessment exercise undertaken before the development of
new programme(s)? If so, highlight the methodology.

Not applicable

42. Does the department obtain feedback from

Faculty on curriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation? If yes, how
does the department utilize the feedback?

Once in three years the complied feedback is put to the Board of Studies for
deliberation and necessary changes.

Students on staff, curriculum and teaching-learning-evaluation and how does
the department utilize the feedback?

Every year it is taken from students. Teachers are informed of the feedback and
necessary modifications made in pedagogic techniques.

Alumni and employers on the programmes offered and how does the
department utilize the feedback?

Informally collected from Alumni and deliberated through faculty meetings for
curriculum revisions and studio program formulations.
269

43. List the distinguished alumni of the department (maximum10)

Prof. K.T. Ravindran: Dean Emeritus, RICS School of Built Environment, India
Mohammad Shaheer: Nationally renowned Urban Designer and Landscape
Architect and Former HOD, Department of Landscape Architecture, SPA New
Delhi
Prassana Desai: Nationally renowned Urban Designer specializing in low cost
participatory habitat design based in Pune
Prashant Khirwarkhar: Nationally renowned Urban Designer specializing in
environmentally responsive design based in Bhopal
Pushkar Kanvinde: leading architect of the country based in Pune
Aneerudha Paul: Director, KRIVA, Mumbai
Archana Goel: Renowned graphic designer and visual communication expert
based in USA
Medha Chandra: Campaign Coordinator, Pesticide Action Network, USA

44. Give details of student enrichment programmes (special lectures or
workshops or seminar) involving external experts.

Every semester 10-15 special lectures are organized. Also, two workshops involving
foreign and national schools is organized every year

45. List the teaching methods adopted by the faculty for different programmes.
Lectures, Seminars, Studio, Discussions, Outdoor or Site Visits

Highlight of the programmed is intense studio exercises and summary of the same is
given below:

Every semester the focus of the studio work is clearly defined and for past four to
five years, Department is focusing on the following specific themes to build a
comprehensive knowledge base w.r.t. different cities and urban
conditions/ situations:

Semester I: The studio is the introduction of the student to the realm of urban
design. The objective is to expose them to the complexities of the design process
and to create an understanding of the role of various physical, social, economic
and infrastructural components and decision making processes.

Semester II: The objective of this studio is to hone the theoretical knowledge of the
student form the first semester in resolving a design problem on a Green Field site
preferably outside Delhi. The first part of the studio will be an introduction to urban
design city study, analyzing the various factors that determine the morphology of
the city and the referencing of selected sites to the study. For past four years studio
is focusing on specific theme of Sate Capitals of India and following cities have
been covered.

Semester III: The objective of the studio is to focus on inner city regeneration in Delhi
examining issues related to critical programme development, urban conservation,
270

economic and environmental considerations, and infrastructure development,
social and political forces. The involvement of user groups and decision making
agencies as a part of the project formulation and appraisal should be
encouraged. Brown field sites may also be chosen for the exercise.

Studio IV: The culmination of student work, the design thesis is an independent
design on a topic defined by the student, leading to the development of a clear
design proposal to be supervised by a faculty team and evaluated by an external
jury. In past four years various themes and cities have been covered by
independent students.

46. How does the department ensure that programme objectives are
constantly met and learning outcomes are monitored?

Feedback from Students, Visiting Faculty and Board of Studies

47. Highlight the participation of students and faculty in extension activities.

None

48. Give details of beyond syllabus scholarly activities of the department.

Participation in research and design consultancy

J oint studio exercises with national and international universities-Kamla Raheja
School, Mumbai, University of Florence and University of Michigan have been key
institutions undertaking beyond syllabus scholarly activities for past 3 years.

49. State whether the programme or department is accredited or graded by
other agencies? If yes, give details.

No

50. Briefly highlight the contributions of the department i n generating new
knowledge, basic or applied.

Through departmental research, student thesis and annual conferences new
knowledge is generated and disseminated.
Department has been involved in one of its kinds research on Himalayan
settlements and their transition from rural to urban conditions through
community based participation and application techniques.


271

51. Detail five major Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges
(SWOC) of the department.

Strengths
Distinguished Visiting Faculty-best in
the country
More than 40 year old department-
first one in the country offering
Urban Design
Global Linkages-attracting students
from SAARC, West Asia and East
Asian countries every year.
Linkages and knowledge sharing
agreements with other
international universities- In past
three years University of Florence
and University of Michigan has
undertaken joint studio exercises
involving students and faculty.
Opportunities
Collaboration with State/ Central
Government Agencies
Urban Design is seen as emerging
discipline in the field in the current
urban development in India.
Students of the Department are
well-placed in Construction and
Land Development Agencies of
Government of India and State
Governments. Many of the students
are also Head/ Principal/ Director of
numerous Architecture and Design
Colleges in the country, thus
providing opportunity for spreading
the information about profession as
well as Department.
Weakness
Shortage of full-time faculty due to
increase in the student strength.
Urban Design as a profession not
recognized at State and Central
Government Agencies
Challenges
Establishing a foothold in the public
and private sectors of urban
development programs.

52. Future plans of the department.

Expanding the student strength
Introducing new courses
Development stronger academic-profession linkage.

272


SUMMARY PROFILE THE DEPARTMENTOF URBAN DESIGN
Particulars Details
Number of UG and PG
Students (2012-2014)
40 postgraduate students
Number of ongoing Ph.D.
Research Students
5
Number of Ph.D. Completed
in the last four years
5
Board of Studies members Total Academicians
outside SPA-D
Corporate or Industry
Experts
7 2 2
Number of Faculty (Regular) Total With Ph.D. With PG With UG
3 0 3 0
Number Faculty (Visiting) Total With Ph.D. With PG
19 0 19
Number of Students Passed
(2012-2013)
Total
Students
Students Passed Percentage
20 20 100
Faculty Publications in the last
four years
Total Articles in Peer
Reviewed
J ournals
Other
J ournals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA
Reports
Books
7 0 3 4 0
Number of Workshop or
Conference organized in the
last four years
3
Number of Regular Faculty
Participation in Workshops,
Conference, Events in the last
four years
Total International National Others
3 3 3 0
Number of ST, SC, OBC
students in 2012 - 2013
10
Consultancy in the last four
years
No. of Projects Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
4 Rs.65 lakh
Research Activities in the last
four years
Number of Studies Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
1 Rs.25 lakh
Number of Students who
Received Awards in the last
four years
None
Regular Faculty in
Committees or Expert Groups
At
International
Level
At National or
State Level
Editorial
Boards
Others
1 4 2 0
Number of Special Lectures
organized in the last three
years
18

273

DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT


1. Name of the Department

Department of Building Engineering and Management

2. Year of establishment

1979

3. Is the Department part of a School or Faculty of the university?

Yes, the Department is part of the School

4. Names of programmes offered (UG, PG, M.Phil., Ph.D., Integrated Masters;
Integrated Ph.D., D. Sc., D.Litt., etc.)

Postgraduate degree and Ph.D.

5. Interdisciplinary programmes and departments involved

Nil

6. Courses in collaboration with other universities, industries, foreign institutions,
etc.

Nil

7. Details of programmes discontinued, if any, with reasons

Nil

8. Examination System: Annual or Semester or Trimester or Choice Based Credit
System

Semester System

9. Participation of the department in the courses offered by other departments.

Prof. Y.K. J ain also teaches in Department of Architecture the subjects of
Building Services, and guides Structures Course.

Prof. V.K. Paul teaches in Department of Architectural Conservation.


274

10. Number of teaching posts sanctioned, filled and actual (Professors or
Associate Professors or Assistant Professors and others)

Position Sanctioned Filled Actual (including
CAS and MPS)
Professor 1 1 1
Associate Professor 2 0 0
Assistant Professor 3 0 0
Others: Visiting
Faculty
- - 14

11. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, area of
specialization, experience and research under guidance

Name Qualifications Designation Specialization Number of
Years of
Experience
Number of
Ph.D. or
M.Phil.
students
guided for
the last 4
years
Y.K.
J ain*
B Sc.
Engineering
(Civil)
M Sc.
Engineering
(Structures)
Professor





Civil Structural
Engineering
37 Nil
V.K.
Paul
B. Arch.
M. Arch.
Ph.D.

Professor Architecture
and Building
Engineering
and
Management
24 Nil
Note: *Prof. Y. K. J ain is counted in the Department of Architecture.

12. List of senior Visiting Fellows, adjunct faculty, emeritus professors

Nil


275

13. Percentage of classes taken by temporary faculty programme-wise
information

For MBEM it is 87 percent

14. Programme-wise Student Teacher Ratio

For MBEM student teacher ratio is 1:10

15. Number of academic support staff (technical) and administrative staff:
sanctioned, filled and actual

Sanctioned Filled
Technical - 0
Administrative 2 1 (out sourced)

16. Research thrust areas as recognized by major funding agencies

Building Construction and Finance

17. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from (a) national (b) international
funding agencies and (c) Total grants received. Give the names of the funding
agencies, project title and grants received project-wise.

Nil

18. Inter-institutional collaborative projects and associated grants received a)
National collaboration b) International collaboration

Nil

19. Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST; UGC-SAP or CAS, DPE; DBT, ICSSR,
AICTE, etc.; total grants received.-

Nil

20. Research facility or centre with-

State recognition

Nil

National recognition

Nil


276

International recognition

Nil

21. Special research laboratories sponsored by or created by industry or
corporate bodies -

Nil

22. Publications:
Number of papers published in peer reviewed journals (national or
international)
Monographs

Chapters in Books

Edited Books
Books with ISBN with details of publishers
Number listed in International Database (For e.g. Web of Science,
Scopus, Humanities International Complete, Dare Database -
International Social Sciences Directory, EBSCO host, etc.)
Citation Index range or average

SNIP


SJR


Impact Factor range or average


H-index


Eight publications

23. Details of patents and income generated

Nil

24. Areas of consultancy and income generated

Civil and Structural and Construction and Management
Architectural and Planning for Buildings
Amounts INR 100 Lakh approximately

25. Faculty selected nationally or internationally to visit other
laboratories or institutions or industries in India and abroad -

Prof. V. K. Paul, UKERI Project on Evaluation of Emerging Industrialized Housing
Stock in India and the U.K., along with IIT Delhi.


277

26. Faculty serving in (a) National committees (b) International committees (c)
Editorial Boards (d) any other (please specify)-

Prof. Y.K. J ain

Member, Indian Member committee of World Federation of Engineering
Organization.
Expert- Member, Project Monitoring Committee for the project "centre for
Building Energy Research and Development" by Indo - US J oint Clean Energy
Research and Development Centre.
Guest Evaluation for the proposals in the space of Building Energy Efficiency by
Indo - US J oint Clean Energy Research and Development Centre.
Panel Member of sectional committee of Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for
CED 58 for "Sustainability in Building Construction".
Member of sectional committee of Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) "Soil and
Foundation.

Prof. V.K. Paul

President of Indias nominee on all selection committees of NITs
Member, Council of Architecture.
Associate Member, Indian Institute of Architects.
Life Member, Indian Plumbing Association.
Honorary Member, Fire and Security Association of India.
Fellow, Institute of Hospital Engineering

27. Faculty recharging strategies (UGC, ASC, Refresher or orientation programs,
workshops, training programs and similar programs).

Not applicable

28. Student projects

Percentage of students who have done in-house projects including inter-
departmental projects

All studios involving all students are conducted as in-house projects.

Percentage of students doing projects in collaboration with other
universities or
industry or institute

None

29. Awards or recognitions received at the national and international level by

Faculty

None
278


Doctoral or post- doctoral fellows

None

Students

The student participated in a competition at the national level and won first
prize for Building Information Modeling (BIM) hosted by Autodesk. A team of
three students went to Las Vegas, USA and also visited the head office of
Autodesk.

30. Seminars or Conferences or Workshops organized and the source of funding
(national or international) with details of outstanding participants, if any.

One Day workshop along with Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) on one chapter
to be added in National building code of India(N.BC) on 'Sustainability'.

31. Code of ethics for research followed by the departments

Yes, as per guidelines, rules and regulations issued by SPA Delhi

32. Student profile programme-wise:

Name of the
Programme

Applications
received
Selected
Male Female
Pass percentage
Male Female
MBEM 223 21 (M) 12
(F)
100 (M) 92 ((F)

33. Diversity of students

Name of the
Programme
Percent of
students
from the
same
university
Percent of
students from
other
universities
within the
State
Percent of
students from
universities
outside the
State
Percent of
students from
other
countries
MBEM 10 21 68 1

34. How many students have cleared Civil Services and Defence Services
examinations, NET, SET, GATE and other competitive examinations? Give
details category-wise.-

GATE: 90 percent

279

35. Student progression

Student progression Percentage against enrolled
UG to PG -
PG to M.Phil. -
PG to Ph.D. -
Ph.D. to Post-Doctoral -
Employed
Campus selection

Other than campus recruitment

100
Entrepreneurs -

36. Diversity of staff

Percentage of faculty who are graduates
From the same university 50
from other universities within the State 50
from universities from other States -
from universities outside the country -

37. Number of faculty who were awarded M.Phil., Ph.D., D.Sc. and D.Litt. during
the assessment period

Nil

38. Present details of departmental infrastructural facilities with regard to (a)
Library (b) Internet facilities for staff and students c) Total number of class
rooms (d) Class rooms with ICTfacility (e) Students laboratories (f) Research
laboratories

Class Room =2, Computer Laboratory =1

39. List of doctoral, post-doctoral students and Research Associates ( a) from the
host institution or university (b) from other institutions or universities

Name of doctoral students and their topics of research are given below:

Smriti Vishwakarma: Finance Mechanisms for Sustainable Development: An
Initiative for low Carbon Growth in India

Deepak Saigal: Time and Cost Risks in Construction Projects and Approach
for Optimization Strategies


280

40. Number of post graduate students getting financial assistance from the
university.

(First Year - 30, Second Year - 28) out of total 62 students : GATE Scholarship

41. Was any need assessment exercise undertaken before the development of
new programme(s)? If so, highlight the methodology. -

No

42. Does the department obtain feedback from

a) Faculty on curriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation? If yes,
how does the department utilize the feedback?

Yes, feedback is utilized to redesign and improve upon course curriculum.

b) Students on staff, curriculum and teaching-learning-evaluation and how
does the department utilize the feedback?

Yes, it is used to improve teaching.

c) Alumni and employers on the programmes offered and how does
the department utilize the feedback?

Same as (a) above

43. List the distinguished alumni of the department (maximum 10)

Name of Alumni Year of
Graduating
Position and Organization
Mr. Asim Tewari 1991 Chief Executive Officer, Soma Isolux Corsan
Tollway India Limited, Noida.
Mr. Suresh Bhatia 1981 President, Atlantic Construction and
Management, Greater Boston Area, USA
Mr. Sameer Nayar 1995 Managing Director and Head, Real Estate
Finance Asia Pacific, Credit Suisse, USA.
Mr. Sandeep Roy 1994 Managing Director, One Design Architects,
Gurgaon.
Mr. Rajesh M.K.Rishi 1986 Principal, RRAPMCO, Delhi.
Mr. Mriduchanda
Nag
2000 Vice President, Nomura, Mumbai.
Ms. Shweta S.L. 2004 Vice President - Markets, J ones Lang Lasalle
Meghraj, Gurgaon.
Ms. Karishma K.B. 2002 Assistant Vice President - Sales, Ireo Private
Limited, Gurgaon
Mr. Uddalak Gupta 1992 Executive Creative Director, Grey Marketing
and Advertising, Delhi.

281

44. Give details of student enrichment programmes (special lectures or
workshops or seminar) involving external experts.

Special Lecture by Mr. Sanjoy Paul, Ex-Director, TCG Development India (Private)
Limited

45. List the teaching methods adopted by the faculty for different programmes.-

Power point presentations using projectors and other audio visual tools.

46. How does the department ensure that programme objectives are
constantly met and learning outcomes are monitored?

Regular internal continuous assessment on a weekly basis.

47. Highlight the participation of students and faculty in extension activities.

B.E.M. Convention, 2013
One day workshop on Sustainability
Special Lectures delivered by Prof. V.K. Paul

48. Give details of beyond syllabus scholarly activities of the department.

Study tour of Hyderabad
Metro Rail
Precast Construction
CII's Green Building

Study tour of Mumbai and Pune
World View Project
J J College of Architecture
KPIT Campus, Kirloskar Campus and Infosys Campus
On site Practical Training for every student in each year of course

49. State whether the programme or department is accredited or graded
by other agencies? If yes, give details. -

No

50. Briefly highlight the contributions of the department i n generating
new knowledge, basic or applied.

Students are exposed extensively in areas of

Green Building Concepts.
Project Management to reduce time and cost over runs.
H.S.E. Impact Assessment of Project

282

51. Detail five major Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges
(SWOC) of the department.

Strengths

Unique Course started in 1979 in handling Construction Project Management by
Architects and Engineers who are fully conversant with technology otherwise.
Mainly, it is designed to handle total quality, time and cost overrun and all services.
This is purely industry oriented course. The course contents are updated with the
advancement of Industry.

Weaknesses

Lack of Space for Academics

Lack of hostel accommodation restricting this course not being fully residential

Opportunities

Placements of the final year students who passed the course are 100 percent. Most
of senior positions in real estate and construction industry are occupied by alumni of
this Department.

Challenges

To improve the Infrastructure facilities, Hostel Accommodation and recruitment of
full time faculty to undertake teaching and research work. This will reduce the gap
between academics and industry.

52. Future Plans of the Department.

To undertake research by enrolling Ph.D. students in thrust areas.
To start P.G. course on "Hospitals facilities Planning and Management.





283

SUMMARY PROFILE THE DEPARTMENTOF BUILDING ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT
Particulars Details
Number of UG and PG
Students (2012-2014)
61 postgraduate students
Number of ongoing Ph.D.
Research Students
3
Number of Ph.D. Completed
in the last four years
1
Board of Studies members Total Academicians
outside SPA-D
Corporate or Industry
Experts
8 2 3
Number of Faculty (Regular) Total With Ph.D. With PG With UG
1* 1 0 0
Number Faculty (Visiting) Total With Ph.D. With PG
23 5 18
Number of Students Passed
(2012-2013)
Total
Students
Students Passed Percentage
31 30 96.77
Faculty Publications in the last
four years
Total Articles in Peer
Reviewed
J ournals
Other
J ournals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA
Reports
Books
8 - - - -
Number of Workshop or
Conference organized in the
last four years
24
Number of Regular Faculty
Participation in Workshops,
Conference, Events in the last
four years
Total International National Others
24 5 19 0
Number of ST, SC, OBC
students in 2012 - 2013
ST: 2, SC: 6, OBC: 6
Consultancy in the last four
years
No. of Projects Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
2 Rs.100 lakh
Research Activities in the last
four years
Number of Studies Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
0 0
Number of Students who
Received Awards in the last
four years
6
Regular Faculty in
Committees or Expert Groups
At
International
Level
At National or
State Level
Editorial
Boards
Others
0 18 0 0
Number of Special Lectures
organized in the last three
years
8
Note: *Prof. Y. K. J ain is counted in the Department of Architecture.


284

CENTRE FOR ANALYSIS AND SYSTEM STUDIES (CASS)


1. Name of the Department or Centre

Centre for Analysis and System Studies (CASS), Centre for GIS and
Remote Sensing

2. Year of establishment

Established since 1980s

3. Is the Department part of a School or Faculty of the university?

Yes

4. Names of programmes offered (UG, PG, M.Phil., Ph.D., Integrated Masters;
Integrated Ph.D. D.Sc. D.Litt., etc.)

Nil, only facilitate training in software to students as part of the academic
programmes of various teaching departments

5. Interdisciplinary programmes and departments involved

None

6. Courses in collaboration with other universities, industries, foreign institutions,
etc.

None

7. Details of programmes discontinued, if any, with reasons

None

8. Examination System: Annual, Semester, Trimester, Choice Based Credit
System

Semester System

9. Participation of the department in the courses offered by other departments

Facilitate training in software to students as part of the academic programmes of
various teaching departments




285

10. Number of teaching posts sanctioned, filled and actual (Professors,
Associate Professors, Assistant Professors, others)

Positions Sanctioned Filled Actual (including
CAS and MPS)
Professor 1 0 1
Associate Professor 1 0 0
Assistant Professor 1 0 0
Others 0 0 0
Note: This includes one Head CASS and one Professor of Programming.

11. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, area of specialization

Name of
the
Faculty
Qualifications Designation Specialization Number of
Years of
Experience
Number of
Ph.D.,
M.Phil.
students
guided for
the last 4
years
Prof. Dr.
Maitri
M.Sc.
(Statistics),
Ph.D.

Professor of
Programming
Statistics,
Programming
and ITS
32 1 (joint
guide)

12. List of senior Visiting Fellows, adjunct faculty, emeritus professors

None

13. Percentage of classes taken by temporary, visiting faculty programme-wise

None

14. Programme-wise Student Teacher Ratio-

None

15. Number of academic support staff (technical) and administrative staff:
Sanctioned, filled and actual

Academic support staff (technical): 1
Administrative staff: 1

16. Research thrust areas as recognized by major funding agencies

GIS Application in spatial planning
286

E- courses content development
17. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from
a) National
b) International funding agencies and
c) Total grants received. Give the names of the funding agencies, project title
and grants received project-wise.

One faculty has undertaken a sponsored consultancy for Institute of Urban
Transport (India) on Preparation of a toolkit for Intelligent Transport System.

18. Inter-institutional collaborative projects and associated grants received

(a) National collaboration:

One as mentioned at 17 above

b) International collaboration:

Nil

19. Departmental projects funded by DST-FIST; UGC-SAP, CAS, DPE; DBT, ICSSR,
AICTE, etc.; Total grants received.

Nil

20. Research facility or centre with

State recognition

None

National recognition

Centre of Excellence in Auto Desk
Centre of Excellence in GIS with ESRI (under consideration)

International recognition

None


21. Special research laboratories sponsored by or created by industry or
corporate bodies:

None


287

22. Publications:

Number of papers published in peer reviewed journals (national and
International)

Impact of Open Sky Policy on Delhi Airport A case study, J ournal of the Indian
Roads Congress, pp. 169-181, J uly- September 2010

Monographs: Nil

Books with ISBN with details of publishers

Theory and applications of Economics in Highway and Transport Planning,
Standard Publisher Distributors (2010),ISBN:978-81-8014-143-0
Sustainable Transport System in Context of Indian Cities, Lambert Academic
Publishing (2013), ISBN: 978-3-659-469772
Number listed in International Database(For example, Web of Science,
Scopus, Humanities International Complete, Dare Database-International
Social Sciences Directory, EBSCO host, etc.): Nil

Citation Indexrange or average: Nil


SNIP: Nil


SJR: Nil

Impact Factorrange or average: Nil

h-index: Nil


23. Details of patents and income generated

Nil

24. Areas of consultancy and income generated

Nil

25. Faculty selected nationally or internationally to visit other laboratories,
Institutions and industries in India and abroad

Nil

26. Faculty serving in (a) National committees (b) International
committees (c) Editorial Boards (d) Any other (please specify)

Dr. Vinay Maitri

Member, Advisory Council of IEC College of Engineering and Technology, Greater
288

Noida

Honorary J oint Secretary, Institute of Urban Transport, India
Member of Urban Roads, Streets and Transport Committee (H-8), IRC

27. Faculty recharging strategies (UGC, ASC, Refresher or orientation programs,
workshops, training programs and similar programs).

Attended several training programmes in software related to AutoCAD, GIS,
ERDASS, SPSS, etc. held within and outside SPA

28. Student projects:
Percentage of students who have done in-house projects including
inter-departmental projects:

Nil

Percentage of students doing projects in collaboration with other
universities,
Industry or institute:

Nil

29. Awards or recognitions received at the national and international level by

Faculty:

Nil

Doctoral and post- doctoral fellows:

Not applicable

Students:

Not applicable

30. Seminars, Conferences, Workshops organized and the source of funding
(National or International) with details of outstanding participants, if any.

Nil. However a number of training programmes are being organized by CASS from
time to time for the benefit of students and faculty members of the School.

31. Code of ethics for research followed by the departments:

Not applicable

32. Student profile programme-wise:

289

Not applicable. But refer to question number 4 above.

33. Diversity of students :

Not applicable

Name of the
Programme
Percent
of
students
from the
same
university
Percent of
students
from other
universities
within the
State
Percent of
students
from
universities
outside the
State
Percent of
students
from other
countries
But refer to question number 4 above.

34. How many students have cleared Civil Services and Defense Services
examinations, NET, SET, GATE and other competitive examinations? Give
details category-wise.

Not applicable

35. Student progression

Not applicable

Student progression ercentage against enrolled
UG to PG
PG to M.Phil.
PG to Ph.D.
Ph.D. to Post-Doctoral
Employed
Campus selection
Other than campus recruitment

Entrepreneurs


290

36. Diversity of staff

Percentage of faculty who are graduates/ Masters
From the same university -
From other universities within the State One
From universities from other States -
From universities outside the country -

37. Number of faculty who were awarded M.Phil., Ph.D., D.Sc. and D.Litt. during the
assessment period :

Not applicable

38. Present details of departmental infrastructural facilities with regard to

(a) Library: Not applicable
(b) Internet facilities for staff and students: GIS Lab : 23 points, Arch Computer
Centre: 50
(c) Total number of classrooms : Two labs
(d) Class rooms with ICTfacility : Two
(e) Students laboratories: Not applicable
(f) Research laboratories: Not applicable

39. List of doctoral, post-doctoral students and Research Associates:
(a) From the host institution or university
(b) From other institutions or universities

Not applicable

40. Number of postgraduate students getting financial assistance from the
university.

Not applicable

41. Was any need assessment exercise undertaken before the development
of new programme(s)? If so, highlight the methodology.

Not applicable

42. Does the department obtain feedback from :
a) Faculty on curriculum as well as teaching-learning-evaluation? If yes, how
does the department utilize the feedback?
b) Students on staff, curriculum and teaching-learning-evaluation and how
does the department utilize the feedback?
c) Alumni and employers on the programmes offered and how does the
291

department utilize the feedback?

Not applicable

43. List the distinguished alumni of the department (maximum10)

Not applicable

44. Give details of student enrichment programmes (special lectures or
workshops or Seminar) involving external experts.

Three Training programmes conducted in last one year by external experts:
VISSIM software
MX Road software
CUBE software

45. List the teaching methods adopted by the faculty for different programmes.

The teaching methods in classes in GIS lab include blackboard and power points
while training programmes are generally software based hands- on- training

46. How does the department ensure that programme objectives are
constantly met and learning outcomes are monitored?

Not applicable

47. Highlight the participation of students and faculty in extension activities.

CASS organizes a number of training programmes in software for benefit of students

48. Give details of beyond syllabus scholarly activities of the department.

Not applicable

49. State whether the programme or department is accredited or graded by
other agencies? If yes, give details.

Not applicable

50. Briefly highlight the contributions of the department i n generating new
knowledge, basic or applied.

CASS contributes to skill enhancement of students in use of computers and software
such as AutoCAD, GIS, EXCEL, SPSS, CUBE,VISSIM, etc., which are effectively used by
students in his/her academic programme


292

51. Detail five major Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Challenges
(SWOC) of the department.

Strengths

Dedicated Faculty and Staff
Well equipped lab
Centre of Excellence in AutoCAD

Weaknesses

Vacant faculty positions
Overloaded faculty with administrative
works
Website needs improvement
Weak dissemination practice

Opportunities

Establishment as Centre of
Excellence in GIS
Initiating e-courses
Initiating training programmes
Dissemination of research
Setting up of Smart Class Room

Threats

Space constraints for expansion
Lack of enough resources for
modernization
Administrative delays in procurement of
new hardware/ software


52. Future plans of the department

Aim to set up a Centre of Excellence in GIS with ESRI
Capacity enhancement of faculty including recruitment of new faculty
Procure more software and upgrade hardware facilities
Conduct training programmes for students and staff
Explore possibility of initiating e- courses
Explore possibility of setting up of smart class rooms with video conferencing
facilities
Upgrade school website
Assist school in implementing ERP/Campus Management Solution
Set up Knowledge Management Centre to act as a repository of human
settlement data base




293

SUMMARY PROFILE OF CENTRE FOR ANALYSIS AND SYSTEM STUDIES (CASS),
CENTRE FOR GIS AND REMOTE SENSING
Particulars Details
Number of UG and PG
Students (2012-2014)
-
Number of ongoing Ph.D.
Research Students
-
Number of Ph.D. Completed in
the last four years
-
Board of Studies members Total Academicians
outside SPA-D
Corporate or Industry
Experts
- - -
Number of Faculty (Regular) Total With Ph.D. With PG
1 1 -
Number Faculty (Visiting) Total With Ph.D. With PG
- - -
Number of Students Passed
(2012-2013)
Total
Students
Students Passed Percentage
Not Applicable
Faculty Publications in the last
four years
Total Articles in Peer
Reviewed
J ournals
Other
J ournals or
Newspapers
Articles
SPA
Reports
Books
15 1 12 1 1
Number of Workshop or
Conference organized in the
last four years
25 training programs and seminars
Number of Regular Faculty
Participation in Workshops,
Conference, Events in the last
four years
Total International National Others
32 2 30 0
Number of ST, SC, OBC
students in 2012 - 2013
Not applicable


Consultancy in the last four
years
No. of Projects Amount (INR in Lakhs)
1 -
Research Activities in the last
four years
Number of Studies Amount (Rupees in Lakhs)
None None
Number of Students who
Received Awards in the last
four years
Not applicable
Regular Faculty in
Committees or Expert Groups
At
International
Level
At National or
State Level
Editorial
Boards
Others
None 1 None 1
Number of Special Lectures
organized in the last three
years
None
Prof. Vinay Maitri, Professor of Programming, is working in CASS. Prof. Sanjay Gupta, Head CASS is a regular
faculty in the Department of Transport Planning and his work is shown in that Department.
294

DECLARATION BY THE HEAD OF THE INSTITUTION



I certify that the data included in this Self-Study Report (SSR) are true to
the best of my knowledge.


This SSR is prepared by the institution after internal discussions, and no
part thereof has been outsourced.


I am aware that the peer team will validate the information provided
in this SSR during the peer team visit.



(Prof. Chetan Vaidya)
Director, SPA Delhi



Place: New Delhi

Date: 16 April 2014

School of Planning and Architecture
4-Block-B, Indraprastha Estate,
New Delhi 110 002 India

www.spa.ac.in